University of Brighton Undergraduate Prospectus 2021 by University of Brighton

UNIVERSITY OF BRIGHTON

www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays

CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS

www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2021

OPEN DAYS

Just like the city we call home, the University of Brighton is a place where different perspectives meet. A place where opinions, ideas and visions of the world come together, feed off and inspire each other, and create something unique. In keeping with that spirit, we encourage our students to stay curious and explore. Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll get the chance to shape your studies to your passions and interests, and take your learning in new and unexpected directions. And throughout, weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll help you to put what you learn into practice. We emphasise hands-on learning, have excellent connections to industry and business, and offer many placement, work experience and entrepreneurial opportunities. Explore the University of Brighton. Things look different from here.

Meet our students There’s no typical Brighton student – they have different backgrounds, lifestyles, personalities, talents and ambitions. Meet some of them here and online at www.brighton.ac.uk/chat and see how they find living and studying here.

Next steps Ben, photography Pages 03 and 67

Grace, physiotherapy Pages 03, 29 and 211

Jay, sport and exercise science Pages 03 & 27 The teaching, learning environment and educational outcomes we provide for our students consistently exceed the rigorous national requirements for all UK higher education providers.

Shamaila, computer science Pages 04 and 147

Joseph, mathematics Page 14

Elliott, English with creative writing Page 04 and 241

Daisy, building surveying Page 15

Scarlett, criminology and sociology Pages 04 and 117

Ervette, biomedical science Page 15

Catherine, aeronautical engineering Page 05

George, law with criminology Page 15

Iftekhar, business and marketing Pages 05 and 129

92.6%

GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT RATE Our graduates leave us with the confidence and skills to make a difference. 92.6% of our full-time, first degree graduates are working, studying or training within six months of completing their course. (DLHE 2016–2017)

Shuvechchha, electronic and computer engineering Page 16 Our student services and information services hold the Customer Service Excellence® standard. This government-backed standard means the services we provide for our students have been independently assessed to be efficient, effective, excellent, equitable and empowering.

Uyi, pharmacy Page 16

McKenzie, physical education Page 19

Thivya, biomedical science Page 21

Max, fashion with business Pages 23 and 41

Ellie, interior architecture Page 55 We have First Class honours in the People & Planet University League 2019. People & Planet is the student network campaigning to protect the environment.

Planes

Professor Debra Humphris Your Vice-Chancellor Learning should feel like a collaborative process – something you’re actively part of, not something that just happens to you. It’s my job to work with my colleagues to make sure that your university is a supportive environment where you have the space to explore and practise what you learn, becoming skilled and confident so that you can fulfil your potential and ambitions. Everything we do here at the university is driven by what our students tell us is important to them and by our institutional values – inclusivity, sustainability, creativity and partnership. These values inform our approach to learning and teaching, our research and enterprise priorities and how we run your university, like our recent decision to declare a climate emergency and to commit to further reducing our carbon footprint. As a member of our learning community you will not only shape your own experience but also make your own mark on our future.

Brighton is very close to Gatwick Airport – just 30 minutes direct by train. Gatwick to Eastbourne is an hour. Driving to Gatwick takes around 45 minutes from Brighton and 75 minutes from Eastbourne. Heathrow isn’t far either – 64 miles from Brighton, and 84 miles from Eastbourne, and accessible easily by coach, or by train via London.

Trains

It’s only 50 minutes by train from Brighton to central London, and 90 minutes from Eastbourne. From Brighton, there are direct trains to Bristol, Bedford, Cambridge, Portsmouth and Southampton, as well as to London terminals, making it easy to travel further afield. Ongoing improvements to the north-south rail network will mean even more connections to Brighton, even easier journeys, and new trains.

Automobiles

Jamie, medicine Page 199

Louie, English language and media Page 105

C HA R T E

Karl Hyunsoo Lee, digital media Page 77

Adam, maths with economics Page 153

Jack, physical education with QTS Page 29

GEND

Katy, marketing management Page 143

Leilah, philosophy, politics, art Page 25

Liliana, geology Pages 23 and 191

OPEN DAYS

We hold a Race Equality Charter Bronze Award, an Athena SWAN Bronze Award recognising our commitment to gender equality, and we are in the Stonewall Top 100 UK Employers for LGBT people.

Darcy, paramedic science Page 209

Noki, primary education Page 235

Come and see us at an open day and find out whether we feel right for you. www.brighton.ac.uk/seeus

It’s less than 50 miles from Brighton to central London, and less than 80 miles from Eastbourne to central London. And for European adventures, you can get a ferry to France from Newhaven – just 14 miles from Eastbourne by car, and only eight miles from Brighton.

CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS If you want to find out what it’s really like at Brighton then why not ask our students? Our ambassadors are available to chat with you about any questions that you have. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

MEET UP IN THE STUDENT ROOM The Student Room is another great way to chat to our students and your fellow applicants, and find out all about the Brighton university experience. Our official reps are also on hand to answer your questions about admissions and accommodation. www.thestudentroom.co.uk

SEE FOR YOURSELF AT AN OPEN DAY The best way to get a feel for whether we’re right for you is to visit. There are events throughout the year at each of our campuses. For dates and to book: www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays.

TALK TO OUR ADVISERS For help and advice get in touch at www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries telephone (01273) 644644 international code (+441273)

UniofBrighton @UniofBrighton University of Brighton www.brighton.ac.uk/blogs

UCAS institution codes University of Brighton (BRITN) B72 Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) B74 This prospectus was published in February 2020, 20 months before the academic year to which it relates. We continually review and develop the courses that we offer. To make sure you have the most upto-date course information including entry requirements visit www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

This prospectus is available in alternative formats on request. The University of Brighton makes every effort to ensure the accuracy of this prospectus and will use all reasonable endeavours to provide the courses and services described within it but cannot guarantee their provision in the event of circumstances beyond our control (such as lack of demand, changes in government policy or industrial action). The university will make reasonable efforts to provide suitable alternatives and reserves the right to vary course content or methods of delivery of courses. This prospectus is intended to help you choose your course at the University of Brighton. It does not replace the university’s terms and conditions which can be found on the student contract page of the website, www.brighton.ac.uk/ studentcontract. Cover photograph by Solly Levi. Additional photography by Andrew Weekes, James Boardman, Sorcha Bridge and Lottie Wilson. Printed by Pureprint, registered to environmental standards ISO 14001

249

Find your course

34 ARTS AND VISUAL

48 ARCHITECTURE

56 PHOTOGRAPHY,

3D design fashion and textiles fine art painting printmaking graphic design illustration

architecture interior architecture product design integrated foundation year

film film and screen studies digital music and sound arts photography animation games art and design

68 MEDIA AND

78 HISTORY OF ART

84 HUMANITIES

journalism media production industry and innovation music business media studies

art, design, fashion, dress history philosophy, politics, art visual culture

92 LITERATURE,

106 PSYCHOLOGY,

creative writing English language English literature linguistics

criminology sociology social science social work psychology

122 BUSINESS, FINANCE

136 MARKETING,

144

accounting economics business management human resources management integrated foundation year

marketing management international event management international tourism management

computer science artificial intelligence cyber security software engineering games development mathematics integrated foundation year

162 ENGINEERING

170 CIVIL ENGINEERING

180 GEOGRAPHY,

COMMUNICATION

JOURNALISM

LANGUAGE, LINGUISTICS

AND ECONOMICS

aeronautical automotive electrical electronic mechanical integrated foundation year

192 NATURAL SCIENCES

biology ecology and conservation biomedical sciences chemistry integrated foundation year

AND DESIGN

CRIMINOLOGY AND SOCIETY

EVENTS, TOURISM

AND CONSTRUCTION

architectural technology building and quantity surveying civil engineering construction management

200 HEALTH AND

SCREEN AND SOUND

critical history culture literature philosophy, politics, ethics globalisation war and conflict

118 LAW

law with criminology law with business integrated foundation year

COMPUTING AND MATHEMATICS

GEOLOGY, ENVIRONMENT

environmental management earth and ocean science ecology and conservation geography geology

218 SPORT AND EXERCISE

medicine physiotherapy podiatry nursing midwifery paramedic science pharmacy nutrition

sport and exercise science sport management sport coaching sport studies strength and conditioning rehabilitation science integrated foundation year

228 EDUCATION AND

239 TOP-UP

246 A–Z COURSE FINDER

childhood education studies teaching with qualified teacher status – primary and secondary, early years, English, mathematics, physical education

find out about our top-up degrees and degree apprenticeships

TEACHING

WELLBEING

DEGREES AND APPRENTICESHIPS

full list of all our courses

02–31

CHOOSE BRIGHTON Potential + possibility 02–05 Your learning experience Your space 06–07 Campuses Here for you 08–11 Your support system Brighton works 12–17 Employability on and outside of your course Life + soul 18–21 Sport, societies and Brighton Students’ Union A place like no other 22–27 Brighton Eastbourne Home from home 28–31 Accommodation

32–239

PLOT YOUR COURSE Guide to our courses Types of course Our subjects and courses A–Z course finder

32 32 34–239 246

240–249 ALL ABOUT How to apply Entry requirements Fees and funding Timeline How to find us Next steps

241 242 243 244–245 248 249

ell are as w u o y o t wh o e look a atter, but so d , and w n o t h At Brig rades. They m ss, persistence g e as your , resourcefuln and find new you y ig it b ge iv k t crea l to thin . Weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll encoura , and ia t n e t o leads hings the p doing t see where it and the f o s y a d y w rious an flexibilit to be cu r you choice, succeed. o fe weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll of and support t m o freed

Freedom to explore All our degrees give you the flexibility to tailor your learning to your interests. You can choose the option modules, placement and volunteering opportunities that inspire you. And you can discover the topics that intrigue and excite you the most, then explore them in depth. This allows you to focus on what you love, and to create a course that’s as individual as you are. Inclusive learning Our students have diverse talents and strengths and our courses are designed with that in mind. Your course will be made up of modules that allow for in-depth study, as well as opportunities for project work, collaboration and active participation in research. Modules are reviewed regularly to make sure that all parts of your course are accessible and inclusive – so whatever your learning background, you can make the transition to degree-level study – and that you’re able to influence how you learn and how you’re assessed. How we teach You’ll be part of an academic community with connections to industry and professions. You’ll get to know, and learn with, lecturers, technicians and visiting experts who love their subject, and who combine their teaching with professional practice and research. Our TEF silver award recognises excellent teaching and especially our commitment to: • supporting the transition from school to university • personalised learning and support • close working relationships with professional bodies and employers • problem-based learning – which develops the skills employers value.

Ben, photography You have time with skilled technicians and access to facilities. It’s like the facilities are just waiting for you to use them rather than having to go out there and find them. And the technicians are great, because it’s all well and good being able to have access to a large-format camera but you need to know how to use it, you need someone who’ll explain and show you.

Grace, physiotherapy I struggle with essays and I always have, but one of my modules had the option to do either an essay or a presentation for the assessment. I chose to do the presentation and I ended up doing a lot better than I thought I would. I was really appreciative of having the option to choose which I was more comfortable with.

Jay, sport and exercise science I’m dyslexic, and the university has arranged a learning support tutor. I meet with my tutor once a week to go through my reports and essays, plan what I’m going to be doing and schedule when I’m going to be writing. I think that support within the university is very special and it helps me to do better on my course. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat 03

Shamaila, computer science I like the fact that different modules suit different learning styles. With computer science, you talk and then try it, figure it out, come back with the questions. It’s not just someone talking about something for an hour; you go through it, you have a go at it, then come back and if everyone’s got it we move on, or if there are problems then we fix the problems – it’s very practical.

Your course team You’ll get to know your course team, who are there to help you. Along with your other tutors, your personal tutor and your course leader will keep an eye on your academic and personal progress. You’ll also have a student support and guidance tutor (SSGT) who can help with everything from homesickness, managing stress or accommodation issues. And if they don’t know the answer they will know someone who does (see pages 08–11 for more info). Study skills support Study skills sessions are available on each campus for anyone who might need to brush up on essay preparation, time management, taking notes or revision techniques. Find out more at www.brighton.ac.uk/studyskills.

Elliott, English with creative writing You don’t feel pressured or intimidated by the lecturers, they’re so down to earth. They let you know that “I’m your professor but I’m also a person just like you,” and I think that’s really cool. They acknowledge that everyone has different strengths and they encourage you to communicate with them. It’s really good.

Scarlett, criminology and sociology I really like it when we have a lecture based on something the lecturers themselves have researched, it’s really nice to hear people talk passionately because it’s easier for you to learn and listen if someone’s enjoying what they’re talking about. And because there are so many lecturers and they all do so many different things, usually someone is researching what we’re doing.

Where you’ll learn As well as tutorials and lectures, your learning will happen in realistic simulated environments, where our equipment and facilities replicate those in industry and professional workplaces. Whether you’re working in a lab, a studio or a simulation suite, you’ll have support from technicians who’ll help you to develop new skills.

There are libraries at all of our campuses, with extended opening hours into the evening and weekends. Our team of information professionals are on hand to help you find the specialist resources you need. You’ll also use the online library, with thousands of ebooks, databases and full-text journals. We’re continually improving our buildings, creating new spaces to socialise and learn, with a focus on sustainability. For more about the latest transformation see pages 06–07.

03 01. Paramedic Science students learn using the Simbulance – a training vehicle with medical equipment that can be used in most emergencies and scenarios. 02. The new strength and conditioning suite is a high performance training centre where our sport and exercise students gain the skills needed to work in elite sport and rehabilitation settings.

Catherine, aeronautical engineering I’ve found that I’ve picked up a lot of study buddies. It’s much easier tackling a problem together because you’re all in the same boat; some people will pick it up easily and others won’t, sometimes someone will be able to explain something to others and at other times it will be someone else. It’s encouraged me to seek out help from other students and take our time in the library to figure it out as opposed to just going straight to the lecturer for help which you used to do in school with teachers. When you do eventually get there you feel so rewarded.

Iftekhar, business and marketing

05 03. Pharmacy students have access to the medicine dispensary when learning about safe and effective patient-centred care. 04. Rob Vinall, Senior Lecturer, talking to Interior Architecture students about their group site model of Brighton train station.

05. Media students can access high-end equipment for all sorts of productions: music video, documentary animation, drama production, vox pop, narrative short film and web series.

In the Business School the first year is very general and so that gives you a fantastic opportunity to be able to get to know as many people as possible. Then it becomes more specific to the specialism that you select. I chose marketing, there are two modules dedicated to marketing in second year and three in my final year. The further you go, the more you focus on what you’re interested in, which gives you an incentive to really stick by the course.

CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

06. The Simulation Suite has flight and car simulators that use VR and motion platform technology.

r of ou – e n o at on ased in Bright almer – b e b s F l You’l campuse City and our , e b a thre secoom e coast t l Mou t along th pus. m or jus ourne ca Eastb

MOULSECOOMB CAMPUS, BRIGHTON – TRANSFORMED FOR OUR STUDENTS 01 Moulsecoomb campus is two miles north of the seafront. It’s our largest campus and it’s undergoing a major transformation, creating new spaces for our students to study, live and socialise.

Students studying diverse subjects like architecture, business, computing, construction, engineering, geography, product design, law and pharmacy are all based at Moulsecoomb and facilities include car and aircraft simulators, the trading room, usability lab, digital media and games studios, and hydraulics and avionics labs. See the box on the right for what’s coming in September 2021.

Next to our campus, new cafes, shops and social spaces are also being developed, creating more places for our students to enjoy and be part of the community. Our students named the Moulsecoomb campus project the Big Build. As it has progressed, it has become a huge live project bursting with learning opportunities. We are working with build project partners on developing work placements, specialist lectures, case studies and skills sessions for our students. Find out more from one of our placement students on page 16.

If you start in September 2021, you’ll be among the first to benefit from: • over 800 new student bedrooms in five purpose-built halls (see page 31) • new Students’ Union facilities, including an events space and bar • new gym facilities with cardio and weights suites and studios with a programme of classes • a brand new academic building – home of the Brighton Business School (see pages 118–143) • a greener, more beautiful space with a new bridge connecting both sides of our campus

CITY CAMPUS, BRIGHTON – IN THE HEART OF THE CITY 02 Our city centre campus is home to 3D design and craft, fine art, graphic design and illustration, digital music, digital media design, fashion and textiles, history of art and design, humanities, media, photography and film. Our new centre for contemporary arts, Brighton CCA, lives in our theatre and galleries. The facilities for making and designing, workshops, studios, archives and the independent arts organisations based on site make for an inspiring creative environment.

FALMER CAMPUS, BRIGHTON – NEXT TO THE COUNTRYSIDE

03 Four miles away in the South Downs, students study subjects including criminology, English, education, nursing and medicine, paramedic science, psychology and sociology. Brighton & Hove Albion’s Amex stadium and beautiful Stanmer Park are next door. Facilities at Falmer include the Curriculum Centre used by teaching and education students, clinical skills and simulation suites used by health students, and labs for psychology students, including eye tracking technology.

EASTBOURNE CAMPUS – WELCOMING AND RELAXED 04

04 Along the coast, students study sport and exercise, events, hospitality, journalism, adult nursing and midwifery, physical education, physiotherapy, podiatry and tourism. Facilities include accredited exercise physiology laboratories, a newsroom, clinical simulation suites, human movement lab, the Leaf Hospital podiatric clinic, occupational health studios, an artificial outdoor pitch and a 25-metre swimming pool.

FIND OUT MORE

To see where your course is based, check the A-Z course list (pages 246–247) or the course page. For more on Brighton and Eastbourne see pages 22–27 and the map on the inside back cover.

u to want yo to feel t s ju ’t We don , we want you d your n succeed ; in yourself a ies. o d o t u t ur s g good ell as yo ental wellbein w s a , e f m li o g how t nal and Emotio about knowin s – it’s e t isn’t jus in the bad tim pportive u s lp e a get h part of s you up. g in e b t build abou ity that n u m m co ur ritise yo eing io r p u lp yo wellb We’ll he al and mental d. o n emotio you feeling go p to kee

DAY-TO-DAY SUPPORT 01 02 Your personal academic tutor will help with your academic, career and personal development, and you’ll have a student support and guidance tutor (SSGT) who’ll support and advise you on anything impacting your studies or wellbeing, from homesickness to managing stress. www.brighton.ac.uk/ssgt

If you’re living in university halls, the Residential Life team of staff and fellow students are there to support you and to help to create a sense of belonging. www.brighton.ac.uk/ residential-life 03

04 And you can always talk to Brighton Students’ Union for independent, confidential and impartial support. www.brightonsu.com/ support 05 There is focused advice and support for students who might be facing additional challenges at university, such as care leavers, estranged students and LGBTQ+ students. www.brighton.ac.uk/ careleavers www.brighton.ac.uk/ estrangedstudents www.brighton.ac.uk/lgbtq

06 Mentoring can boost confidence and skills and we have focused mentoring programmes matching students with mentors that they can identify with. www.brighton.ac.uk/ mentoring

BUILD YOUR SUPPORT NETWORK 07 We’ve created selfhelp ebooks that cover key topics and issues from anxiety to bereavement. www.brighton.ac.uk/ wellbeingresources

08 Our students have free access to the Big White Wall, a safe and anonymous online mental health support platform. www.bigwhitewall.com 09 Mood Boost is about student-to-student support. Groups are run by students, who support one another in managing wellbeing. www.brighton.ac.uk/ moodboost 10 The faith and spirituality team can offer pastoral support to students of all faiths and of no faith. www.brighton.ac.uk/faith

Student support and guidance tutor 09 07

Student-tostudent support

Self-help ebooks

Residential Life

Brighton Studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Union

Personal academic tutor

Focused mentoring programmes

Faith and spirituality

YO U RO R T SUPP M SYSTE

Big White Wall

External referrals

Counselling

In times of need we can connect you to more specialist help, such as counselling. Our qualified counselling team can provide a needs assessment and short-term counselling in certain circumstances. www.brighton.ac.uk/ counselling 11

Complex needs

Disability support

SPECIALISTS ON HAND

Focused advice and support

12 Our disability support team is there for students with long-standing conditions such as physical disabilities, mental health, dyslexia and neurodiversity like autism and ADHD. 13 And for medical needs, you can register with one of our on-campus doctorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; surgeries at Moulsecoomb and Eastbourne. www.brighton.ac.uk/health

On-campus doctors

Online disclosure and response team

ENHANCED SUPPORT Our online disclosure and response team offers fast, practical advice and makes sure our students can get the appropriate help. www.brighton.ac.uk/ disclosureresponse 14

MEET SOME OF THE TEAM

15 We offer and facilitate support for students with more complex needs, whether they exist before they arrive or arise during their time at university. 16 And we have links with local specialist support services and can make external referrals when needed.

s include sts, m e t s y pport s speciali Your su advisers and bit more f a teams o or you. Here’s f e all her em. h about t

Susan is a student support and guidance tutor. SSGTs work in each academic school and students can go to them for anything We have amazing specialist teams at the university but often students have a range of needs. Rather than having to go somewhere and sort out one thing and then go somewhere else to sort another, we can often deal with most of it. Homesickness, loneliness, problems with their course – they’ll come and talk to us. Everybody gets stressed sometimes and that’s absolutely fine, we help students manage it so that it doesn’t become distress. We might help with an application for mitigating circumstances, put a learning support plan in place which hadn’t been in place before, get them some counselling support and talk to their personal tutor about things that need to be addressed. We enable students to do the things they want to do for themselves by removing some of the barriers – it’s enabling and empowering rather than a parental role. I give students space, time, a listening ear and some guidance, and often they have the answers themselves.

Graciano is a mentor to Black, Asian and minority ethnic students

George is a student information desk adviser – they work at Falmer but there are desks at every campus The information desks are a one stop shop for students looking for help and support, and most students come in to see us at some point. Most of the time, queries are dealt with there and then; that could be producing a letter for a student, booking them in for an appointment, or advising on the steps involved in setting up some support. At other times we might refer students to specialists in the university if their needs are more complex. We’re often the first point of contact for connecting students with our wellbeing, disability and dyslexia, careers and student advice teams. At the desk, students see a familiar face in us; we’re not usually rushing through students, we can have a proper conversation with them and find out what support they need. If students do come in who are distressed, we speak to them in a private setting, establish what they need and make sure they go home knowing they’ve got something in place, whether that’s an appointment, a drop-in session to come to or a list of contact details.

One of the main aims of the mentoring scheme is to identify role models for students that they might not meet on their courses. People naturally want to engage with familiar people who make them feel comfortable.

Kimberley is in the Wellbeing team, supporting students with issues or problems, whether they arise during their time at university, or exist before they arrive Sometimes students have quite complex needs, they may have a long history of needing support and will have worked really hard to get to university. We make sure that they’re connected to the right support outside the university too, because we recognise that although there are things that we do really well here, there are things that external agencies are the absolute experts in. An important part of my role is to meet students and find out what’s going on for them and where their needs could be best met. We know the specialist help that is available locally and how our students can access it as quickly as possible. We work closely with the Brighton Students’ Union to raise awareness about some of the most common issues so that students know where to get support, know that we care about these issues and take them seriously, and to also help them recognise when someone else might be struggling or in need of support. Students can email any member of staff if they’re struggling and they will make sure that they get the support they need – we really encourage students to just let us know.

My role as a mentor is to be somebody who’s available to listen. We’ll talk about anything really, it could be something related to their next assignment, it could be something related to an incident in a classroom or it could be, “What do I do next in my career?” It’s possible to talk about it all.

What mentoring does is give you some key tools – your mentor can share their tools and techniques with you, which allows you to plan and tackle issues and create a different mindset. It’s empowering. Mentoring strengthens people’s resolve to achieve what they want to achieve. It helps people to identify how to do better in whatever they’re doing, so they can move on to the next stage of their life.

Mike is in the Disability and Dyslexia team which supports students with medical conditions, physical disabilities, mental health conditions and learning differences Some students might come to us with an identified condition that they’ve had support with before, whereas others may not have had any support at all. Some students might not realise they have a learning difference until they get to university and the workload intensifies. We can also help with temporary conditions, health problems and injuries.

Marianne works with students and staff on student experience and equality issues to improve things for students from minority groups or students who face other barriers or challenges while they’re at university We want all students to feel valued and included and to easily access the support they need so that they can achieve their potential. I might work with a student who finds out they are pregnant and wants to know what support the university can provide, or a trans student who is at the beginning of exploring their gender identity and needs to speak to someone about what support is out there.

A learning support plan is a set of formal recommendations that go to a student’s course team about how their learning environment can be adjusted to better suit their needs. Adjustments might include extra time in exams, extensions to deadlines, or allowances for different presentation styles. It might just be that they need be able to use a voice recorder in their lectures or an ergonomic chair in exam scenarios. We help students to find their own pathways that are suited to the way they learn. It’s about upskilling students and making sure that once they’ve left university, they feel enabled to support themselves and go off into the world of work more equipped.

I also work with students who are at crisis point through the Disclosure Response Team. We are a group of trained advisers who provide practical guidance and support for students who have experienced an incident of bullying, harassment or violence and abuse. But any student who has queries and concerns about an issue that relates to equality and diversity can get in touch with me.

Antonia is a nurse based at the Eastbourne campus Sometimes it’s just basic advice; students away from home for the first time might not know about picking up prescriptions, a healthy diet, homesickness. I help with things like contraception and sexual health and sporting injuries, as well as supporting students who have longstanding health difficulties. Many consultations relate to mental health – sometimes all they want to do is be able to talk things through. My role is to be a listening ear and normalise their feelings. When they’re worried, I say: “If you had acute exacerbation of asthma, you wouldn’t be doubting yourself or worried about telling people.” It’s really important for people to be able to talk about their mental health as openly as their physical health. I talk to students who might be feeling a little bit isolated about ways to build connections. Although predominantly my role is a nurse, I’m basically a caring person who they can talk to about anything. Sometimes it’s just a matter of being there. If students want to bring a friend in to see me, I really encourage that, and for them to have open conversations. Young people are the future, the people that are going to make the world a better place. The main thing is to encourage them on their journey.

FIND OUT MORE

For more about mental health and wellbeing at Brighton, visit www.brighton.ac.uk/wellbeing

of can out u o y s a – much o find o get as ou can go on t ards you. t u o y lp y We’ll he e here, so that excites and rew e, skills, g t your tim ate – work tha n of knowled nces – and io or to cre ed a combinat elevant experie n degree. r e to You’ll n l qualities and m your Brigh o r a f n perso get all of this you can

YOUR C O

U CO

RSE

E YOUR

YOUR C O

S ID

Your studies will give you knowledge, expertise and qualifications

Every course contains work-related experience, such as long and short placements, live project briefs or assessed voluntary work

E YOUR

RSE

S ID

U CO

And we create opportunities for you to be more connected, skilled and employable through added experiences, like volunteering, mentoring, entrepreneurship, sport and societies

YOUR C O

Our courses are designed to develop your transferable personal skills in things like selfmanagement, communication, enterprise and research

Your course team and our careers and employability team will give you their professional advice and support FIND OUT MORE

ring, Placements, voluntee societies, mentoring, re’s entrepreneurship... he s nt de how some of our stu oyability, worked on their empl r courses. on and outside of thei

OUTSIDE OF YOUR COURSE  ON YOUR COURSE  Develop your personal skills Transferable skills, like team working, emotional intelligence, problem-solving and project management, give you more freedom and flexibility when you make decisions about your career in the future. We work with employers to understand what they’re looking for and build ways for you to develop those skills into all of our courses.  Get work-related experience   Work-related experience varies by course, but might mean:   • a year-long paid placement, usually taken after the second year   • regular placements and workrelated learning completed throughout your course to achieve a required number of clinical or practice hours   • a four-to-six-week placement that is a credit-bearing module   • live project briefs, often informed by employers’ real requirements.   Professional accreditation   More than 50 professional organisations recognise and accredit our courses. If your course has a professional accreditation, it could give you an extra qualification in addition to your degree, a licence to practise or exemption from professional examinations. Some courses also include membership of a relevant professional body while you are a student here.

Get advice and support Alongside your course team, our professional careers advisers can help you to understand how your studies and your activities translate into sought-after employability skills. They can help you to identify and work on gaps in your skills and knowledge, and present your experience and knowledge to employers. And they can help you find part-time work. Be more connected,  skilled and employable  We can also help you to get involved in other activities designed to develop your employability.   • Sports, societies and clubs – interesting and fun stuff, and a way to make new friends and connections (see pages 18–21). • Volunteering in the community – getting involved with community activities that you care about shows commitment and motivation. • Working for the university – there are lots of ways you can be part of the campus community and get paid. • Entrepreneurship – start your own project and develop your entrepreneurial skills with our help.  • Campaigning and democracy – add your voice to influence our future (find out more on page 20). • Mentoring and supporting – selfdevelopment by mentoring others and being mentored.  FIND OUT MORE

www.brighton.ac.uk/bemore 14

Joseph, mathematics

Thanks to my placement with IBM, I feel ready for the real world

You develop a lot when you go on placement. You’re suddenly in a business environment at a corporate company surrounded by professionals.

I got involved in as many opportunities as I could at IBM

I won a competition to come up with a technology solution on behalf of the Rugby Football Union to engage school and university students in rugby. I got to present the solution to the CEO of the RFU and they want to implement it in the future.

The placements team really helped me with my application

They helped me to get the wording right on my written application and they gave me feedback on my assessment centre presentation.

Because of my placement, I now know what I want to do

I want to go into data analytics and consultancy around artificial intelligence and machine learning. This field is blowing up right now especially for maths graduates.

Working as a tutor has helped to build my skills

I support other students as a volunteer maths tutor, which has developed my communication skills. I’ve learned to gauge someone’s understanding and adapt the way I explain something to them.

Daisy, building surveying

Thanks to my placement, I now have a graduate job

My year’s placement was in Los Angeles working for Alan and Green, a boutique firm specialising in highend residential construction projects. It was an incredible opportunity. I worked on a number of projects including one for the developer of a 25,000 sq ft Beverly Hills mansion that later sold for $46.5m.

Ervette, biomedical science

Being mentored helped me with my confidence

During my first year, I struggled a bit. I found it hard being away from my family and my confidence was low. In second year, I decided to change things and make my uni experience better by signing up for the mentoring programme.

George, law with criminology

Careers helped me to get clear on my path

I didn’t really know what I wanted to do after uni, so I booked a meeting with Careers. They helped me figure out that I’m interested in policy making, scrutinising bills before they get passed through Parliament

I thought I was interested in traditional building surveying. But thanks to the placement, I’ve realised that I want to do quantity surveying and I have a job when I graduate with the property consultancy Gardener and Theobald.

I learned a lot

I was given a lot of responsibility from the outset. But it was a great opportunity to learn from my manager, a senior member of the firm with a lot of industry experience.

The university’s placements team was really helpful They gave me advice about my CV and advice for the phone interview, which I’m sure helped me to secure the placement.

My mentor and I worked on building my confidence, and at the end of the programme, during the celebration, I stood in front of a large audience and gave a speech. It was an outstanding experience and I can look back now and see how mentoring helped to raise my confidence and improve my public speaking skills.

My grades also improved

My mentor also helped me to set goals such as asking my lecturers more questions and improving my time management skills. I can really see the difference in my grades from my first year to second year.

and questioning MPs as to why they want them. I can help so many more people by going down this route, rather than being a barrister.

My course has helped with my employability

You get taught the academic stuff, but you also write a CV and participate in lots of extracurricular events and networking to help you become more appealing to employers. All the staff are very focused on helping you achieve what you want to achieve in life.

Uni has been a great experience

I worked as a property manager before coming to university at 24, so I probably haven’t had the most traditional student experience. My lecturers have all been great and I’ve had other support such as for having dyslexia. Everyone on my course is really motivated and wants to help each other, so I’ve ended up making lots of connections and feeling part of a really supportive environment.

It’s been a life-changing opportunity

The placement has given me the aspiration to start my own practise one day and I’d really love to go back and live in LA.

My mentor supported me in volunteering at the hospital

My mentor helped me to find a volunteering role at the hospital in Brighton. I go around the wards, making sure that the patients are okay and keeping them company. It has helped me to see what working at a hospital actually looks like. There’s a certain sadness to it, but I do also feel a calling to it.

Being involved in other aspects of university life helps too

I’m president of the Amnesty Society, working in partnership with Amnesty International. I’m also chair of the Societies’ Association Committee, which involves making sure all the societies are running well and students are happy with them. At the moment we’re doing a lot of policy writing, which is great experience for my future career.

Shuvechchha, electronic and computer engineering

I’m being supported to develop my app

I was struggling with the initial ideation phase of the app. Beepurple, the university’s entrepreneurial service, helped me to identify the next steps, attend workshops and find mentors.

Uyi, pharmacy

I wanted to volunteer to pass on what’s been given to me

Others have invested in mentoring me and I’m now at a stage where I can pass that forward.

Being mentored by a Black pharmacist was career defining

In year 10, we had the opportunity to do some work experience and I spent two weeks working with a Black pharmacist who founded his own

George, project management for construction

I’m working on the Moulsecoomb campus transformation My placement is with Bouygues, working on the university’s Big Build project. It’s quite weird walking round and thinking, “Someone’s going to be sleeping there!”. There’ll be a big gym, a student bar, things like that.

They also suggested I enter the Santander Ideas Competition, which I won! The prize money will be essential in financing my team, trademarking the idea and understanding the evolving market for my app.

I want to build something that will change people’s lives

I’ve always been interested in electronics and in a career in software, but I may not have persevered with the app if it hadn’t been for beepurple. Now I am committed to developing this product that will automate the university clearing process and hopefully change people’s lives.

pharmacy. He’s an amazing guy, a man of action who really emphasised to me the importance of setting goals and working towards them. Those two weeks were the foundation of my passion for pharmacy.

There are benefits of having a role model like you

I also did some work experience with a pharmacist from Nigeria who knew how to pronounce my name properly. I didn’t have to tell her. I immediately felt like this person had a connection with me and I could approach her for advice about the work. Representation of Black people in education is still an issue so it’s

It’s a good location, right on the bus route and the top floor is going to have a cracking view over pretty much all of Brighton. (See pages 06-07.)

Placements give you an edge when applying for jobs

I think construction is a lot about experience; having a year of getting to know the industry, developing interpersonal skills through working with people on site. It’s a valuable experience working on this site in particular because it’s a massive project and there’s so much going on.

My course has been really hands-on

Doing hands-on work has been really advantageous in terms of building my practical engineering skills. Knowing how something works and making it work are absolutely different things.

University has helped me to grow and to get focused

I’m so much more organised and focused than I was three years ago. I know what I’m doing and what I’m interested in, which includes artificial intelligence. My communication and English have improved, I’ve become more independent, and I’ve made long-term friends. The experience has also changed my perspective. I’m from Nepal which is a conservative society compared with Brighton, so I’ve become more open-minded as well.

important to offer younger students the chance to work with someone who is more like them culturally and even socially. It can make you feel comfortable and inspire you.

My course has made me a better mentor

My course has helped to build my knowledge and my passion for medicine but it has also helped develop my character and strengthened my communication skills and my ability to listen.

You can learn by practising

I like the practicality of the course – so many things I’ve learned at uni have come up since I’ve been on the placement.

The placements team are really helpful

They helped with everything, my CV, my cover letters, interview preparation. I was applying for placements locally and the uni created the placement with Bouygues. I got an interview and got the job! CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

Brighton graduates are game changers We’re proud of all of our graduates and their creativity, wisdom and drive. Here are eight of our former students on how Brighton shaped them.

Norman Cook, aka Fatboy Slim Musician and DJ British Studies BA(Hons) 1985 The chances of succeeding in the music industry were very slim, so my degree gave me the confidence to pursue my dream with wild abandon.

Hala Jawad Pharmacist and Boots Divisional PDAU representative and cofounder of Askhala.com Pharmacy MPharm 2011

Adam Pearson Actor, campaigner and presenter on Channel 4’s Beauty & the Beast: The Ugly Face of Prejudice Business Management BA(Hons) 2007 As soon as I arrived in Brighton, I fell in love with the place. It was incredibly diverse, multicultural, bizarre and a little bit mad in a good way. If you come to Brighton, you’re already a certain kind of person because the city attracts such open and diverse people.

Paris Lees Journalist, presenter and transgender rights campaigner English Language and English Literature BA(Hons) 2009 University life really prepared me for the work I do, on so many different levels… it taught me to be creative, to question, to explore facets of life I’d never come into contact with before.

The university played a vital role in supporting me to achieve my dreams and I’m enjoying a varied career in pharmacy which I’m passionate about. I also work with pharmacy graduates from Brighton as an ambassador, supporting them at the start of their career.

Sonia Cargan Chief Diversity Officer, American Express Social Administration BA(Hons) 1991 Brighton really broadened my perspective on the range of options and opportunities that were available to me. The path I took after university was undoubtedly shaped by my time there. I feel so fortunate to have been supported in my early days by a team who really wanted me to be the best I could be.

Wesley Ankrah Managing Director, Seerbridge Criminology and Sociology BA(Hons) 2012 The University of Brighton helped me realise my potential and drove my ambition. So much so that I became a director of a community interest company less than four years after graduating.

Support after graduation   Our support continues after you’ve left university. Graduates can access careers information, advice and guidance, be part of the alumni network, and receive regular invitations to professional networking events.

Julien MacDonald OBE Fashion designer Fashion Textiles Design with Business Studies BA(Hons), 1994 The University of Brighton is a great place to develop your creativity. I’d recommend my fantastic course to any new student. I also loved living as a student in Brighton — it’s got so much to offer a young creative.

Lin Cheung, Jewellery designer 3D Materials Practice BA(Hons), 1994 Not only did the course equip me with materials knowledge and skills, it instilled in me a desire to use those skills wisely, long before responsible practice was such a hot topic. I was always encouraged to think carefully about what to make and why and I’ve continued that questioning attitude in my work to this day.

Our alumni network   You don’t need to wait until you graduate to benefit from the alumni network. We are in touch with 160,000 Brighton graduates in more than 140 countries around the world and many offer mentoring and placement opportunities to our students.   www.brighton.ac.uk/alumni

that can s ie d u t rs ilities â&#x20AC;&#x201C; just you Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s not exciting possibtudent s open up as a Brighton explore e f s li e to your d f chanc o ll u skills an f e w b e l n il n w gs, lear . new thin w connections e make n

Whether you want to compete, keep fit or just have fun, Brighton is a great place for sport. You can use our facilities at any campus, wherever you study or live. Parklife The Parklife programme is all about playing your way, with leagues or one-off sessions across all kinds of sport and fitness activities, from bouldering to ice-skating. Sport can play a key role in developing employability and, through our volunteering programme, you could build skills in coaching, leadership, event organisation, administration, media and communications. Brighton Panthers If you’re looking for a bit more competition in your sport you can join the Brighton Panthers in one of our 34 sports teams that compete in the BUCS (British Universities and Colleges Sport) leagues. Talented Sports Performer Programme We support athletes competing at high levels by providing strength and conditioning coaching, lifestyle mentoring, physiotherapy and performance workshops. We are also an accredited Talented Athlete Scholarship Scheme (TASS) delivery site. www.brighton.ac.uk/sportbrighton @sportbrighton @SportBrighton SportBrighton

McKenzie, physical education, won Young Volunteer of the Year in the Sussex Sports Awards 2019 I wanted to join a sports team at university and netball has always been important to me. I’d played club and county netball and so I trialled for the Brighton Panthers team. In first year I played in the British Universities & Colleges Sport (BUCS) league. I stuck to the sport I knew, but I wanted to try other sports too, so I also got involved with Parklife. I now coach and run the Parklife netball scheme for people who play socially. It’s a commitment and the role has been challenging, but I truly believe if it doesn’t challenge you, it won’t change you. Last year I set up, organised and ran two successful tournaments. I have to set myself targets and personal deadlines – I would be absolutely lost without my diary, from lectures to hand-in dates, and netball matches to tutorials! But I’m building on my organisation and people management skills which is great for my employability. It’s also rewarding. By giving up my time I’m helping others, and the netball team is like one big family – I don’t know what I’d do without it. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

ned.co.uk ©Scott@ingrai

MEET YOUR STUDENTS’ UNION  We’re here to make sure your experience at the University of Brighton is the best it can be. As soon as you become a student at Brighton, you’re part of our community! There are more than 100 societies From ArabSoc to Nursing Society, societies are student-led and can be related to culture, faith or leisure as well as academic subjects. We have social spaces, cafes and shops And for 2021, there will be a new events space for Brighton SU with a cafe and bar, on the newly transformed campus at Moulsecoomb (see pages 06-07). And lots of events From big events like our annual Halloween Pier Party and weekly club nights, to smaller studentled events in our cafe-bars – like live music or pub quizzes – there’s something for everyone to get involved with and enjoy. 20

We campaign with you Students are elected by other students to represent our university community. Full-time paid officers and volunteers campaign on student issues and courses have a rep in every year who feeds back on how your course is – all helping us to make student life better. You can work with us We employ more than 100 students in our Brighton SU cafes, shops, and activities and services teams. And we’re here to help We understand the issues that you may experience during your university journey and offer independent and impartial advice. brightonsu.com @subrighton @SUBrighton brightonstudentsunion

Joining a society was the best thing I did Learning life skills

Thivya, biomedical science, joined the Music Society in first year. Here’s her top ten reasons why you should get involved.

Making new friends

University can be intimidating at first but joining a society puts you in a place where you can meet others going through the same thing. The people you meet will likely be the people you remember long after your time at university is over.

Improving confidence

Having to meet lots of new people pushes you out of your comfort zone, whilst also giving you the opportunity to try new things.

A distraction from homesickness Keeping yourself busy is one of the best ways to deal with moving away from home. You meet other people who are in the same boat, which will help you cope.

Discover the city

Society socials are some of the best chances to get to know where you’re living, whether that’s on nights out, going to open mics, or discovering hidden gems with your friends.

Keep up with your passion and maintain your fitness

Just because you’re studying a science doesn’t mean you have to drop your interest in the arts; and if a gym membership isn’t for you, joining a sports team is a great way to keep fit! Keeping your mind and body healthy is the key to success at university.

Societies can teach you all sorts of things, but above all, you’ll gain emotional intelligence and social skills. It will improve your social presence and in turn, can help your academic work – being in a society makes you a more experienced and effective team member.

Time out from studying

Spending time at society meetups is a great way to hang out with different people to relax (and is definitely more productive than binge-watching Netflix).

Networking opportunities

Networking is so important for your future prospects, and it’s all about who you know. Joining a subject-specific society like Law Society or Biosoc will place you amongst other people in the same field and building a relationship with them could become invaluable for you in the future.

One-time opportunities

Once you leave university, it’s unlikely that you’ll go on a crazy, jam-packed sports tour again, or go to an unforgettable gig with 20 of your friends. Seize the opportunities that societies give you and make those memories.

Leadership skills

Joining a society might inspire you to join the committee for the next academic year, or even start your own one! Being a committee member or establishing your own society will enhance your management and organisational skills and will undoubtedly help you in your future. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

iting n is as exc me to h ig r B f rsity o ose na The Unive ing as the city wh uses in m p and welco e have three cam e and W n r . u re o a we sh ne in Eastb uâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll be by o d n a n ed, yo Brighto ouâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re bas tiful countryside y r e v re e au wh on. , some be the beach easy reach of Lond and within

Max, fashion with business Brighton manages to be both a really relaxed seaside town and also a buzzing centre for creatives and young people, meaning you can never be bored but also never overwhelmed. As a city is it very progressive and everyone is welcomed and treated with respect and tolerance. Being by the sea is so calming and relaxing, and gives an openness to the whole town, and also really makes the summers in Brighton brilliant. There is always so much to do and there is a lot created specifically for students. It’s a really great town to be a student in and there’s a real sense of community.

Liliana, geology

THIS IS BRIGHTON

Brighton is a place that looks at the world differently. Independent and inclusive, it attracts all kinds of people, often united by a commitment to positive change. It’s also a true student city – around 14% of people living here are studying. Its reputation for fun goes without saying, but it’s also known for being forward-thinking – it leads the way in arts, creative technology and the environment, and there are amazing opportunities to build on your studies by getting involved in city life.

I just like how friendly everyone is, it’s so rare that you go somewhere and everyone is friendly. No matter who you end up talking to, whether they’re on your course, a lecturer, an academic or staff from elsewhere, people out in the city... everyone wants you to do well and is really supportive. It’s not just a Brighton Uni thing, it’s a Brighton thing.

CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

Live and learn We’re involved with festivals and events in the city throughout the year. The Brighton Festival is the largest annual arts and culture festival in England. It takes place in venues across Brighton throughout May and, along with the Brighton Fringe Festival, is known for being ambitious, daring and original, just like the city. Brighton Digital Festival welcomes around 47,000 visitors to over 150 events. It’s a celebration that unites the arts and digital communities of a city that is on the cutting edge of digital culture. CINECITY – the Brighton Film Festival – showcases the very best in cinema, with premieres, previews and special events. And, as one of the festival’s hosting partners, the university gives students the opportunity to participate with film screenings, installations and performances.

Here’s a snapshot of our calendar. From major music events and tourist attractions, to small independent venues and original, quirky festivals – it’s all here.

STEAMPUNK FESTIVAL EASTBOURNE

FRESHTIVAL

This is where your university story starts. From course induction events to festival-style parties, Freshers’ Fortnight is a great way to meet loads of new people and settle into your new home.

BRIGHTON ART FAIR

This free contemporary arts and crafts fair takes place in the Brighton Corn Exchange. Originally built as the riding school for the Prince Regent, its innovative Regency design is now being restored.

Experience the wild, wonderful and bizarre retrofuturistic world of steampunk on the seafront in Eastbourne. Expect incredible costumes.

OCTOBER

Brighton and Eastbourne are a lot of fun.

SEPTEMBER

We work closely with Brighton & Hove Albion and our students get the chance to take part in student projects, placements and joint work on community programmes.

BRIGHTON DIGITAL FESTIVAL

Explore digital technology and culture by seeing some of the diverse 150+ events that make up this annual month-long programme.

Leilah, philosophy, politics, art I think my whole world view has changed. On my course especially, but also Brighton in general really instills in you a sense of figuring out who you are and what values you stand by. You ask yourself those questions about who you are and who you want to be in the world. It’s such an open place, and it’s so politically active and liberal and student heavy that you really get that sense of self development and being able to explore who you are.

CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

NOVEMBER

BRIGHTON PHOTO BIENNIAL

Brighton Photo Biennial is the UK’s largest international photography festival and we host its exhibitions in our galleries.

©The Argus BEACHY HEAD MARATHON

Challenge yourself or just show some support at one of the most beautiful off-road marathons in the country.

The Duke of York’s cinema is Britain’s oldest cinema in continuous use. Pay it a visit during the CINECITY festival, which we co-host with the cinema. Or take advantage of its discounted prices for students throughout the year.

DECEMBER

CINECITY – THE BRIGHTON FILM FESTIVAL

HALLOWEEN

Join 3,000 of your fellow students at the Haunted Pier Party on Brighton’s iconic pier for scary costumes and unlimited rides. Brighton Students’ Union will keep you up into the early hours with a choice of after-parties too.

BURNING THE CLOCKS

This unique community event brings the whole city together to mark the shortest day of the year. People parade paper and willow lanterns through the city, before passing them into a blazing bonfire on Brighton beach.

THIS IS EASTBOURNE Eastbourne is officially the sunniest place in the UK, which might be why it’s so friendly, welcoming and relaxed. A third of people living in Eastbourne are under 30, the town has nearly 3,000 students, and it’s a great fit for our sport science, journalism, physio and health students who are based here.

Our students and staff run in – and volunteer at – the Beachy Head Marathon, one of the UK’s largest off-road marathons with challenging climbs and descents along the Seven Sisters, Britain’s highest chalk sea cliff

MAY

Every June, some of the world’s best tennis players come to Eastbourne for The Nature Valley International, a vital part of preparations for Wimbledon. Our students often work at the tournament.

APRIL

THE BRIGHTON MARATHON

Brighton Marathon takes over the whole weekend, with a party atmosphere in the marathon village and an exhibition at the Brighton Centre.

There’s plenty of arts and culture with the renowned contemporary Towner Art Gallery, four theatres and a brand new eight-screen cinema. The Sunday Times described Eastbourne’s Little Chelsea as ‘the next wave of coastal cool…packed with independent boutiques, craft shops and eateries’. And it’s brilliantly accessible, with the beach, the town centre and the beautiful hills of the South Downs all within a 15-minute walk of our campus.

BRIGHTON FESTIVAL AND FRINGE

There are literally thousands of events to enjoy, and many of them are free. The layout of the city is altered for the whole of May, with pop-up bars and clubs creating new areas to explore. Start your adventure at Fringe City, the street festival that takes place every weekend during Brighton Fringe.

THE GREAT ESCAPE

The Great Escape is Europe’s leading event for showcasing new music, with over 300 bands playing 30 venues across the city over three days.

ARTISTS OPEN HOUSES

Artists and makers open their homes and studios across Brighton & Hove giving visitors the chance to see original artwork and talk to the artists and makers who created it.

JUNE

Live and learn It’s a place for being outdoors, with horse riding, mountain biking, paragliding, sailing, canoeing, body boarding, kayaking, windsurfing and kite surfing all on offer.

LONDON TO BRIGHTON BIKE RIDE

The iconic ride from Clapham Common through the beautiful Sussex countryside to Brighton beach is a 54-mile challenge. If you’re not up for that, you can just enjoy the party atmosphere at the finish line and in the city afterwards. KEMPTOWN CARNIVAL

Like a mini-Notting Hill, 30k people turn out for this vibrant free community street arts festival.

Jay, sport and exercise science I’d say the seafront is one of the best things about Eastbourne, definitely in the summer – Eastbourne is one of the hottest places in England.  With all the studying, it’s nice to be able to just go for a walk, and having a stroll by the seafront or jumping in the sea is quite an experience. Even though there’s lots of people, you get to know people quite well, going clubbing and through the societies and sport. Eastbourne’s smaller than the other University of Brighton campuses, but I think because we’re small it’s more of a community feel.

NATURE VALLEY INTERNATIONAL TENNIS TOURNAMENT DEVONSHIRE PARK, EASTBOURNE

MARCH OF THE MERMAIDS

You can apply for free tickets for this world-class event at Devonshire Park in Eastbourne. PADDLE ROUND THE PIER

The ultimate expression of Brighton beach life, this free festival celebrates the best in water, street and urban sports. And it involves teams racing around the pier on their homemade, themed rafts.

AUGUST

JULY

CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

Any excuse to dress up in Brighton, and this parade celebrating sea life and promoting marine conservation is a great cause. EASTBOURNE BEACH LIFE FESTIVAL

One of the UK’s biggest free extreme sports festivals takes place on the seafront over an adventure-filled weekend.

PRIDE

Brighton & Hove Pride is the UK’s biggest Pride festival. The glittering Pride Community Parade culminates in a big party, demonstrating the mix of celebration and campaigning at the heart of the event.

AIRBOURNE: EASTBOURNE INTERNATIONAL AIRSHOW

Look up and enjoy an amazing free show in Eastbourne in August when Airborne attracts hundreds of thousands of fans to gasp at the Red Arrows displays – for four days the seafront is packed. 27

s. in our hall e e c la p a f y-mad offer o nteed an sive rent and read dent life ra a u g e â&#x20AC;&#x2122;r stu nclu You e tions, all-i ur move to Great loca s can all make yo rent things in a hom ie d communit we all look for diffe in one of our share m o t e u ro v easier. B n also apply to li ffer you a d. o l â&#x20AC;&#x2122;l e w a e c ase oos and you ver you ch ere your course is b te a h W . s e h hous us w the camp closest to

Halls of residence We have halls at locations across Brighton and in Eastbourne, including new halls for 2021 at our transformed Moulsecoomb campus (see pages 06– 07). Your rent typically includes things like bills, cleaning of shared spaces, fitness facilities, contents insurance as well as staff who are there around the clock. Rent for catered halls also includes the cost of our meal plan (10 meals a week, Mon–Fri). Turn over to pages 30–31 for more details. University houses Our shared homes are called unihomes and unilets and we manage or arrange them for you. Properties have between three and seven bedrooms and some come with onor off-road parking. Like halls, your rent includes bills, cleaning of shared spaces and contents insurance. Our guarantee We guarantee you an offer of a place in halls (or a shared house, if you choose) if you: • make Brighton your firm choice of university • are starting your first year of fulltime study • live in an eligible postcode area • apply for university accommodation by the deadline we tell you about. Whether you’re in a hall or a house, you’ll live with other University of Brighton students in accommodation that meets our standards.

Grace, physiotherapy I found moving into halls scary at first, because you’re thrown into it and your parents go and it’s emotional, but I found that my flatmates were really lovely – we all connected before we arrived so it was a lot easier when I met them. You have onsite security who come and check during the night and in the morning, having that sense of safety was really nice – and also having a cleaner! I loved that everything was close together, so you could go and visit your friends in different flats. It was the best thing to do for my first year.

Jack, physical education with QTS I liked living in halls. I don’t know if it was just because it was the first time I had my full independence as well, but I liked socialising in the flats while also having some space to myself. Then I lived in shared houses with friends I made on my course, we’ve lived together as a group for second, third and fourth year, it’s been great. I’ve really enjoyed it, some of the best memories you make are living with your mates.

Martin runs Residential Life, a support network that involves students living and working in halls, and giving support and guidance to new students

OTHER OPTIONS Homestay With homestay you rent a room in the home of a family, couple or single person who has registered with the university. Homestay can be catered or self-catered, and provides a supportive home environment as you settle into university life. Private renting Opting to look for your own privately rented home gives you the maximum independence, as you can choose your location, type of housing and your housemates. We can help you to find a private rental, and to find other Brighton students to live with. We manage our own database of properties (from rooms to whole houses) which meet our standards, from landlords who have registered with us.

OUR ACCOMMODATION TEAM We know how important it is for new students to find the right home for them, and our accommodation team is here to help. With years of experience and excellent local knowledge, they can advise you on all your options and guide you through the process – all year round. FIND OUT MORE

You’ll find more information about applying for halls, rent levels and house hunting at www.brighton.ac.uk/ accommodation.

Residential Life is based on friendship and building a sense of community and about easing the transition from school and college into university life. It’s also about creating a safe and secure living environment – student residential advisers (RAs) give guidance to students and tell them where they can get help if they need it. They organise social events and give people an opportunity to meet each other. It can be something small like cupcake decorating, arts and crafts activities, Sunday morning coffee and doughnuts or a quiz night. The student RAs can help with things like homesickness, loneliness or just wanting to have a chat... and they can pass on their own experience of living in Brighton and what it’s like being a student. In September 2021 the university will have 800 new student bedrooms, and Residential Life will be in all of those halls.

Our halls We have halls of residence in Brighton and Eastbourne. Your rent typically includes things like broadband, bills, cleaning of shared areas and contents insurance in accommodation that meets our standards. As a first-year student, as long as you’re eligible we guarantee we’ll offer you a place in halls (or a shared house if you choose) and we’ll prioritise a room for you that’s closest to the campus where your course is based. For more details, including the most up to date information about costs, visit www.brighton.ac.uk/ accommodation.

CIRCUS STREET

City centre location, shared social and study spaces, opened in 2019 • 200 rooms, all en suite and self-catered Students on all Brighton campuses can apply for Circus Street

MOULSECOOMB HALLS, BRIGHTON

Opening on our Moulsecoomb campus in September 2021 • 804 rooms, all en suite

Students on all Brighton campuses can apply for Moulsecoomb halls of residence

VARLEY PARK, BRIGHTON

Our dedicated residential halls site, two miles north of city centre, walking distance from Moulsecoomb and Falmer campuses • 765 rooms with a range of bathroom and catering options

FALMER, BRIGHTON

On our Falmer campus, with excellent public transport links • 629 rooms with a range of bathroom and catering options Falmer students prioritised

Falmer and Moulsecoomb students prioritised

MOULSECOOMB PLACE, BRIGHTON

On our Moulsecoomb campus, right by the station

PHOENIX HALLS, BRIGHTON

City centre location, convenient for St Peter’s House library

• 163 catered room with shared bathrooms

• 298 rooms, all en suite and self-catered

Moulsecomb students prioritised

City campus students prioritised

EASTBOURNE

On our Eastbourne campus, close to fitness facilities and pool • 355 rooms, all catered and en suite Eastbourne students prioritised

Guide to our courses Types of course Honours degrees

These courses involve three or four years of full-time study leading to qualifications such as BA(Hons), BSc(Hons), BEng(Hons) and LLB(Hons). All of our full-time undergraduate students have the chance to do workrelated learning as part of their course.

Integrated masters degrees

Some degree courses include additional masters-level study. These courses are four years long and are available in these subject areas: engineering (MEng), pharmacy (MPharm), chemistry (MChem) and science (MSci).

Integrated foundation year

Our foundation years are a great way to prepare for a degree, if you don’t have the grades or specific subjects needed to apply. The foundation is a one-year programme, integrated with a degree, that will help you to develop the skills and knowledge needed to progress. Find out more – accounting, finance and economics, page 124; architecture and design, page 54; business management, page 128; engineering, page 164; law, page 121; mathematics, page 156; natural sciences and pharmacy, page 194; sport, page 220.

Top-up degrees

If you have an HND, foundation degree or professional qualification, you can often top this up to an honours degree. Top-up degrees typically involve a year of full-time study but there are some that can be studied part-time while you are working. You can find out more about top-up degrees on page 239 or on our website at www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

Key to our course information 01 Award The award indicates the type of course – see above for more details.

PSYCHOLOGY 01 BSc(Hons)

BRIGHTON: FALMER

Subject area Courses are grouped together by broad subject area in coloured sections and smaller groups of related courses are indicated here, to make it easy for you to see the course you are interested in and connected courses that might grab your attention.

You will engage with psychological theory, research and its applications. As you progress, your understanding of the personal and social relevance of this lively and contested field of study will deepen. As well as covering the British Psychological Society’s recommended curriculum, you’ll be able to take a voluntary work placement in the local community as part of your course.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to developmental and applied psychology, the psychology of wellbeing, psychology and society, and psychological research methods, which you will later apply to your own research. You will also explore social inequalities from psychological and social science perspectives. Year 2 You will build upon your skills and knowledge, exploring areas such as cognitive and social psychology, the body, individual differences, and mental health and distress, with a strong emphasis on applying this knowedge in real-world scenarios. You will develop your psychological research skills. You can also choose from critical analysis in psychology topics or take a community placement.

Location Your course will be based at one of our campuses in Brighton or Eastbourne. 03

Final year You will conduct your own research for your psychology dissertation and be able to follow your own interests by choosing option modules in areas such as critical addiction, sexualities, forensic psychology, cyberpsychology, ecopsychology and therapeutic relationships.

See pages 06 and 246 for more about our campus locations.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Psychology

® Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) ® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course

Preparing for your career

This course is accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS), the UK’s independent regulator of the psychology profession. Graduates are eligible for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership of the BPS. This is the first step in becoming a Chartered Psychologist and enables you to begin further training and to become, for example, a forensic, educational or occupational psychologist. The psychological literacy our degree equips you with is also an excellent foundation for careers in diverse fields beyond the traditional psychological professions. Some graduates go on to work in social research, social work, local government, the civil service, the voluntary sector, housing and the welfare services. Volunteering is a great way to develop your vocational skills and gain practical work experience while contributing to the wider community. In year 2 the community engagement module is your opportunity to go on placement as part of your course. Our students have volunteered with organisations such as the Samaritans, the Centre for Ecotherapy and Fresh Start.

UCAS CODE C800 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120–104 points A-levels BBB–BCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in psychology are preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4). At least three subjects which must include maths, plus English language and a science, social science or humanities subject. Functional Skills will not usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has a good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 110

04 Professional accreditation Many of our courses are professionally accredited and meet standards set by a relevant professional organisation. This may mean that, in addition to gaining a degree, you are licensed to practise, for example as a nurse or teacher, are eligible to apply for membership of a professional body, or are exempt from professional exams. 05 UCAS code Each full-time course has a code that is needed to apply through UCAS, along with the institution code, which for Brighton is B72. Some courses do not have a UCAS code and for those you will need to apply direct to the university.

Degree apprenticeships mean you study for your degree alongside a fulltime or part-time job, and earn while you learn. Fees for apprenticeships are paid by employers and government. To study as an apprentice you must have a relevant job and be sponsored by your employer. Vacancies for apprenticeships are advertised at www.gov.uk/apply-apprenticeship.

Find out which of our courses are available as apprenticeships on page 239 or on our website at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

106

118

122

136

144

162

170

180

192

200

218

228

239

246

Apprenticeships

06 Entry requirements Entry requirements for each course give an indication of the qualifications, knowledge, skills or experience that you need before applying, though at Brighton we look at other factors too (find out more on page 242). If you’re not sure, contact our enquiries team for help.

Changes to courses We continually review and develop the courses we offer. To make sure you have the most up-todate course information visit www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses. HELP AND ADVICE Visit www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries Telephone +44 (0)1273 644644

ARTS AND VISUAL COMMUNICATION

MEDIA AND JOURNALISM

LITERATURE, LANGUAGE, LINGUISTICS

BUSINESS, FINANCE AND ECONOMICS

ENGINEERING

NATURAL SCIENCES

EDUCATION AND TEACHING

ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN

HISTORY OF ART AND DESIGN

PSYCHOLOGY, CRIMINOLOGY AND SOCIETY

MARKETING, EVENTS, TOURISM

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION

HEALTH AND WELLBEING

TOP-UP DEGREES AND APPRENTICESHIPS

PHOTOGRAPHY, SCREEN AND SOUND

HUMANITIES

LAW

COMPUTING AND MATHEMATICS

GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, ENVIRONMENT

SPORT AND EXERCISE

FULL A–Z LIST OF ALL OUR COURSES

ARTS AND VISUAL COMMUNICATION The University of Brighton is internationally renowned for its teaching, practice and research in the arts. We are central to the city of Brighton’s reputation as a creative, forward-thinking place to live, work and study. Studying at Brighton has provided the catalyst for a wealth of successful creative careers and business starts-ups. Develop your vision and style Students are encouraged to explore and develop their own creative vision and personal style. Our courses provide a comprehensive creative education: in every year you’ll combine cultural and critical studies with your studio and professional practice. Placements and work experience Client-based opportunities and competitions enable you to develop the skills required to create and pursue freelance opportunities and to thrive in the job market with energy and confidence. Bring your studies to life by working on live briefs, undertaking a placement or volunteering, and attending guest lectures by industry experts who visit to share their knowledge and experience. Publicise your work Exhibit your work throughout your course, exploring the practical aspects of organising and installing an event and culminating in your final year at the University of Brighton Graduate Show – which attracts around 12,000 visitors every year.

Visitors and field trips Talks from visiting industry experts and practitioners give you a fresh perspective on your own work. Field trips and site visits inspire, motivate and bring the subjects to life. Local and international links We have strong links with local arts communities and organisations. In recent years students have benefited from opportunities such as exhibiting at venues in the city, including Hove Museum, and most courses offer opportunities for international visits or student exchanges. Student and graduate success Phoebe Cummings, 3D Design and Craft, became an honorary doctor of arts at the university in 2019, reflecting her contribution to arts and crafts. Her career has encompassed a residency at the V&A, teaching at Harvard University and the Royal College of Art and winning the British Ceramics Biennial Award in 2011 and BBC Radio 4 Woman’s Hour Craft Prize in 2018. Conor White, who graduated Fine Art Painting in 2018, realised in 2019 his ambition of exhibiting in the Royal Academy Summer Exhibition.

Our Fashion Communication with Business Studies course became the most nominated course at Graduate Fashion Week 2019; six students were shortlisted for prizes. Fashion design students also had a successful show; Dorothy Williams and Trevor Tam were chosen for Best Of and the Gala Awards Show. Alice Bloomfield who graduated in Illustration in 2018 won the BFI Future Film Festival Prize for Best Non Narrative Film for her animation for Puma Blue Music. 2019 Textiles with Business Studies graduate Molly O’Halloran secured a dream paid internship in New York with Ascena Global Design working within Ann Taylor Inc brands for a year. Illustration graduate Sara Lavelle featured as one of the three main finalists in the 2019 Sky Arts Portrait Artist of the Year. Sara was also commissioned to create a portrait of the first female Oxbridge professor, Dorothy Garrod. Peepshow, a collective of six featuring three Brighton Illustration graduates won their second Emmy Award for their animation work on a National Geographic film, Inside North Korea’s Dynasty. In 2015, Peepshow won an Emmy for Outstanding Motion Design.

Snapshot

06 03

04. Ralph Lauren creative recruitment director Kim Giangiuli speaks to fashion design students. Our students regularly come into contact with professionals from the creative industries.

Eve Row-Care, Textiles with Business Studies

I chose Brighton because of the placement year and the business element of the Textiles degree. I thought that having industry experience would be very valuable. I’ve enjoyed the creative freedom. We get given briefs but it allows us to express our own individual style. For my placement I worked with a textile house called Malhia Kent, one of Chanel’s biggest textile designers. I worked there for three months while living in Paris, designing and weaving fabric samples to be made up for brands and sending out fabric swatches to designers and brands.

01. Our academic staff of practitioners and researchers will help you find your creative voice. Pictured: Suzanne Hutchinson, multidisciplinary practitioner and lecturer in fine art. 02. You will work closely with our knowledgeable technical staff who will assist you throughout your studies. Pictured: Jeweller Chris Stokes demonstrating 3D printing. 03. Fashion Communications with Business Studies students work together to produce high quality publications that are sold in Magazine Brighton.

05. Graphic Design graduate Megan Chandler won a Creative Conscience Award in 2019 for her Off The Streets concept campaign aiming to reduce the stigma of homelessness. The idea enables people buy tokens to give to people on the streets who can use them for accommodation in the hostels she has partnered with in Brighton. 06. Hannah Berry, 2004 Illustration graduate, was named a fellow of the Royal Society of Literature. She is also the 2019 Comics Laureate – the first woman to hold the post.

At blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ aadm you’ll find stories from across our art and design courses and links to all course Instagram feeds.

01. Charlie Schaffer, who graduated in Fine Art Painting in 2014 won prestigious BP Portrait Artist of the Year in 2019. He follows last yearâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s winner Miriam Escofet, who graduated from 3D Design and Craft in 1991.

02. Part of Textiles Design with Business Studies graduate Chelsea Mulcaireâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Neon Jungle final collection. On the online course page you can see a film of Chelsea talking about why the placement year was instrumental in her choosing textiles, where she spent her time in industry and how she found studying at Brighton.

03. Fine Art students work in collage, installation, sculpture, performance, text and digital media. 04. Hannah Gibbins, who graduated in Fashion with Business Studies in 2018, has launched her pop-up capsule range HCFG for autumn/winter in 12 Debenhams stores in September 2019. Hannah won the 2018 Debenhams Menswear Award at Graduate Fashion Week.

05 05. Feiyi Huang, Fashion Communications student, won the 2019 Fashion Photography Award at Graduate Fashion Week.

Portfolio advice

When you apply to do an art and design course at Brighton you will be asked to submit an online portfolio. Here are some key things to think about when preparing it. 07

06. 3D Design and Craft graduate Tom Meades is turning plastic that is not suitable for recycling into Bluetooth speakers. He and his business partners collect flexible plastic from local businesses and beaches. Tom said: “Every speaker has its own unique colour style – and we use only sustainable material on the inside including 100% recycled denim for sound insulation.” 07. Final year Illustration student Lucia Vinti was asked to produce an illustrated guide for a major Van Gogh exhibition at London’s Tate Britain art museum in 2019. Lucia was chosen for the project after the Tate Collective saw her drawing of Tate Britain on Instagram.

08. Screenprint Before and after snowfall created by 2018 printmaking graduate Iona Williamson.

• Your portfolio should be a reflection of what interests and motivates you as an artist. • Remember to bear in mind you’ll be expected to talk about your portfolio when we meet, so choose work carefully. • We don’t expect your portfolio to be filled with finished pieces – we would like to see demonstration of preparation and development as well as final work. • We’re always interested in work you’ve done independently as this demonstrates passion and self-motivation which you’ll need! • Include sketch books and work in other media where appropriate. You’ll find more advice on course pages at www.brighton.ac.uk and in the online applicant area which you’ll have access to once you’ve applied.

3D DESIGN AND CRAFT BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

On this established, hands-on course you can explore the full spectrum of threedimensional practices from studio ceramics and jewellery to products and furniture. You will have access to specialist workshops in wood, metals, ceramics, polymers and digital technology; working alongside fellow students in a collaborative art school environment. Your workshop practice is integrated with historical and critical studies, so you will explore critical, conceptual, ethical and environmental issues as well as the role of design within a social and cultural contexts. The staff team are practising designers, makers, artists and researchers, bringing their real-world expertise to your studies. Live projects, case studies and exhibitions enable you to place your work in real-world settings.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 Core study modules will develop materialspecific skills and introduce fundamental ideas of design and craft. Through four material areas (wood, metal, ceramics, and polymers and composites) students are introduced to the processes and techniques of design and making. This is followed by a short period of self-directed study or a design project. Studio practice is integrated with a creative enquiry module introducing research methods in creative practice, and delivering skills in visual communication and design development. Year 2 You will focus on specialisation and making a choice in materials and processes, progressing through a combination of projects. The aim is to develop advanced and in-depth knowledge from the materials base connecting historical and traditional techniques and processes to contemporary culture and innovation. Structured projects combined with live and research-led projects contribute to the formulation of personal development plans and research. Studio practice is supported by modules in professional practice and historical and critical studies. Students also have the opportunity to take a 20-credit option from across a wide range of our other arts and humanities courses. In year 2 you have the opportunity to apply for a student exchange to Nagoya University. 38

WHY US

® Some of our graduates have become leading creative practitioners who run practices of international significance and are defining contemporary making ® Opportunity to work with design companies, arts organisations, museums and charities on real-world projects and exhibitions ® Excellent and spacious workshops and facilities

Final year You will develop a major independent body of work in 3D design and craft, supported by a rigorous body of creative enquiry research, a professional practice portfolio and an extended essay.

Preparing for your career

In your career you’ll need a combination of knowledge, skills, personal qualities and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree. It’ll build your experience in working to client briefs and offers opportunities to collaborate with other disciplines. You will graduate with the capacity to turn ideas into fully resolved objects, products and artefacts in a range of media. Professional practice is an integrated part of the degree and, through live projects, case studies and exhibitions, enables you to think about your work commercially. Our graduates have worked with Conran, Tom Dixon, Antony Gormley, Nike, Lego, Disney, Heals, Liberty and the Science and Natural History Museums. They have exhibited at venues such as The Design Museum, The Saatchi Gallery, London Fashion Week, The Crafts Council, the V&A, the Milan Furniture Fair, Tate Modern and MOMA.

SUBJECT AREA Design UCAS CODE W240 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points. Art foundation diploma Pass A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

FASHION COMMUNICATION WITH BUSINESS STUDIES BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS Study fashion communication at Brighton and gain the skills and knowledge to work in this global industry. This course provides a foundation for careers in areas including fashion photography, styling, publishing, fashion film, forecasting, creative and art direction, picture editing, visual promotion, social media and multiplatform thinking. We want you to become forward-thinking and to challenge the boundaries of fashion communication. You will be encouraged to approach your work experimentally. Fashion at Brighton is internationally respected and you will work closely with designers from fashion and textiles courses, undertaking projects that mirror industry practices. You will specialise in your second year. You’ll learn from industry professionals and business studies forms an integral part of the course – you will learn to prepare business plans and think in terms of enterprise. The optional placement year means you will graduate with established industry contacts and an excellent portfolio of work experience.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the key elements of fashion promotion and communication and take modules in photography and styling, illustration and imaging, and visual promotion. You will also learn about market research within the creative industries and explore key debates in fashion, textiles and fashion communications analysis. Year 2 You will specialise in one of three areas: fashion photography and styling; fashion imaging, film and interaction; or visual promotion. You can also choose whether to undertake a third year placement or progress straight to your final year. Final year You will choose and research an area of study, and then develop this study into your final project with a series of outcomes. You will also complete a business plan. You will take part in a final exhibition where industry contacts are invited to see your work.

WHY US

® CV and personal profile development is an integrated part of your course ® Work on live briefs, ranging from magazine content to advertising and branding campaigns ® Business studies is integrated throughout the course, to hone your entrepreneurial skills

Preparing for your career

This degree provides subject knowledge and expertise as well as opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. A programme of visiting industry professionals give you a window a window into the fashion and publishing industry. Live briefs from companies have included Puma and WGSN. Our students have completed placements at organisations including: Dazed & Confused, Harpers Bazaar, The Vampire’s Wife, Selfridges, Moseley Road and Big Sky Studios.

LOOK ONLINE

SUBJECT AREA Fashion and textiles UCAS CODE W213 DURATION Full time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points. Art foundation diploma Pass A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 39

FASHION DESIGN WITH BUSINESS STUDIES BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS Creativity and craftsmanship will be at the heart of your development on this course, allowing you to explore your own interests in menswear and womenswear. Specialist areas such as tailoring, sportswear, creative cutting and materials innovation will inform your ideas. You will develop an individual approach and understanding helping you to think widely and critically about the subject and practice of fashion. The course is 60% practice-based and 40% academic studies. When you join this course, you develop skills that will help you towards your future in the fashion industry – a booming market that, according to the British Fashion Council, contributes over £28bn to the UK economy and supports 880,000 jobs. Fashion has a distinguished reputation at Brighton and you will be a part of the already successful and well-established programme of fashion and textiles courses.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will develop the technical skills of fashion design, including pattern cutting, draping and garment manufacture; while designing and exploring the cultural and commercial contexts of fashion. Year 2 Design projects will broaden your knowledge of different fashion market sectors and will test your design skills. You’ll build a body of design work and garment samples to add to your professional portfolio. You’ll also decide whether to spend your third year on placement at a fashion organisation, and begin planning this with the help of our placements team. Final year Whether you are on a three or four-year programme, you will design and make a collection of market-specific outfits for womenswear or menswear. You will also produce a professional portfolio of design work, a dissertation and a business plan.

WHY US

® Fashion at Brighton has a distinguished reputation ® Placement year providing invaluable industry experience, contacts and job opportunities ® Business studies is integrated throughout enhancing entrepreneurship and employability, training you to start your own business or join established brands

Preparing for your career

Your Fashion Design with Business degree will provide you with skills and technical expertise plus opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. You use industry-standard technologies and practices developing your understanding and appreciation of process and quality, enabling you to create professional design proposals. The integrated mix of creativity and business studies throughout your course mean that you will leave ready to enter the business of fashion, whether to start your own company or work as part of a team within international fashion brands and design houses.

SUBJECT AREA Fashion and textiles UCAS CODE W2N2 DURATION Full time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points. Art foundation diploma Pass

Some of the roles our students have gone onto include: Design Assistant to Head of Womenswear at Aquascutum and Menswear Design at Kilgour. Other graduates have worked for Marc Jacobs, WGSN, McQueen and Jaeger.

A-levels BBB–CCC

LOOK ONLINE

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 40

What I’ve found Max is studying fashion with business at our Brighton: City campus. He’s been on placement with E.Tautz, Burberry and Tom Ford

The university community is a place where you learn from everyone

Everyone brings their own point of view on their subject and life in general. It forms a big melting pot of ideas for you to learn from and take and adapt, and you gain a wider world view than you may have held previously.

Uni has changed me as a person

I have grown exponentially in confidence, in my own work and practice and in myself. I think the independence and confidence gained through the university experience is something incredibly valuable and, for me, has been integral in shaping me into the adult I am becoming.

It’s a very inclusive place to learn

Everyone is given an equal opportunity to have their voice heard, without there being pressure on those who don’t feel comfortable sharing. The student voice really is listened to and valued, and we’re given many opportunities to feedback and have our say in the university’s decisions.

You work alongside skilled professionals and experts

You’re able to learn in the context of the industry you want to enter, and you know the advice you’re given is based on real-world experience. They also use their contacts to bring in exciting opportunities such as speakers, live projects and placements.

It’s a supportive place to study

I think the teaching and support staff shape everything, they really guide you through. From those first nervous weeks to where I am now, I’ve felt supported and encouraged by all the staff that I have met. There is a real sense that they want you to succeed. They look out for you and help you if they see you struggling – that’s something special about Brighton, there’s a real community feeling.

There are placements to suit everyone

Placements span the whole fashion industry, for example, design, buying and merchandising or PR and press. The placements team does an amazing job of matching people up with the right fit for them.

Employability skills can be course-specific – or more broad

I’ve learnt both at Brighton. My technical sewing skills, design knowledge and Adobe InDesign skills have increased vastly since starting, so I can work alongside professionals and not feel out of place or slow. Also my organisational and time management skills are sharper and I have become a better public speaker and able to build rapport with anyone I meet. I plan to move to London and pursue a career within the fashion industry, and I feel like this course has properly prepared me for the challenge. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

TEXTILES DESIGN WITH BUSINESS STUDIES BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS Our established textiles degree mixes creativity with commercial insight and has a strong track record of successful graduates. You can creatively explore printed, woven or knitted textiles and specialise in the area that most suits you. Expert lecturers and technicians will help you develop your skills in drawing and in concept and design development, as well as your business acumen. Your third year is an optional placement spent working in industry, gaining real world experience. This year provides you with invaluable industry contacts and often graduate job opportunities. Throughout the degree you’ll have inspiring talks from industry professionals and work on live projects for brands.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the three disciplines of knit, print and weave for fashion. You will then specialise in one area to fully explore and develop your skills in media and materials, textile design, construction and fabric realisation for fashion. Year 2 Your design projects will look at different fashion textiles market sectors. The projects are diverse, include a live brief and will test your developing design skills. You will also build a body of design work and fabric samples to add to your portfolio. You will also produce a professional portfolio of design work, an essay and prepare for your placement in business studies. Final year You will create a business plan and a collection of work as your final major project to be shown at the graduate show.

Preparing for your career

In your career you’ll need a combination of knowledge, skills, personal qualities and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree.

WHY US

® Strong track record of graduates employed in prestigious fashion companies ® Placement year providing invaluable contacts, industry experience and job opportunities ® Business studies is integrated throughout, training you to start your own business or join an established company

SUBJECT AREA Fashion and textiles UCAS CODE W2NC DURATION Full-time 3 years BA(Hons) With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Business studies is integrated throughout the course so you’ll leave with the entrepreneurial skills to start your own business or the confidence to join an established company. Specialists will help you develop your expertise in research and drawing skills, concept and design development. Choosing the optional placement year means you will graduate with established industry contacts. Some of our current placement hosts include H&M, COS, Diane von Furstenberg and Alexander McQueen. Our graduates are employed in prestigious fashion organisations worldwide, including Burberry, Mulberry, H&M and DKNY. Other alumni, such as Sarah Arnett, Clarissa Hulse, Julien Macdonald OBE and Mark Eley, have established their own design labels. Most alumni work as in-house or freelance designers, buyers, merchandisers, stylists and trend forecasters.

LOOK ONLINE

Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points. Art foundation diploma Pass A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 42

FINE ART BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Our Fine Art BA is a dynamic course that guides you in imagining, investigating, experimenting with and communicating your creative ideas. You will work in dedicated studio spaces to create artworks where thinking is explored through making. Opportunities to present work in progress to your peers and staff in a project space allow the testing out of your ideas in a friendly, supportive environment. Access to specialist workshops, staffed by technical demonstrators, enables you to experiment with a range of contemporary, digital and traditional materials and processes. Our staff are experienced arts practitioners working in varied contexts. Whether working in collage, installation, sculpture, performance, text or digital media, you will enhance your creativity and develop composition, communication, collaboration and critical skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll develop your practice within the studio and explore the relationship between thinking and making. There is an emphasis on material exploration and experimentation; work is challenged through critical discussions and debate, building your confidence in articulating your practice. You will be introduced to key institutions, roles and terms within the world of contemporary art and learn to navigate and discuss complex ideas and issues. Year 2 You’ll continue to advance your fine art practice through explorative and practical approaches, and focus on the professional skills associated with proposal making, documentation of artworks and exhibition making. A public group exhibition will teach you to negotiate, to present a resolved work as part of a team and to practice key roles associated with exhibition making. You will be encouraged to consider the context of your work through a universitylocated fine art placement or studio-based artist residency. An option module allows you to explore topics from across the School of Art.

WHY US

® Learn from a talented teaching team of practising artists ® Specialist facilities to help you realise your creative ideas ® Many opportunities to exhibit your work

SUBJECT AREA Fine art UCAS CODE W100 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Final year You will develop and consolidate your art practice and extend your technical skills base through the creation of a body of work. You will synthesise your previous learning, test your ideas practically, write proposals and work towards a final degree show exhibition. There is a strong emphasis on documenting your practice, writing a CV and artist statement, and on placing your work in critically informed contexts.

Preparing for your career

Across the three years of study, this degree will enable you to develop tenacity and selfmotivation: one of the most fundamental aspects of art practice. You will be able to critically evaluate your own and others’ work with an open mind. You will know how to project manage – your time, resources and logistics, as well as collaborate and work as part of a team. As we prepare the prospectus, this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most up-to-date information.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 43

FINE ART PAINTING BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Our painting degree is one of the few courses in the UK that offers specialist study in the subject. Painting has been taught at Brighton for over 150 years and this course builds on that history by questioning and redefining the role of painting in society. At Brighton, there is no house style – we encourage you to test boundaries in an environment of discussion and debate. Painting teaches you that meaning will come from making your work, rather than any preconceptions about what art is. To develop, you must be unafraid of taking risks and willing to learn through both failure and success.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 First year tuition develops your ability to produce self-directed work. Studio practice units emphasise experimentation and risk-taking within a critical but supportive environment; workshops cover all technical essentials of painting; you’ll explore the contexts of art and seminars introduce you to professional development. Year 2 In your second year you continue to produce self-directed work, but there is greater emphasis on its relationship to the worlds of cultural and political debate. The interim show teaches you about the key issues of exhibiting publicly, and the option module allows you to explore topics outside your usual learning range. You may also apply for overseas study placements in Japan and Korea. Final year In your final year you produce a body of work to a professional standard, exhibiting it in our acclaimed annual graduate show. You will write a research essay to define and contextualise your practice and receive professional development lectures on subjects ranging from self-employment to project management, networks and planning strategies.

WHY US

® One of the few degrees in the UK that offers specialist study in painting ® Tutors are successful artists who guide and challenge you, while visiting artists assist professional development ® Opportunities to exhibit and establish strong connections with the art world

Preparing for your career

Professional development lectures in your final year cover areas including selfemployment, networking and project management, preparing you for a career in the creative industries. Strong links with local arts communities provide volunteer and employment opportunities. We encourage you to explore all aspects of painting, discovering how different media and processes impact on the ideas and content of your work. Our graduates have had international residencies at The British School in Athens, Foundation Armando Alvares Penteado Sao Paulo, and at institutions in China. Our alumni have had gallery representation at Ceri Hand, Ana Cristea, Nettie Horn, Herman Germann, George and Jorgen, Domo Baal and Saatchi.

LOOK ONLINE

SUBJECT AREA Fine art UCAS CODE W120 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points. Art foundation diploma Pass A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 44

PRINTMAKING BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

One of the only specialist degrees of its kind, this course trains you in the traditions of printmaking and in contemporary imagemaking processes, such as drawing, collage, photography, artists’ books, letterpress and digital image making. We encourage creative exploration in a variety of visual forms, underpinned by intellectual inquiry, which leads to exciting, innovative practice. You’ll be working in one of the UK’s bestequipped printmaking workshops, with facilities for etching, screen print, lithography, relief and large format digital print, letter press and bookbinding as well traditional wetbased photography. Our links with local arts communities provide opportunities for creative engagement in schools, galleries and studios. Visits to exhibitions and guest lectures from artists and those working in the creative industries will improve your understanding of professional practice. You’ll have opportunities to exhibit your work and we have international links with the University of Nagoya, Japan, which runs an exchange programme available by competitive application.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore a variety of ways of working including investigating drawing, colour theory and ideas development. You’ll have lectures and seminars as well as technical inductions the main printmaking processes. You will be supported to develop individual research as well as working collaboratively to plan a group exhibition and take part in a print edition project. Year 2 Your second year is when you begin to develop your work and autonomy of practice, clarifying what aspects of printmaking you want to refine. The exhibition gives you the opportunity to exhibit your work and a public engagement module provides connectivity between studio and workshop activity and a professional working environment.

WHY US

® Study in the heart of Brighton and develop your practice in this lively, artistic city with opportunities beyond the studio ® One of the UK’s best-equipped printmaking workshops, with facilities for etching, screenprint, lithography, relief and digital print ® Exciting opportunities to exhibit within and beyond the university

Final year The exploration of creative possibilities intensifies as you consolidate your interests in order to plan a resolved body of work for the graduate show. This is when the insights and experience gained throughout the course come together. There is a focus on the development of your practice after undergraduate study and course has a proven track record of progression to respected Masters level courses.

Preparing for your career

The career prospects of fine art graduates are rich and diverse. You will leave the course equipped with skills that are both useful and desirable, not just to art practice, but in many other forms of employment. Brighton’s fine art programme has an excellent record of postgraduate placement and international prize-winning success.

SUBJECT AREA Fine art UCAS CODE W140 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points. Art foundation diploma Pass A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

Among our fine art graduates we have a growing list of prizewinners who have scooped prestigious awards including the Turner prize, John Moores Painting prize and prizes from the National Portrait Gallery and the Boundary Gallery.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

LOOK ONLINE

Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4.

English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 45

GRAPHIC DESIGN BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Graphic Design at the University of Brighton is an innovative, popular course with a reputation for producing ambitious and bold designers who communicate, inform, entertain and challenge the status quo. In our dedicated studio space, you will benefit from working with a course team with professional practice in typography, letterpress printing, book design, exhibition design, photography, art direction, animation, digital sound and music. You’ll have plenty of opportunities to exhibit your work, including at group shows and at the Graduate Show. You’ll also have the opportunity to work on live industry projects to establish professional connections. You will work closely with students from our Illustration BA(Hons), and both courses foster an understanding of visual communication intellectually and practically.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the basic concepts of visual communication in graphic design. Through a series of studio-based projects and workshops in computing, letterpress, photography and book arts, you will begin to develop your own visual language. Year 2 This year introduces the key concepts of sequential communication with a focus on self-initiated, collaborative, experimental and independent ways of working. You will also begin to explore the creative industries via a personal and professional development programme. In years 2 and 3 you will also attend a weekly professional practice lecture by guest speakers working within the industry. Final year You will build upon the creative and analytical abilities you have developed. Teaching encourages greater personal development as you move towards a more self-directed programme of study. You will work on set, with self-initiated projects and live industry projects, while establishing professional practice links.

WHY US

® A strong track record of graduates who have turned their passion for graphic design into successful careers ® A creative community in a dynamic art school where you can exhibit your work and collaborate on industry projects outside university ® Learn from a talented teaching team of practising artists and designers, and use excellent studio and library facilities

Preparing for your career

Our graduates work across a range of disciplines within the contemporary creative industries. You may choose to work freelance in the publishing industry, in book design, for a design consultancy, as a branding specialist or in an advertising agency. You could establish a portfolio of work as an exhibiting artist, working as an individual or as part of a studio collective. Employers of our graduates include Macmillan, Becks, Interbrand and Channel 4, and students are working internationally in Switzerland, Germany, France, Hong Kong, South Korea and China. Alumni include It’s Nice That founders Will Hudson and Alex Bec and music video director David Wilson.

LOOK ONLINE

SUBJECT AREA Graphic design and illustration UCAS CODE W210 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points. Art foundation diploma Pass A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 46

ILLUSTRATION BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

The Illustration degree at Brighton enjoys a reputation for producing artists who are confident in using their own creative voice and who work in an extremely diverse range of styles. This course celebrates both the traditional and the contemporary, exploring what illustration could be, not just what it is. We place an emphasis on experimentation and exploration. You’ll benefit from dedicated studio space, excellent specialist art and design libraries and our internationally significant Design Archives. There is a programme of studio and gallery visits and study trips options have included New York, San Francisco, Berlin and Amsterdam. There are opportunities to exhibit throughout the course, culminating in the popular Graduate Show. You will work closely with students from our Graphic Design BA(Hons), and both courses foster an understanding of visual communication, intellectually and practically.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the basic concepts of visual communication in illustration. Through a series of studio-based projects and workshops in observational and life drawing, photography and book arts, you will begin to develop your own visual language. Year 2 This year introduces the key concepts of sequential communication with a focus on self-initiated, collaborative, experimental and independent ways of working. You will also begin to explore the creative industries via a personal and professional development programme. In years 2 and 3 you will also attend a weekly professional practice lecture by guest speakers working within the industry. Final year You will build upon the creative and analytical abilities you have developed. Teaching encourages greater personal development as you move towards a more self-directed programme of study. You will work on set and self-initiated projects, prestigious competition briefs and live industry projects, while establishing professional practice links.

WHY US

® A strong track record of graduates who have turned their passion for illustration into successful careers ® Opportunities to exhibit your work and undertake projects with external organisations ® Learn from a talented teaching team of practising artists and designers, and use excellent studio and library facilities

Preparing for your career

Our graduates are working across the diverse range of disciplines within the contemporary creative industries. You may choose to work as a freelance practitioner employed by the newspaper and magazine publishing industries, design consultancies and advertising agencies. Other associated fields include marketing, public relations and design management.

SUBJECT AREA Graphic design and illustration UCAS CODE W220 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Recent employers of our graduates include MTV, The Tate, Google, Cartoon Network and Weiden+Kennedy. They are working worldwide in the USA, Switzerland, Germany, France, Hong Kong, South Korea and China.

UCAS tariff 120–96 points.

LOOK ONLINE

BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM

Art foundation diploma Pass A-levels BBB–CCC

IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 47

ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN Our architecture, interior architecture and product design courses are design-led, hands-on and collaborative. Students develop their own voice and the skills needed to take their ideas to completion, working towards a sustainable and experimental future. Studio working Design studios mirror industry practice. You’ll work together with students from all years of your course, sharing experiences and exploring ideas.

Product design students work together in a professional design studio with specialist facilities, 3D print workspaces, wood, metal and welding workshops, a finish room and prototyping laboratories.

All of our architecture and design courses work around vertical studio teaching, encouraging enquiry and collaboration. Studios are a great opportunity to specialise in the areas that interest you most: you’ll create your own pathway through the course. As well as working on the practical and technical skills you’ll need throughout your career, you will explore design in context; how you can re-imagine and contribute to society and the world we live in.

Skilled technicians are a vital part of the studio community, on hand to support your making and ideas. They are practicing artists, designers and PhD students so they know exactly where you are coming from.

You’ll work together to gain realworld experience on live briefs and projects with communities in the local area and further afield. New modelling and construction workshops, along with IT facilities and specialist software help architecture and interior architecture students to build the skills and experience required in practice. You’ll also have access to extensive workshops, specialist equipment, a repro room and a dark room.

Field trips and talks Our students benefit from expert perspectives, thanks to our programme of talks from visiting architects, designers and researchers who share their experiences and enthusiasm. Field trips and site visits inspire, motivate and bring the subjects to life. Mock RIBA interviews prepare architecture students for professional life. Your career in mind Career development skills and activities are embedded into our courses through activities like live projects, placements and volunteering. Experts and practitioners visit to share their knowledge and expertise. You’ll work collaboratively on projects that mirror how professional teams work together. And you’ll be working on your portfolio from day one, helping you to stand out at job interviews.

Placements Product design students can undertake a placement year. Experience gained on placement is invaluable in helping you become a professional designer, and many students find that the work informs their final year project and can lead to permanent employment after they graduate. Inspiring staff Our teaching staff are practicing architects, designers and researchers. For example, interdisciplinary artist Dr Katy Beinart focuses on public art practices, urban regeneration and migration, and designer and member of global network Fab City Collective James Tooze explores the interconnected areas of digital manufacturing, open data and urban production.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

If you’re based at our Moulsecoomb campus, from September 2021 you’ll be learning in a transformed place. There’ll be new teaching spaces, halls of residence, a students’ union events space and bar, gym and fitness facilities, exhibition spaces, a greener landscape and cafes and shops. For more see pages 06–07.

Snapshot

04. Graduating Product Design students won the Best Stand Award at New Designers 2019, fulfilling the criteria of “imaginative and cleverly presented ideas with a considered overall look and feel along with the quality of work displayed”.

02 03

Holly Nash, 2019 Interior Architecture graduate

I could not have asked for a more supportive set of peers or better teaching staff, having made lifelong friends and future business associates over the three-year course.

01. Senior Lecturer Tony Roberts and industry practitioner Conor Sheehan lead a group review with Architecture BA students. 02. Tom Hardy’s VacHumme, a drone that can do your dusting powered by artificial intelligence, was among the inventions showcased by Product Design students in 2019. 03. Interior Architecture BA(Hons) course leader and author Gem Barton was made a National Teaching Fellow by Advance HE in 2019 in recognition of her hands-on and inspirational teaching.

05. At the end of their studies interior architecture and architecture students can take part in a mock RIBA interview day with professional architects. 06. Design in context and sustainable futures is at the heart of our architecture and design courses. In 2019 senior lecturer Duncan Baker-Brown curated The Waste Zone at FutureBuild in London. Duncan is the man behind our award-winning Waste House built on the City campus mostly from materials that would otherwise have ended up in landfill or been incinerated. He also launched The School of Reconstruction, bringing architecture students and staff together to explore new structures from discarded construction materials.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at http://aia-brighton.org, including links to the school’s social media feeds.

ARCHITECTURE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Architecture is a rewarding and culturally important profession – and at Brighton we see it as a social activity as well as a technical exploration. As a student here, you will build a thorough understanding of modern architectural practices, informed by consideration of the broader context of social engagement; who is it for, what informs its design and structure, and what will its legacy be? You will develop your architectural voice through your own projects and by working in collaboration with other students from all years of the degree. Career planning is integral to your learning from the outset, and our links with RIBA South East provide opportunities including mentoring and mock interviews with practising architects. We focus on real-world skills, and you will learn on-site through projects with local communities and from the construction of our annual exhibition pavilion. The broad approach that we take to architecture will prepare you for the many forms that contemporary professional practice takes.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will begin with modules that build on your direct experience of architecture, working from precedents and everyday spaces. Modules gradually become specialised in four main themes: design, humanities, technology and professional practices. Year 2 You will choose different projects (called studios) that address questions such as the housing crisis, circular economy and urban space. These will allow you to explore different ways of working and develop new techniques and skills. Final year You will again work in a studio group of your choice, integrating technological and professional considerations into your projects. Through your final year project you will demonstrate your understanding of planning and building regulations, design and access statements, cost control, and health and safety. A project report will form part of your portfolio.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Our approach is: hands on and academic; vocational and multidisciplinary, individually creative and socially engaged ® Be part of a supportive, collaborative learning community, commended by RIBA, with a leading approach to integrating pastoral support

Preparing for your career

This course provides subject knowledge and expertise, opportunities to put what you learn into practice and work-related experience. You’ll develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, and project and time management that will be valued wherever your career takes you. Our graduates have worked with renowned practices including: Allies and Morrison, Andrés Jaque Architects, de Rijke Marsh Morgan, Junya Ishigami, Norman Foster and Sauerbruch Hutton. Others have also started their own studios or businesses, or have taken a career in teaching and academia, with research study potential offered through the university’s doctoral college.

LOOK ONLINE

Integrated foundation year

If you do not have the portfolio of work or the academic qualifications required for entry onto the course, you can still be considered for entry through our integrated foundation route. See page 54.

01. You will also be supported by a team of technicians who are also practicising artists, designers and PhD students. 02. Jack Parker, collected RIBA Degree Prize for his design of a factory turning stinging nettles into fabric. The project is Catford’s Nettle Factory, a factory which grows and harvests nettles through aquaponics and processes them into fabrics. Each stage of the production process is extracted and considered how it may be able to be integrated with nature to help rejuvenate the river environment. 03. Students have plenty of opportunity to exhibit their work including the annual Graduate Show which takes place across two campuses attracting thousands of visitors.

SUBJECT AREA Architecture UCAS CODE K100 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

BECOME A FULLY QUALIFIED ARCHITECT At Brighton, we offer the qualifications required for every stage to become a fully fledged, ARB-registered and RIBA Chartered Architect.

How long will it take me to become an architect?

Qualifying to be an architect usually involves five years at university (three years of undergraduate study and two years of postgraduate study) and two years’ practical experience.

What are the different stages of qualification? RIBA PART 1 COURSE BA(Hons)

At Brighton, we offer a three-year architecture degree. We are proud of our RIBA commendation for the broad subject base we teach. Our socially engaged, design-led, hands-on course means you will become a creative professional with a wide range of career options. Read our course description to find out more (left).

Stage 1 Experience: practical experience

Once you have gained your undergraduate degree, you will spend a year in industry where we monitor your professional experience and the activities you undertake. At Brighton, this element is called Architecture Professional Practice Pre-Diploma. Some people choose to work for longer than one year to gain more experience.

RIBA PART 2 COURSE MArch

Following your year in industry, you undertake a two-year masters degree in Architecture known as the MArch. Our course is researchled and highly creative. It also provides you with the technical and professional knowledge you need to move on to the next stage of your training.

Stage 2 Experience: practical experience

Once you have completed your MArch, you will spend a further year working in industry under the direct supervision of an architect where you will assume a higher level of responsibility for projects. Like the Stage 1 experience, we monitor the activities you undertake.

IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level.

RIBA PART 3 COURSE PGDip

Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4.

The part 3 course is the final step to becoming a fully qualified architect. At Brighton, the part 3 course lasts 10 months and is undertaken whilst you are working in industry. The course covers a wide range of subjects relating to the practice, management and law of architecture. Once you have completed this course you can enter the ARB’s register of architects and become a member of RIBA. All our courses are prescribed by the ARB and validated by RIBA.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design diploma preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or above.

English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 51

INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

This well-established, hands-on course focuses on the design of interior spaces within existing buildings, and on design that links human activities and events to specific places and spaces. You’ll participate in a vibrant studio culture, sharing ideas and techniques. Using drawing, model-making, film and mixed media, you will explore the re-imagining of space for new or different purposes while developing a critical understanding of the experience of space. There are multiple pathways through the course, enabling you to develop the passions you bring with you by learning new techniques while maintaining your unique creative identity. Our Future Practice module supports you in determining the design contribution you wish to make to society upon graduation. Each year there are optional field trips and live projects that expand your architectural and spatial design knowledge. Students also have the opportunity to help to run the Brighton Interior Architecture and Architecture Student Society (BIAAS) organising lectures, events and exhibitions.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the discipline of interior architecture within a wide historical and cultural context, establishing your skills, specialist knowledge and practices. Year 2 You will broaden and deepen your awareness of the field. This is a year for creative experimentation and the exploration of new territories. Final year You will have opportunities to apply your skills and spatial design awareness. The intention throughout this year is to consolidate your knowledge, enable you to develop an independent creative voice and prepare you for entry into professional practice or enable you to engage in further research. Each year, graduating students exhibit their work in the arts and humanities graduate show.

WHY US

® Work alongside an academic course team actively engaged in leading areas of research, design, enterprise and making ® In 2016, 2018 and 2019 the course won prizes at the Interior Educators Summer Show in London ® Develop advanced drawing, model-making and graphical techniques opening up a wide variety of career pathways in design

Preparing for your career

In your career you need a combination of knowledge, skills, personal qualities and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree. During the course you will have opportunities to formally present your work to a panel, developing an understanding of how to win client briefs – and in your final year you have the opportunity to be interviewed by professionals at our RIBA mock interview day. After graduation, you will have a range of design careers open to you. Most of our graduates work specifically in the fields of interior architecture and spatial design, employed as designers or assistant architects. Others have gone into careers in exhibition design, retail design, set design, graphics and event or gallery management, with some setting up their own design businesses.

LOOK ONLINE

Integrated foundation year

If you do not have the portfolio of work or the academic qualifications required for entry onto the course, you can still be considered for entry through our integrated foundation route. See page 54.

SUBJECT AREA Interior architecture UCAS CODE W250 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points Art foundation diploma Pass A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design diploma preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 52

PRODUCT DESIGN WITH PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Our established product design course has an outstanding track record of producing graduates who go on to fulfilling and innovative careers. Whether you want to work in the creative or the engineering industries, this degree gives you the theoretical foundation and practical skills to create original and sustainable products. Working on a wide range of projects in specialist design studios with their own areas of interest and learning approaches, you will develop the ability to take a product from concept to completion. An optional year-long placement in the third year provides invaluable experience and often leads to opportunities on graduation.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will gain the skills, knowledge and techniques needed to undertake design research, generate concepts and develop product solutions. You’ll explore technologies, cultures, social trends, behaviours and aesthetics to inform the relationships and interactions between people and products. Year 2 You will work within a specialist studio, learning alongside third year students in a dynamic and mutually beneficial studio system. Each studio relates to a different area of design, for example, human factors, interaction design, design ideologies and sustainable design. You will also continue studies into design theory, practice and history. Final year Project work within a specialist studio continues, enabling you to demonstrate your individual approach to design and to develop work that is thought provoking and to a professional standard. You’ll show your work in the graduate show exhibition and selected students will exhibit at follow-on shows such as the prestigious New Designers in London. You will increasingly focus on independent study and specialisms, developing a portfolio that works for your professional ambitions.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Placement year to develop your practice in a professional setting, and opportunities to exhibit your work ® Excellent design and engineering facilities

Preparing for your career

In your career you need a combination of knowledge, technical ability, communication skills and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree. The course provides subject knowledge and expertise, opportunities to put what you learn into practice and work-related experience. You’ll also develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, and project and time management skills that will be valued wherever your career takes you. Working and collaborating with students from all years of your course, and with postgraduate and research students, is a big part of your learning experience. Recent graduates are working with local and international companies including Apple, Dyson, Hallmark Cards, Jaguar, Mars and Nokia and Lego. Many have gone on to set up their own enterprises with support from the university.

LOOK ONLINE

SUBJECT AREA Product design UCAS CODE W242 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here but can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses UCAS tariff 120–96 points A-levels BBB–CCC, including an A-level in a technology-based subject. BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Recognised foundation programme in relevant area or relevant professional experience will be considered. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Integrated foundation year

If you do not have the portfolio of work or the academic qualifications required for entry onto the course, you can still be considered for entry through our integrated foundation route. See page 54.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 53

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR FOR ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN Foundation year BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB The integrated foundation year for architecture and design provides an additional year of study at foundation level, opening up opportunities in this subject area if you do not have the portfolio of work or academic qualifications required for entry to one of our three courses – Architecture, Interior Architecture or Product Design. This route may also be right for you if you are returning to study. The extra year of study equips you with the support, knowledge and skills you need to continue your studies whilst enabling you to develop your portfolio. Architecture and design foundation course students learn and study together throughout the year, sharing experiences and studio space. You will apply for a specific course, and successful completion of the foundation year means that you can progress directly to the honours degree. You may change your mind during the foundation year, and at this point you can also choose to transfer to one of the other courses. • Architecture BA(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code K15F • Interior Architecture BA(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code W2F5 • Product Design BA(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code W24Y

What you’ll learn

Foundation year Through a series of projects, you’ll gain an understanding of core design principles, develop skills and confidence in drawing and model making, discover how to generate and explore design ideas and develop your abilities to express and represent ideas. Learning will be through a mixture of lectures, small group teaching in workshops and seminars, private study and coursework. You’ll be supported throughout by your personal tutor.

WHY US

® Flexibility to progress to different degree options ® Access to specialist facilities ® Opportunity for students with a range of experience to prepare for undergraduate study in architecture and design

Preparing for your career

In your career you need a combination of knowledge, technical ability, communication skills and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree. The foundation course provides subject knowledge and expertise, opportunities to develop your portfolio and to put what you learn into practice. You’ll also develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, and project and time management skills that will be valued wherever your career takes you. Working and collaborating with students across all three subjects of the foundation is a big part of your learning experience. As we prepare the prospectus, this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most up-to-date information.

LOOK ONLINE

SUBJECT AREA Architecture and design UCAS CODE see codes in left column DURATION Full-time 4 years – one-year foundation course plus threeyear honours degree ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 72 UCAS tariff points. Level 3 Key Skills and General Studies will count towards the tariff. A-levels DDD BTEC Extended Diploma MMP/DM IB 24 points. Other qualifications We will consider applicants who have completed an Access course or other type of level 3 qualification on an individual basis; if you have relevant experience, that may also be taken into account. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 54

What I’ve found Ellie is studying interior architecture at our Brighton: Moulsecoomb campus

The studio environment is a great place to work

I find the studio environment, where I do most of my work, really helpful with managing long hours. It means you can sit down and properly relax when you take a break and as a class we can run through our ideas in a casual setting – it makes group work a lot easier.

You have freedom to choose your own direction

One thing I noticed right from the start is that I can take projects in whatever direction I want to, as long as it fits the brief. In our first module, we were tasked with designing a device to be added to bus stops. I am interested in how people relate to one another in crowded spaces – I designed a personal space device that grows and shrinks depending on how much personal space you desire. Then I looked into open plan and multifunctional spaces in a group research project.

Because I’m given freedom to choose what I focus on, it means I can explore my interests but also develop new interests along the way. The whole class has this freedom, and so I am exposed to twenty or so different areas, which again develops my interests.

You’re supported by your peers

My year works closely alongside the second and third years and because of the community feel of the floor I feel comfortable in going to them to discuss work. A group of third years are currently running a mentoring programme. They offer an hour or so of their time outside of the timetable to give my year pointers. They have run through their projects for the module I’m doing which has helped me to develop my ideas and also set the standard of work required. Through looking at their examples I can better understand what is expected of me.

You’re prepared for professional life

Much of our work is done in a way to prepare us for industry, such as working in crits, building our portfolios, and group work. Group projects are a really useful experience. You have to manage your time well in order to get your own work done and you also have to develop strong communication skills so the group understands the direction of the project and what they need to do – these are both very valuable skills for industry.  CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

PHOTOGRAPHY, SCREEN AND SOUND At Brighton our approach to photography, film, screen and sound is artistic, analytical and innovative. Students become skilled practitioners through access to professional facilities and opportunities to develop practical experience in a city that has long inspired musicians, artists, designers and filmmakers. Specialist facilities Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll work in spaces designed specifically for these subjects, learning from professionals and leading artists. The industrystandard sound suite, photographic studios, editing suites and screening room all enable you to explore your practice and experiment with different formats. Inspirational expert guests Regular guest talks, screenings and workshops from visiting industry leaders, including photographers, artists, filmmakers, designers and composers, complement our programmes and enrich your learning experience. Publicise your work Exhibit your work throughout your course, exploring the practical aspects of organising and installing an event and culminating in your final year at the University of Brighton Graduate-Show which attracts around 12,000 visitors every year. Hands-on experience You can build practical skills through volunteering at local festivals, like the Brighton Photo Biennial run by Photoworks, a leading UK agency based at the university.

Career progression Our graduates have gone on to careers that include exhibiting, curating, teaching, screen production, distribution and exhibition, criticism, reviewing and journalism, marketing and advertising, and research. Recent graduates have secured internships at the Martin Parr Foundation and the Cannes Film Festival, worked as runners for X Factor and ITV, and have exhibited in galleries such as The Imperial War Museum and the National Portrait Gallery. Graduate and student success Photography alumna are flying high: Clare Strand has been nominated for the Deutsche Borse Prize 2019; Helen Cammock a winner of the 2019 Turner Prize; and our graduates won best collective show at FreeRange 2019. Akiko, Digital Music and Sound Arts alumna, has worked for the Universal Music group, Island Records, the BBC and Sky, and we have film graduates working at Netflix, Film 4 and Minecraft. Photography student Lilli Burridge Payne was nominated for the prestigious Wolf Suschitzky Photography Prize 2019 for her series of photographs taken from CCTV footage.

Our staff The work of our staff is cutting edge and relevant. In 2019, lecturers, podcasters and authors Dario Llinares and Lance Dann presented at the Brighton Digital Media Festival event For Your Ears Only on their specialist subject. We also saw Film and Screen Studies lecturer Ewan Kirkland organise a popular event Forever Stardust: An Evening Celebrating the Art and Music of David Bowie. As well as lecturers, technicians are vital to our creative courses, and in 2019 their artistic talents were celebrated with the group show Salon in our Edward Street gallery. Expanding our offer Weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re excited to launch two new courses in this subject area, Animation BA(Hons) and Games Art and Design BA(Hons). They offer students the chance to learn the skills required for work in these thriving and innovative industries. These courses join our popular Design for Digital Media degree and in year 1 students from all three courses work alongside one another, sharing modules and collaborating on projects.

Snapshot

06 02 04. Technicians are a vital part of our teaching team, helping students to make the most of our specialist facilities and equipment and offering advice on projects.

Brianna Leeds, 2019 Digital Music and Sound Arts graduate

The past three years have been amazing. I never could have imagined myself going to uni and taking on a course so tailored to my interests. The tutors taught me that sound and music goes so much further than just composing or being in a band. They allowed us to create sound and art that may be considered out the box, with no judgement, while the technical support team allowed all of us to bring our artistic concepts into practice. I can’t wait to take my experiences from here further.

01. Photography graduate Helen Cammock is (one of four!) Turner Prize 2019 winners, as the prize was shared between all four nominees. Helen said, “they wanted to make a collective statement at a time when there was “already so much that divides and isolates people and communities”. Helen also won the 2018 Max Mara Art Prize for Women, winning a six-month residency and exhibition at Whitechapel Gallery.

05. Digital Film students Daisy Jesson, Emily Chantler, Helen Flight, Murron Daley and Alexandra Stark have started their own film company Film Like a Girl, which celebrates women and queer people within the film industry and produces films collaboratively. 06. Digital Music and Sound Art students benefit from regular masterclasses with musicians and artists – recent guests include AJA, Petal Largie, Stephen Mallinder, Louis Sterling and Fraser Owen.

02. Photography graduate Clare Strand is one of four artists shortlisted for the prestigious Deutsche Börse Photography Foundation Prize 2020 for her work The Discrete Channel with Noise: Information Source #3 © Clare Strand. 03. Design for Digital Media student, Will Hanekom took his film What’s the Time to the 2019 OSKA Bright Film Festival, the world’s biggest learning disability film festival.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/aadm, including links to all course Instagram feeds.

ANIMATION BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Become a highly skilled animator ready for a rewarding creative career on this practicebased course. You will learn screen-based 2D and 3D animation, as well as motion graphics, title sequences, narrative and video editing for promotional design, infographics and music promotion. At Brighton, we place an emphasis on creative and imaginative outcomes and blur the boundaries between digital and analogue processes, embracing alternative and innovative approaches to narrative construction, visualisation and interaction. Our connections with the thriving local digital industry provide opportunities for work experience, field trips, collaboration and live projects.  We integrate theory and practice so you graduate with a strong foundation in both fields. During your degree you will experience a wide range of design approaches, learn with industry professionals and use specialist software and equipment.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore animation through a series of exciting creative projects that will develop your skills in storytelling through a variety of experimental artistic techniques.  Your work will be nurtured and developed through both group and personal tutorials. You will be immersed in an exciting programme of lectures and workshops, shaping your projects and building your portfolio as you progress through the year. You will work alongside other digital design students, sharing modules and collaborating on projects. Year 2 You will focus on developing your creative potential. Your projects will have strong links with industry, so the skills you learn reflect those that employers are looking for. Your research and analytical skills will be developed through group discussion and documentation of project outcomes.

WHY US

® Our networks mean you’ll have opportunities for work experience, field trips, collaboration and live projects ® You’ll engage with new areas of graphic design, illustration and technological innovation ® Teaching staff are industry professionals including animators, graphic designers, film makers, video artists, writers and game developers

Final year You will develop the latest technological, artistic and communication skills relevant to current animation design. You will have opportunities to get work experience, work on live projects and collaborate with fellow students. As well as a final personal project, you will also write a dissertation in conjunction with Historical and Critical Studies.

Preparing for your career

We enable you to develop a tailored approach to your learning, choosing your own creative path through the degree. Lectures and tutorials will include practical information about professional development, preparing you for your professional or academic life after university, and one-to one personal tutorials offering in-depth, personalised support for your continued development. When you graduate from our animation course you will be qualified to work in industries such as advertising, events, television, games, theatre and film in roles including: animator, illustrator, motion graphics designer, creative media producer, content creator, digital artist and VFX artist.

SUBJECT AREA Film and sound UCAS CODE W615 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here and can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses. UCAS tariff 112–96 points Art foundation Pass A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points, with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

Portfolio advice 01

When you apply to do an art and design course at Brighton you will be asked to submit an online portfolio. Here are some key things to think about when preparing it. 03

02 01. Sara Ehrlichova, Design for Digital Media graduate, whose film L’amour won the Best Animation Award at the Digital Media Festival 2019 and the Nagoya University of the Arts Incentive Award. This film was also selected to be part of the festival Lift-Off Sessions June 2019 and was selected to be exhibited at Today Art Museum in Beijing.

02. Film and Screen Studies students organise a conference of presentations, screenings and discussions at the end of their degree as part of the graduate show. 03. You’ll get to use specialist equipment like this film and sound editing suite at our City campus.

04. Moving Image Charlot Brinkhaus with her graduate show film which used digital HD, analogue 16mm and pixel animation. The film is based on Charlot’s experience of getting lost in the English countryside – she explains the piece as “trying (and failing) to make sense of a Western individual’s place and role in a globalised contemporary society that increasingly rejects the Western gaze and its binary worldview.”

• Your portfolio should be a reflection of what interests and motivates you as an artist. • Remember to bear in mind you’ll be expected to talk about your portfolio when we meet so choose work carefully. • We don’t expect you portfolio to be filled with finished pieces – we would like to see demonstration of preparation and development as well as final work. • We’re always interested in work you’ve done independently as this demonstrates passion and self-motivation which you’ll need! • Include sketch books and work in other media where appropriate. You’ll find more advice on course pages at www.brighton.ac.uk and in the online applicant area which you’ll have access to once you’ve applied.

DESIGN FOR DIGITAL MEDIA BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Explore the creative possibilities of graphic design, illustration and moving image within a digital context, through experimentation with a range of different processes and new technologies. This course teaches you to become a skilled practitioner in screen-based graphic design, producing real-world outcomes for areas including illustration, animation, interactive media, video projection mapping and moving image. It develops your creative skills in visual communication, integrating analogue and digital processes to create work that is original, relevant and exciting. It also encourages you to work collaboratively with other students on projects and assignments. Live projects and professional practice form core elements of the course and our tutors are active industry professionals who will support you to create innovative and experimental work.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore the practical and analytical uses for screen-based graphic design, through a series of projects. Your work will be nurtured and developed through both group and personal tutorials. You will be immersed in an exciting programme of lectures and workshops, shaping your projects and building your portfolio as you progress through the year. Year 2 You will focus on developing your creative potential further. Your projects will have strong links with industry, so that the skills you learn reflect those that employers are looking for. You will also be able to experiment with image production and alternative content. Your research and analytical skills will be developed through group discussion and documentation of project outcomes.

WHY US

® Be part of the future – Design for Digital Media explores new ways of solving visual problems through the use of new technologies ® We embrace traditional illustration and graphic design principles but create new ways of telling stories across various media platforms ® Develop real-world experience through live projects and work experience in creative media environments

Final year lectures and tutorials include practical information about professional development, preparing you for your professional or academic life after university, and one-to one personal tutorials offering in-depth, personalised support for your continued development.

Preparing for your career

This degree teaches you the creative skills needed to enter this exciting industry – from how to work to client briefs to collaborating with other disciplines, to self-promotion and use of social media. Previous graphic design students from the University of Brighton have gone on to work for organisations including It’s Nice That, Macmillan, Interbrand and Channel 4.

SUBJECT AREA Film and sound UCAS CODE W211 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points Art foundation Pass A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Final year As well as a final personal project, you will also write a dissertation in conjunction with Historical and Critical Studies. GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 60

DIGITAL MUSIC AND SOUND ARTS BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

We encourage you to fully explore your creativity on this practice-based course focusing on experimentation and innovation. It provides an excellent foundation for careers in musical composition and sound design for film, TV and video, the games industry, radio, theatre and performing arts, interactive and new media, and sound arts for galleries and public spaces. The course places you at the forefront of modern practice in the sound and music world, an environment where technologies are constantly evolving. You will be encouraged to engage creatively and critically with the way sound and music is represented in current media and artwork, in the heart of a city renowned for its arts and cultural scene.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study creative studio techniques together with the physical properties of sound. The first year covers a wide field: from sound synthesis and acoustics, perception of sound and music analysis, to musical composition and instrument design. Various project assignments will encourage you to reflect upon your own practice and develop creative projects that you will present to your fellow students. Year 2 You will develop skills and knowledge in three key areas: composition and sound design for the moving image; sound art; and new media. Theoretical modules support your practical work and you can take an option module from a different creative degree. You will also start one-to-one tutorials with your dedicated tutor. Final year This consists of a research essay, a practical project, the completion of a professional practice, and your final project, which will be publicly exhibited during the degree show. It will involve one-to-one tutorials, study groups, seminars, lectures and professional practice sessions.

WHY US

® Access to the latest sound technology in our digital production studios ® Our teaching team include high-profile artists who are internationally recognised experts in composition and production ® Explore and develop innovative concepts and methods

Preparing for your career

The professional practice module in the third year teaches you key employment skills – and by taking a creative and experimental approach, you will acquire an array of transferable skills in preparation for a wide range of careers. Coming from various backgrounds, academic staff are able to share transferable skills and mentoring so you can achieve your best in your own professional practice. Staff and student collaboration is pivotal and encouraged, as is personal use of the studios, giving you the freedom to experiment widely. Graduates have gone on to work for organisations including: The BBC, Pinewood Film Studios, The Royal Shakespeare Company, Tate Modern, Radio 5 Live, Warp Records and the Olympics.

SUBJECT AREA Film and sound UCAS CODE W390 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here and can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses. UCAS tariff 112–96 points Art foundation Pass A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 61

FILM BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

The changing landscape of television and film brought about by streaming services has meant a new wave of imaginative and skilled filmmakers is needed to push the boundaries of contemporary practice. This course will give you the thorough grounding needed in all the aspects of filmmaking to be part of that new wave. You will develop technical, theoretical and analytical skills through hands-on screen projects as well as building a solid understanding of the industry including how to pitch, promote and distribute your work. Studying production, storytelling and writing you will graduate as a skilled, curious, bold and confident practitioner. Exploration of the key themes and debates that underpin contemporary and historical cinema mean that you will leave with a thorough understanding of the fundamentals of theoretical film analysis. You will work with leading media practitioners, filmmakers, distributors and festival programmers as well as researchers at the cutting edge of conceptual film analysis.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 The course covers classic and contemporary debates from film theory and examines a range of genres. Modules topics include the fundamentals of filmmaking, production and practice management, and creative approaches to screenwriting. Year 2 You will expand your use and knowledge of digital production and post-production techniques and consider the essential features of the film festival experience. Option modules in your second and third years span practical cinematography, film analysis, digital post production and videogames cultures, enabling you to tailor your degree to your specific career ambitions.

WHY US

® We teach you the practical side of filmmaking, as well as the theory and industry knowledge you need to succeed ® Opportunity to gain Avid Editing Certification, an industry gold standard ® Film and media work placements provide crucial industry experience

Preparing for your career

You will leave us with a production portfolio that you can apply to a broad range of employment opportunities. We integrate formalised teaching with wider events, commercial partners and development opportunities, providing students with contacts and experience. Theory modules are all developed to be relevant to the understanding of film in the digital age, while giving you vital research and writing skills transferrable to any work arena. Graduates go on to a variety of roles in the film industry such as: PR and communications, film festival curation, cinema management, camera operator, sound recordist, production coordinator, director, producer, production designer, location manager, independent film maker, screen writer.

SUBJECT AREA Film and sound UCAS CODE P313 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Final year You will take the professional practice work placement module. You will work on a major project and the final year dissertation. GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 62

FILM AND SCREEN STUDIES BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

On this degree you will explore a wide range of screen media, including films, television, digital games, streaming websites, photography and smartphones. You will graduate with a thorough knowledge of these fast-changing technologies. Core modules explore the histories, theories and industries of screen media from early filmmaking to the latest media. Option modules – including documentary filmmaking, TV production, journalism and photography – allow you to tailor the degree to match your interests. Classes are a mix of seminars, workshops and tutorials and you will work in groups and individually, engaging with debates, delivering presentations, studying set readings and viewing core screenings. Local film venues including The Duke of York’s Picturehouse and events like the Brighton Film Festival CINECITY provide opportunities for students to gain experience, and guest lectures from practitioners give you insight into work in the industry.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will gain a thorough grounding in the study of the screen, focusing on diverse histories and key theories, as well as a broad overview of screen industries and methods of audience research. Year 2 Core modules examine the identities in relation to the screen, the political uses of screen media, and the latest theoretical and critical trends in screen studies. You will have the opportunity to choose from theoretical and practice-based options. Final year Throughout the year you will work on a major written or practical project. You will also attend a workshop on employability and professional development, where you develop essential transferable skills in event management, marketing and presentation.

WHY US

® Study in the creative hub of Brighton’s city centre, gaining invaluable experience participating in film festivals, screening events, community projects and work placements ® Explore a wide range of screen media, including film, television, digital games, streaming websites, photography and smartphones ® Learn from academics, industry practitioners, artists, historians and writers who work within a thriving research culture

Preparing for your career

As well as becoming expert in the subject our approach to learning builds your confidence and experience in delivering presentations, working as part of a team and in developing your own projects. Employability workshops are integrated into the course throughout. This ensures you graduate with an awareness of your particular and specialised skills and the direction you want to pursue in your career. We run a programme of industry seminars where practitioners from industry sectors including production, distribution, marketing and journalism advise you on different job opportunities and how to get them. Recent graduates have worked at companies including: Netflix UK, Film 4, Studio Canal, Prysm Media Group, ITV, Ricochet Films, and the London Dungeon.

SUBJECT AREA Film and sound UCAS CODE P390 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 63

GAMES ART AND DESIGN BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

The games market is a growing industry, with UK sales of games in the billions. This degree is for ambitious students who want to design imagery and assets for innovative games on a variety of platforms. It covers character and environment design with a focus on visual narrative and play. Our staff will inspire and guide you towards the originality and creativity essential for successful games design. This degree will teach you the creative skills needed – from how to work to client briefs to collaborating with other disciplines, to self-promotion and use of social media. Diverse methods of learning keep the course stimulating – these include lectures, seminars, practical workshops and individual tutorials, as well as regular field trips. When you graduate you will be able to research, develop and produce work to a professional standard in preparation for entering this fast-paced industry.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore the practical and analytical uses for games art and design, through a series of projects. Your work will be nurtured and developed through both group and personal tutorials. You will be immersed in an exciting programme of lectures and workshops, shaping your projects and building your portfolio as you progress through the year. You will work alongside other digital design students, sharing modules and collaborating on projects. Year 2 You will focus on developing your creative potential further. Your projects will have strong links with industry, so the skills you learn reflect those that employers are looking for. Your research and analytical skills will be developed through group discussion and documentation of project outcomes.

WHY US

® Our course is all about experimentation – you will explore visual narratives through digital storytelling techniques, immersive installation and expanded cinema ® Brighton is a hub for creative and digital companies and is the ideal location for studying this subject. ® Diverse methods of learning inside and beyond the classroom keep the course stimulating.

Final year In your final year, the knowledge and skills that you have developed so far come together as you work on a final personal project, exhibited at the graduate show. You will also write a dissertation in conjunction with Historical and Critical Studies.

Preparing for your career

We enable you to develop a tailored approach to your learning, choosing your own creative path through the degree. Lectures and tutorials will include practical information about professional development, preparing you for your professional or academic life after university, and one-to one personal tutorials offering in-depth, personalised support for your continued development. When you graduate you will be in a position to find work for a games company or confidently create your own games. Potential roles for graduates of this course include: games designer, producer, animator, technical artist, narrative designer, concept artist, project manager, user experience or user interaction designer, or app designer.

SUBJECT AREA Film and sound UCAS CODE W281 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here and can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses. UCAS tariff 112–96 points Art foundation Pass A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points, with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 64

MOVING IMAGE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

This degree is an art-focused course for students who want to work with film and video. An expert team of tutors and technical staff will help you develop your own creative ideas. Working across digital formats, video and traditional film, this course offers exciting opportunities for innovation and experimentation. It will enable you to cultivate your ideas and build a strong conceptual and technical basis for your development as a creative artist. You will also develop your understanding of moving image history, theory, professional practice and research. Our course is delivered by staff who practice as artists, filmmakers and curators, and is accompanied by a programme of visits from leading practitioners and academics. The course has close links with the CINECITY Film Festival and Screen Archive South East, both based at the University of Brighton. Our international links also give you the opportunity to study abroad during the course.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will focus on four themed units: identity, place, fiction and documentary. These are underpinned by technical workshops, film screenings, study support sessions, and by lectures from staff and visiting lecturers. Year 2 You’ll look at a range of art practices and recognise the importance of how finished works are presented whether in the gallery, cinema or online. You will be introduced to key concepts in contemporary practice, as well as an in depth look at sound and film. Final year You will develop your own personal work through two major projects, while also writing an extended essay. Tutors will supervise the development of your ideas and the year will end with a public exhibition of work in the Graduate Show.

WHY US

® We’re a specialist course for fine artists wanting to work in film ® Learn from practitioners in film, video and digital moving image, with regular talks, screenings and workshops from artists and filmmakers ® Provision for film and video includes 16mm film, film hand-processing and Super 8mm alongside the latest high definition filmmaking equipment and editing software

Preparing for your career

You will graduate with a wide range of filmmaking and art-making skills and a deep understanding of the contexts of artists’ moving image. Theory modules are relevant to the understanding of moving image in the digital age and give you vital research and writing skills that are transferrable to any work place. Professional practice is embedded in the course at every level and sessions in the final year ensure that when you graduate you are prepared for the next steps.

SUBJECT AREA Film and sound UCAS CODE W610 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here and can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses. UCAS tariff 112–96 points Art foundation Pass A-levels BBC–CCC

Our graduates have produced campaign videos and music for major fashion labels and record labels. They have worked on major Hollywood films, shot in the UK and abroad, as well as locally produced feature films. They work with art and film organisations, such as Towner Gallery and the Independent Cinema Office.

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM

LOOK ONLINE

Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4.

IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 65

PHOTOGRAPHY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

The university has a strong photographic culture and consistent track record in producing successful, innovative and award-winning graduates. Our emphasis is on the creative exploration of photography as a contemporary art practice and this course enables you to develop your individual practice and your own artistic voice as you build technical, creative and analytical skills. You’ll be based in the city centre, working in an experimental and critical environment, learning with a course team of practicing artists and researchers, and benefiting from regular visiting lectures from leading practitioners. You’ll explore traditional analogue processes and digital technology, and experience a wide range of photographic methods and technologies. You will explore the theory of photography too.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll study four themed practice modules, enabling you to develop a body of work for each, using darkrooms, computer suites and lighting studios. Two theoretical modules expand on these themes through historical and critical studies. Year 2 You will choose your projects for practice modules from a range of possibilities informed by staff research interests. An independent project is undertaken, in realistic, professional working conditions. Students are encouraged to experiment with other media such as moving image and sound, and are provided with opportunities to organise and display work in public exhibitions. Lectures and seminars introduce key concepts and debates in contemporary practice. Final year You will be consolidating your own personal work with minor and major projects being included in a degree show exhibition. You will have tutorial supervision and access to award-winning technical support. The final semester includes talks by gallery curators and picture editors, and advice on starting up as a professional after graduation.

WHY US

® Study in the creative hub of Brighton, home to Photoworks, Brighton Photo Biennial, Brighton Photo Fringe and the Brighton Digital Festival ® A thriving and highly-rated research culture of photographers, curators, artists and writers ® Our graduates win major awards and show their work in leading galleries

Your dissertation will involve detailed supervision and tutorial feedback. It is the culmination of historical and critical studies throughout the course.

Preparing for your career

You will gain extensive subject knowledge, technical expertise and opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. You will leave with a body of work and with the technical skills ready for the working environment or a freelance career. You will develop research, organisational and writing skills that are transferrable to a wide range of other careers. Our graduates have gone on to become: photographers and artists, gallery and museum curators, buyers and consultants, studio managers, picture editors, picture librarians, researchers and teachers. They have won many prestigious photographic awards from companies such as: The Guardian, Jerwood Gallery, NESTA, World Press, The Saatchi Gallery and Channel 4.

SUBJECT AREA Photography UCAS CODE W640 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Portfolio Your portfolio of work is the most important part of your application for this course – we will assess it alongside your UCAS application. If you do not meet the entry requirements listed here and can show us your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio, we will still consider your application. Check our tips on creating and submitting your portfolio for this course, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses. UCAS tariff 120–96 points Art foundation Pass A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

What I’ve found Ben is studying photography at our Brighton: City campus

You have time with skilled technicians and access to facilities

It’s like the facilities are just waiting for you to use them rather than having to go out there and find them. And the technicians are great, because it’s all well and good being able to have access to a largeformat camera but you need to know how to use it, you need someone who’ll explain and show you.

You learn alongside experts

Some of the teaching staff have written books that are reading materials in other universities and they’re right here... it can feel surreal because you don’t expect to be in the same room as the people that you’ve been reading about or that you’ve cited in your own written work. And you can go to them and say: “What did you mean by this exactly?” and they’ll tell you: “Oh well yes, it means this.”

The equipment is professional grade and the technicians and tutors are people who continue to practice, they haven’t just stopped, they continuously make work. Some are even from different disciplines and non-photography backgrounds, artists producing work within a photographic discipline without being ‘photographers’.

It’s collaborative

Assessments are explained

You have time to grow

The course isn’t exam-based and you get face-to-face feedback. When you submit your work, you demonstrate the thought process behind everything within your practice. That approach is also reflected in the way that your work is assessed – the thought process of the assessor is shared, feedback is written out and there’s an explanation of the marking.

The tutors, technicians and students all work within a space that feels very level – there doesn’t seem to be a hierarchy, it feels like there is a lot of space to work and develop with peers within your year as well as students from other academic years, and also with your tutors.  The environment allows for mistakes, while at the same time encouraging results in a way that’s achievable with support. It doesn’t feel like the university is breathing down your neck like a client and you’re allowed to make mistakes; I’ve had weak projects, I’ve had good projects, I’ve had good months, bad months. It wasn’t until the end of the second year that I started getting firsts in anything, and the practical work began to develop in a way that was good. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

MEDIA AND JOURNALISM Media and journalism degrees at the University of Brighton focus on developing your critical understanding and core skills. With access to professional facilities, opportunities for practical experience and staff who are active practitioners and researchers, our students learn by doing in a creative and encouraging environment. Placements Journalism and media placements are a great opportunity to put new skills into action, and network with professionals. Our students have worked at organisations including Arsenal Football Club, Hayters Sport Agency, BBC South East, ITV Meridian, Google UK, the Guardian and Sky Sports News.

Professionally active staff You’ll learn from award-winning staff such as Lance Dann, writer, radio producer and designer and co-author of Podcasting: The Audio Media Revolution; Simon McEnnis, sport journalist, who trains Sky Sports staff; and Frauke Behrendt, commentator on mobile and digital technologies.

In 2019 63% of the students on our Media Industry module were offered a role as a result of their placement.

Guest lectures Broadcaster Clare Balding, former England cricket captain Mike Atherton, journalist Nicholas Owen, Dr Stephen Quinn, head of MoJo Insights, Jack Wilson, group online sport editor for the Daily Express and Daily Star, and My Society and former Vice News correspondent Jenna Corderoy have all taken part in our guest lecture programme, sharing their experiences with our students.

Professional-standard facilities These include a newsroom with live news and sports feeds, digital production and post-production studios, studio and editing suites, and a sound diffusion lab. New facilities for media students include lighting rigs, a sound booth, specialist sound equipment, filming equipment with green screen and photographic studio. Professional accreditation Our journalism courses are accredited by the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ), demonstrating that our graduates are recognised as having the fundamental skills they need in the industry.

Career opportunities Our graduates go on to roles such as digital marketers and communicators, runners, filmmakers, media strategists, project managers, camera operators, brand managers and journalists. They work as freelancers, entrepreneurs, and for organisations including Tottenham Hotspur FC, Sky Sports, The Independent, Fremantle, BBC Talent, Radio 5 Live, Channel 4 and ITV.

Location Journalism and sport journalism are based at our Eastbourne campus. Media courses are based at our Moulsecoomb campus in Brighton. Brighton & Hove’s digital and creative economy is worth £1bn a year – equal to tourism according to the Brighton Fuse study which looked at the importance of the digital and creative industry in the city.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

If you’re studying media courses based at our Moulsecoomb campus, from September 2021 you’ll be learning in a transformed place. There’ll be new teaching spaces, halls of residence, a students’ union events space and bar, gym and fitness facilities, exhibition spaces, a greener landscape and cafes and shops. For more see pages 06–07.

Snapshot 04

Holly Smith, Media Studies graduate

My second year placement was at a small, Brighton-based documentary distribution company called EspressoTV. I learned a lot about the formatting of television programmes and how companies sell to one another. It was also my first experience of employment. I was unsure whether or not I could do it! However, I survived and was really proud of myself. I liked that the university offered a four-week placement. It was enough get a taste of the media industry without interrupting my studying flow too much.

01. Media students use the multipurpose Media-Lite studio on our Moulsecoomb campus with lighting rigs, sound booth, specialist sound equipment, filming equipment with green screen, plus a photography area. 02. Media and Environmental Communication students take part in a beach clean. The environment is at the heart of the course and teaching outside of the classroom is an important part of the student experience.

04. Our newest media course is Music Business and Media BA – lecturers on the course include Iestyn George, who has worked at the NME, GQ and Golf Punk, and as marketing manager of the band Manic Street Preachers. 05. Journalism and Sport Journalism students join forces twice a year to produce a 24-page magazine from scratch during newsweek, giving them an insight into the pressures of deadlines. 06. TV producer and director Winston Gallagher graduated with a Media degree in 2003. Since then he has worked with Harry Potter star Daniel Radcliffe and on TV shows including BAFTA-nominated Travel Man with Richard Ayoade, BBC’s Attenborough and the Giant Elephant, and Sky’s A League of Their Own.

03. Our journalism students are encouraged to get out and about and gain as much experience as possible. Sport journalism students were invited to cover a Lewes FC Women’s match as part of an initiative to combat inequality in football.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/aadm, and journalism course at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/sasm

MEDIA AND ENVIRONMENTAL COMMUNICATION BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB We are facing a global climate crisis and people have taken to the streets in protest – if you want to be at the forefront of communicating and campaigning the issues raised by the climate emergency, this is the degree for you. You will learn how use media to shape society’s understanding of complex issues from global warming to deforestation, sustainability to governmental policy, air pollution to waste management. We will guide you in exploring innovative methods of communicating these crucial issues to the public and in how to motivate individuals to take action. You will graduate with practical media production skills and in-depth knowledge of critical ecological issues – these will open up career opportunities across the media and creative industries, NGOs, government and the civil service. During your course you will have opportunities to volunteer and contribute to local efforts towards sustainability. There are also optional overseas field trips.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 The first year introduces you to the complex interactions between science, policy and culture. You will look at the pressing global environmental issues and human geography, and explore the tools and processes that form the basis of community media and social action. Year 2 Year 2 greatly expands your number of options in both environment and media studies. You will carry out a fully supported placement in an environmental or media-related organisation You will also be able to choose option modules to suit your own interests. Final year For your dissertation, you can either write a traditional essay or do a production-based project. The rest of the final year consists of optional modules for you to choose from as you start thinking about life beyond university.

WHY US

® An innovative course that combines media and communication with the environment and sustainability ® Fully supported work placements with highprofile organisations ® Optional placement year and overseas field trip

SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE DP43 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points

Preparing for your career

You will develop valuable transferable skills in critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will also equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills.   Option modules span areas such as video production, branding, social geography, aquatic environment and media policy, enabling you to tailor your degree to your specific interests. There will also be opportunities to contribute to local efforts toward sustainability. Visiting media professionals will share their experience, giving a window into the creative and business aspects of the media industry. The combination of skills acquired on the course and through placements will give you the ability to contribute as a professional in any media environment across business, charities and the public. Our graduates have worked in environmental charities, pressure groups, environmental journalism, public relations, local government and the civil service.

A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

MEDIA PRODUCTION BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Award-winning course staff, industry placements and specialist facilities combine to make this degree an excellent preparation for a range of media careers in the creative industries. You will gain an understanding of how social media, mobile platforms, e-commerce and locational software are driving change and will develop ideas for interactive applications. You will study the ways in which drama, documentary and live television have developed with the advent of interactive content and digital distribution and how they continue to evolve. You will work regularly with media professionals and complete a work placement, enabling you to build up industry contacts. Graduates of this degree will be ready to take on a variety of roles in areas including content production, editing, research and postproduction.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 The course features a core of practice-based modules where you will work with industry professionals shooting, recording and editing material in response to industry briefs and real work expectations. Year 2 You will study how drama has evolved in the twenty-first century through an analysis of American serials such as Breaking Bad, The Walking Dead and Mad Men as well as UK soaps such as Hollyoaks and Eastenders. You will work together as part of a Writers’ Room creating long-form stories and breaking them down into episodes. You will also investigate and discuss the impact and ethical implications of reality television, and research and develop new programme formats of factual entertainment.

WHY US

® Study in a city that is a media hub and full of exciting opportunities, events and contacts ® Opportunity to undertake a work placement and make valuable industry contacts ® Work with media professionals and learn from an experienced teaching team

SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE CRT2 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points

Final year Consolidating your study, you will produce a final report and a portfolio report, learn about media enterprise, complete a placement and specialise in an area of production.

Preparing for your career

In your career you need a combination of knowledge, skills, personal qualities and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree. All the modules on the degree are outward facing and industry-led, meaning you will be working on projects that reflect industry practice. Whether you choose to work for a media organisation or freelance when you graduate, the course will enable you adapt quickly to different job situations and briefs. Recent graduates have found positions with companies including Netflix, VICE Media, Inspired Films, Mischief PR and Shed Media.

The optional placement module is a great opportunity to work in a local or national media organisation.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 71

MEDIA STUDIES BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

If you are interested in finding out how the media influences and reflects our connected, globalised society, then our innovative Media Studies degree is for you. Your degree can be shaped by the options you choose, enabling you to pursue your own interests in film and screen-based media, digital photography, community enterprise, or social and mobile media. Our team of research-active lecturers, industry-experienced staff and visiting media professionals will help you to reach your potential as a versatile, creative media innovator and leader, equipped to respond to a changing and dynamic industry. The four-week placement during your second year will enable you to apply your developing skills and talents in a real-world setting. Studying in Brighton puts you at the centre of one of Britain’s fastest growing media hubs where all things digital are celebrated in an annual month-long festival.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 This year lays the foundations for your study, introducing ways of understanding and theorising the media and the social, cultural, economic, political and technological changes associated with their development. Year 2 Your industry placement will give you invaluable insight into how media works in the real world and the opportunity to relate this practice to the theory you have been studying. Your research methods and methodology will equip you with the knowledge and skills to execute independent research as part of your final-year studies. Final year You will produce a dissertation or productionbased dissertation, under the guidance of an experienced supervisor. You will research this major project independently, giving you the opportunity to demonstrate your ability to draw together the knowledge you have gained over the course in a sustained piece of writing or the production of an artefact and critical reflection.

WHY US

® Study in Brighton, one of the UK’s leading centres for creative media technology ® Take advantage of work placements, field trips and community projects to develop essential skills to prepare you for employment ® Learn from media professionals and tailor your degree through option modules

Preparing for your career

SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE P300 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC

Media Studies will provide you with subject knowledge and expertise plus opportunities to put what you learn into practice with workrelated experience.

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM

Visiting media professionals including producers, journalists and digital media entrepreneurs will share their experience giving a window into the creativity and business of the media industry.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

Your placement will give you the ability to make confident and informed decisions about the direction of your future media career as well as helping you create an effective CV and digital media presence. Recent graduates have been recruited as journalists, talent coordinators and social media managers by: The Times Higher Education magazine, Vogue, EMI, Juice FM, Universal Pictures and Punktastic.

IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

MEDIA, INDUSTRY AND INNOVATION BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

This degree is designed to equip entrepreneurial students with the skills and experience required to play their part in transforming our digital media landscape. It will give you the technical and business knowledge you need to excel in fields including online publishing, social media, entertainment, digital marketing, public relations and branding. The course is designed to keep pace with rapid technological change and aims to equip you with all the necessary skills to forge and sustain a career in a constantly changing sector. It combines strong conceptual and theoretical media studies training with handson learning opportunities. You will gain real-world experience through a four-week placement and a ten-week live project in an industry setting.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study core modules covering topics including creative industries and promotional culture, and media consumption, as well as option modules that allow you to explore the subjects that interest you most. Year 2 You will study core modules covering topics such as research methods for live projects, digital media enterprise and media project management. Option modules include subjects such as social media and activism, visual media culture, journalism and PR. You will also undertake a placement in a mediarelated organisation, supported by our dedicated placement team. Final year In your final year your entire final semester will be dedicated to the ten-week live project. You will develop an innovative media idea, and run and evaluate the project in partnership with an external organisation of your choosing.

WHY US

® Placements mean you can apply your learning in an industry setting ® Brighton is a hub for creative and digital industries, packed with new media companies and cultural venues ® Learn from media experts who bring their professional experience to your learning

Preparing for your career

The combination of skills acquired on the course and through placements will give you the ability to contribute as a professional in any media environment across business, charities and the public sector. You will develop valuable transferable skills including practical media skills, critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. Option modules span areas such as branding, journalism, ethics and TV production, enabling you to tailor your degree to your specific career ambitions. There will also be opportunities to contribute to local efforts toward sustainability. Visiting media professionals including producers, journalists and digital media entrepreneurs will share their experience giving a window into the creativity and business of the media industry.

SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE MVN1 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 73

MUSIC BUSINESS AND MEDIA BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

This exciting new course, based in a city with a thriving music scene, gives you a thorough grounding in the music business and media. You’ll have the opportunity to develop a range of skills and experiences, preparing you for a career in these fastgrowing, rapidly changing and closely connected industries. The teaching team comprises research-active lecturers and industry-experienced staff. Visiting professionals from the media and music industries play an influential part in the delivery of the course material. All modules take an applied approach where theory and practice are combined. The degree can be tailored to your specific interests, and you can experiment with different subjects and practices. Brighton is a leading UK centre for the creative industries and less than an hour from London by train. Both cities offer excellent opportunities when it comes to your fourweek second year placement and the 10-week final-year live project.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study methods of understanding and theorising the media and music industries. You will also examine the social, cultural, economic, political and technological changes associated with their development. Year 2 You will focus on an industry placement as well as looking at research methods for live projects, which will equip you with the knowledge and skills to execute independent research. The professional work placement is a great opportunity to explore your new skills, get some practical work experience and make industry contacts. Final year You will work in creative partnership with music innovation labs and gain practical understanding of digital media marketing as well as conceptual knowledge of the celebrity economy. With the university’s support you will undertake a live project and go into industry and complete an independent research project.

WHY US

® Study in Brighton, a fast-growing creative media hub and home to a thriving music scene ® Take advantage of work placements and live industry projects to develop essential employment skills ® Learn from media and music professionals, tailoring your degree through option modules

Preparing for your career

The course aims to develop versatile and creative music business innovators and leaders, and graduates well-equipped to enter careers in the media and creative industries. You will gain subject knowledge and expertise plus opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. Option modules span areas such as branding, journalism, public relations and sustainability in digital culture, enabling you to tailor your degree to your specific career ambitions. You will develop valuable transferable skills, including practical media skills, critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. This is a new course but graduates from Brighton media courses have gone into work in fields including marketing, PR, social media and production, and work for organisations including the BBC, Channel 4, Ricochet, Universal Pictures, EMI and Vogue.

SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE W392 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

JOURNALISM BA(Hons) EASTBOURNE

On our NCTJ (National Council for the Training of Journalists) accredited multiplatform course you will develop the full set of skills required for a career in journalism, including reporting, digital production, feature writing and shorthand. In addition to your degree, you will take the NCTJ Diploma in Journalism, a widely recognised entry-level qualification for professional practice. The course is taught by media industry professionals and highly respected academics who will help you develop key journalism skills, as well as critical understanding, academic research and writing methods. You’ll use our industry-standard facilities, which include a 40-station newsroom, multimedia suite, and live satellite news and sports feeds. You will benefit from masterclasses with industry experts, field trips, a placement and you’ll publish your work on our student-run website from day one.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will gain a thorough introduction to journalism, learning to write news and features, make podcasts and videos, and use shorthand. You will also study ethics, government, political theory and critical approaches to journalism.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® In-depth training in practical journalism, and work placements in the media ® Publish your own work from day one on our student website, Overtime

Preparing for your career

The course provides subject knowledge and expertise, opportunities to put what you learn into practice and work-related experience. You’ll also develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, as well as project and time management that will be valued wherever your career takes you. Working and collaborating with fellow journalism students on web, broadcast and print content is a big part of your learning experience, and we’ll provide lots of opportunities for you to develop and showcase your talent. You’ll also get involved in producing a magazine twice a year as part of the course. Offered in print and online you’ll help create, edit and publish the magazine all under the pressure of a deadline.

Year 2 You will file reports from your own local news patch, design newspaper and magazine pages, edit websites, master social media and develop shorthand to professional speeds. You will also study media law and investigative journalism.

Previous graduates have worked with companies that include: Radio5Live, The Racing Post, Evening Standard, The Independent, Cambridge Evening News, and Essex County Council.

Final year The climax of the course is the Critical Investigation: a lengthy piece of investigative journalism, developed in one-on-one tutorials over the whole year, with an accompanying essay.

You’ll be supported to complete a two-week placement in industry, and pursue your own interests and talents with specialist options including broadcast, magazine and sport journalism.

LOOK ONLINE

SUBJECT AREA Journalism UCAS CODE P502 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in media, history or journalism preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 75

SPORT JOURNALISM BA(Hons) EASTBOURNE

Many aspiring sports journalists dream of reporting live from a Premier League press box, and students on our NCTJ-accredited Sport Journalism course get this chance through our exclusive links with Arsenal FC and Brighton & Hove Albion FC. Our course will develop your skills, including news writing, match reporting, digital skills and shorthand. You will also take the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ) Diploma in Journalism, a widely recognised entry-level qualification for professional practice. The course is taught by media industry professionals and highly respected academics and you’ll learn using our industry-standard facilities. You’ll benefit from field trips, visiting guest lectures from high-profile sport journalists and gain experience on placement. You’ll also participate in the running of our journalism website which will act as a showcase for your writing.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll gain a thorough introduction to sport journalism, covering areas such as multimedia journalism, news, ethics, shorthand, public administration and the social history of sport. Year 2 Building on your knowledge of practical journalism you will explore areas such as digital journalism, media law, sports writing and analysing sport media. Final year You’ll go on an industry placement and complete your final project. Option modules will give you flexibility to specialise in areas of sport journalism that interest you most. There is also an opportunity to take part in our pioneering and award-winning Premier League Apprenticeship and be employed as a match-day media assistant with Brighton & Hove Albion FC.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® In-depth training in practical journalism skills, and work placements in the media ® Publish your own work from day one on our student website Overtime

Preparing for your career

You will study for the NCTJ Diploma alongside your degree, which is considered the gold standard in the industry and an essential requirement for most journalism jobs. The course provides subject knowledge and expertise, opportunities to put what you learn into practice and work-related experience. You’ll also develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, and project and time management that will be valued wherever your career takes you. Working and collaborating with fellow journalism students on web, broadcast and print content is a big part of your learning experience and we’ll provide lots of opportunities for you to develop and showcase your talent. Our graduates have found careers with companies including Sky Sports, The Football Association, the Independent, QPR FC, Paddy Power, Hayters Sports Agency, Virgin and the London Evening Standard.

SUBJECT AREA Journalism UCAS CODE P500 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in media, history or journalism preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 76

What I’ve found Karl Hyunsoo Lee is studying digital media at our Brighton: Moulsecoomb campus

University has changed me in a good way

I’ve changed a lot since coming to university. I think I have become more mature and more focused. It comes from studying, student life, meeting different people, being in different environments. It’s definitely shaped me, I think in a better way.

We get to experiment

Digital Media Production is so varied. I’m learning about all aspects of media, including sound, editing and photography. We will specialise in one skill by the end, but I’ve had the chance to experiment and to experience a lot of styles and a lot of sides of media.

We create and communicate

There’s a module called Narrative Journalism and we got to interview someone and create a podcast. I did one with the Brighton Falun Gong group.

The Falun Gong group has their own human rights struggles in China, so I interviewed one of the members about that.

There’s collaboration between students and staff

I like chatting to lecturers about what we learn in the lectures and beng able to ask: “Do you think we can apply it to this?” That kind of one-on-one conversation after the lecture and tutorial, I think those are my favourite parts about studying here.

The lecturers are practitioners too

You also get to ask the staff about their industry and you learn how to approach it: “This is my CV, do you think it will work?” and they will give you feedback like, “Hey, when I started my job this is how I approached it.” You get to hear their stories and they’re more than happy to explain about their work process as well, so it’s inspiring.

You prepare for work as part of the course

There’s a module called Placement and Production Culture where we learned how to write a CV, how to contact companies and we did a tenday placement in a company, learning about their work culture. I did one with a TV company called Ricochet and I got to do a little bit of research for the Channel 4 food show Food Unwrapped. It was a good experience. It wasn’t easy, but it’s good to have that, isn’t it? CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

HISTORY OF ART AND DESIGN History of art and design at Brighton critically examines the world of art, craft, clothing and design, and explores how these objects take shape within politics, culture and society. Students build practical experience by working in our archives, on field trips and taking up placement opportunities. Heritage in history of art As one of the first universities to explore design, clothing and decoration as part of the history of art, Brighton has a rich heritage in the field and close relationships with local and national museums. Collections on campus form an excellent resource for research, and include the Design Archives, our Dress and Textile History Teaching Collection and Screen Archive South East. In 2018 the Design Archives received the Sir Misha Black award for Innovation in Design Education. Professor Sir Christopher Frayling, called the archive: “THE key resource in this area for scholars, writers and interested members of the public”. Resources within the city of Brighton & Hove include the Royal Pavilion & Museums Collections and The Keep, home to the Mass Observation Archive. Our close links to local institutions lead to projects such as Objects Unwrapped, a staff-student collaboration with Worthing Museum and Art Gallery to develop “understanding and communication of its exceptional collections”.

Learning experience Small seminar groups allow every student to be heard and to develop their own voice. You will be able to express opinions and develop historical research skills, and analytical and interpretive skills. Assessment encourages you to find your independent voice in spoken and written form. Formats include oral presentation, seminar contributions, exams, preparing materials for public audiences and formal essays including a substantial final dissertation. Placements and career progression Placements in local museums, galleries, archives and creative services offer experience and insight into working practices. You’ll work closely with professionals on focused tasks such as curating, cataloguing, collections management, publications and other areas of cultural practice. Our graduates are working with organisations that include Brighton Museum, the BBC, the V&A, Photofusion, the De La Warr Pavilion and the National Trust.

Student success In recent years our students have taken on roles with prestigious societies. Emmy Sale, who studied Fashion and Dress History and now studies our History of Design and Material Culture MA, was awarded an Association of Dress Historians 2018 Fellowship; students Jade Bailey-Dowling and Emma Kelly were selected for Costume Society Ambassadorships; and Visual Culture final year student Ella Winning won the most recent £500 Khadija Saye Visual Culture Breakthrough Award. Inspiring staff Learn from teaching staff who bring their experience as curators, artists and writers to the classroom. Recent prize-winning staff include: Dr Harriet Atkinson, Leadership Fellow at the Arts and Humanities Research Council; Dr Annebella Pollen, who won a competitive commission to write a popular history of the British Council’s Visual Arts department and collection; and Dr Anna Vaughan Kett, whose expertise in historic textiles led to an appearance on television show Who Do You Think You Are? In 2019, lecturers including Lara Perry, Annebella Pollen, Louise Purbrick and Claire Wintle co-organised the Association for Art History Conference, which presents international research and critical debate and attracts over 500 delegates from across the world.

Snapshot

03 06

04. Sarah Watts, History of Art and Design graduate, on placement at Brighton’s Fabrica Gallery. Sarah volunteered one day a week for a year learning how the gallery functions, and building office and business skills.

Briar Grootveldt, 2019 Philosophy, Politics, Art graduate

Doing this course, the endless knowledge and passion my tutors have for their subjects and having the freedom to hone my own interests, has quite honestly been a saving grace! Although there have been challenges, moments of doubt and certainly moments of ‘what does this all mean?’, my studies have been absolutely vital to my selfdevelopment. Studying at Brighton (and particularly in the humanities department) feels like a rare and very special place to be.

01. Fashion and Dress History student Eleanor Medhurst presented an abstract from her dissertation at the 2019 Lesbian Lives and the Gayness in Queer Times conferences. 02. The Design Archives were recently awarded the Sir Misha Black award. The archives hold the most significant body of material relating to post-war design organisations in any British university, with over 20 separate collections.

05. Ella Winning, Visual Culture final year student, won the Khadija Saye Visual Culture Breakthrough Award for her performance in year 2 of her degree. What did she do with the prize money? “I donated some to ONCA gallery, in the hope that it will help fund some of their fantastic work! And the rest I will save to take my mum on a welldeserved holiday.” 06. Students Sarah-Mary Geissler and Caroleen Molenaar mounted an ambitious exhibition of dress at Brighton’s historic Preston Manor.

03. Teaching takes place in and out of the classroom. Here students are exploring Brighton’s historical design legacy in Brighton Museum led by Helen Mears, Lecturer and Keeper of World Collections at the Museum.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/hoad.

FASHION AND DRESS HISTORY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Whether you have a keen interest in contemporary fashion or historical dress, this course will develop your understanding of the changing significance of what we wear, from the late eighteenth century to the present day. Taught by experts in fashion history, you will learn about the making and use of clothing in the past and present. Engaging with a range of images, objects and texts, you will explore how fashion and dress relate to social, political and cultural identities and meanings. You will work individually and in groups, and will graduate equipped with a wide range of written, oral and exhibition-based presentation skills. You will develop as a critical thinker, researcher and communicator ready for work in fashion or any number of industries.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will learn about the history of fashion, art and design from 1750–1900, covering topics such as ‘exotic’ goods in eighteenth century society, the emergence of the department store and the depiction of fashionable dress in Impressionist painting. Most of your teaching will take place in small groups with one tutor. Year 2 You’ll build up core knowledge of the history of art and design, developing your own specialist areas of interest from a wide choice of option modules. You will also have the opportunity to take a 40-hour placement, working in a local museum, gallery, archive or creative service, and you can apply to spend the first semester at the University of Oslo, Norway. Many students also opt to go on a five-day trip to a European city to study art, design and visual culture in context. Final year You will execute independent but closely supervised research projects, supported by one-to-one or small group supervision as well as your peers. You will also develop your subject knowledge in an option module, and in a special module covering the interpretation of fashion and dress. Your final major project will be displayed at the graduate show.

WHY US

® One of the founding institutions for fashion history, situated at the heart of Brighton’s creative community ® Hands-on projects, optional placements and optional year abroad, providing practical experience and networking opportunities ® Specialist resources on campus include the Dress History Teaching Collection, the Design Archives and Screen Archive South East

Preparing for your career

You’ll learn to analyse objects and source materials, develop your capacity for critical inquiry and hone your research skills; all of which will equip you for careers in archives, galleries, museums, heritage sites and auction houses. You will have the chance to undertake a work placement and gain experience for your CV. There are also opportunities outside of the curriculum including conferences and publication in the student blogs. Our graduates hold senior appointments at the Victoria and Albert Museum, the Royal Ontario Museum in Canada and the Edinburgh College of Art.

SUBJECT AREA History of art and design UCAS CODE V371 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to your exam grades. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

HISTORY OF ART AND DESIGN BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

As one of the first universities to explore design, clothing and decoration as part of the history of art, Brighton has a rich heritage in the field, as well as excellent facilities and close relationships with local and national museums. Our unique and respected programme explores the history of art and design around the world, from traditional manufacture to emerging contemporary practices. The course covers subjects including fine art, design, heritage, museum studies, film and fashion. Guided by an expert course team, you will engage with a wide range of art and design objects, and learn to explore the use, production, preservation, social value and cultural memory of the things that societies and individuals have created. You will have access to our Dress History Teaching Collection, as well as our worldrenowned Design Archives and Screen Archive South East, all based at the university.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study Brighton’s rich art and design history; histories of art, culture and commerce; art, design and modern life; and will learn how to read and interpret images. Year 2 You’ll build up core knowledge of the history of art and design, developing your own specialist areas of interest from a wide choice of option modules. You will have the opportunity to take a 40-hour placement, working in a local museum, gallery, archive or the creative services, and you can apply to spend the first semester at the University of Oslo, Norway. You can also opt to go on a five-day trip to a European city like Paris or Berlin to study art, design and visual culture in context. Final year You will execute independent but closely supervised research projects, including your own dissertation, a group display project and a visual display of your dissertation research, which is included as part of the graduate show.

WHY US

® One of the founding institutions for design history, situated at the heart of Brighton’s creative community ® Hands-on projects and optional placements in archives and museums, providing practical experience and networking opportunities ® Specialist resources on campus including the Design Archives, Dress History Teaching Collection and Screen Archive South East

Preparing for your career

SUBJECT AREA History of art and design UCAS CODE V352 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to your exam grades. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 81

PHILOSOPHY, POLITICS, ART BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

What is art? What makes it political? Is politics as much a war of images as a struggle between competing interests? How does art reflect and help to frame our view of the world? And how does art contribute to subverting such frames of understanding? These are just some of the questions you’ll examine on this interdisciplinary course that combines the approaches and concerns of art and design history, philosophy and theories of art and the politics of representation. The course explores the ideas of thinkers including Kant, Marx, Freud, Krauss, Ranciére, Ahmed and Mitchell and the political and artistic interventions of a range of movements including realism, impressionism, dada, futurism, surrealism, situationism, postmodernism, relational aesthetics and much more besides. You will develop the knowledge and critical and analytical skills you need to engage in contemporary debates in art, philosophy and politics.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll develop the historical, philosophical, political, narrative and cultural studies analysis skills that are central to this degree. Modules cover topics such as an introduction to the themes of history of art and design; art, culture and commerce; art, design and modern life; philosophical inquiry; and the politics of representation. Year 2 You will cover topics such as modernism, ideology and the avant-garde in the twentieth century; postmodernism; enlightenment and social change for philosophy, politics and art; and modernity: interrogation and representation. You will also choose an option module from across the arts and humanities programmes. Final year You will look at representation and engagement after postmodernism and develop your individual research project with one-to-one supervision on a topic in which you become an expert.

WHY US

® A unique opportunity to study the connections between three vital human practices ® Access to world-class resources, including our Design Archives, excellent specialist library, Screen Archive South East and the Dress History Teaching Collection ® Over 100 guest lectures every year with international scholars, politicians and writers

Preparing for your career

You’ll learn to analyse objects and source materials that will equip you for careers in archives, galleries, museums, heritage sites and auction houses. You’ll develop your capacity for critical inquiry and hone your research skills. There are opportunities for activity outside of the curriculum including conferences with world-leading experts, participation in Humanities Society events and publication in student blogs. Graduates from the programme hold senior appointments at the Victoria and Albert Museum, the Royal Ontario Museum in Canada and the Edinburgh College of Art.

SUBJECT AREA History of art and design UCAS CODE D2SC DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to your exam grades. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 82

VISUAL CULTURE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

This distinctive degree explores all forms of art, culture and media, helping you understand and critique the histories and meanings of the visual world around us. Taught by experts in visual culture, you will explore everything from the history and theory of painting and sculpture to print, photography, film, advertising and fashion, while developing your skills in written, visual and verbal presentation and research. Small group teaching encourages discussion in an environment where every student can be heard. You’ll benefit from our internationally renowned resources on site, which include the Design Archives, Screen Archive South East and the Dress History Teaching Collection.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 Subject areas include the history of art, culture and photography, techniques for analysing visual material, and a range of critical approaches to images. Year 2 You’ll build up core knowledge of the history of art and design and develop your own specialist areas of interest from a wide choice of option modules. You’ll have the opportunity to take a 40-hour placement working in a local museum, gallery, archive or the creative services, and you can apply to spend the first semester at the University of Oslo, Norway. You can also opt to go on a five-day trip to a European city like Paris or Berlin to study art, design and visual culture in context. Final year The final year sees you execute independent but closely supervised research projects, including your own dissertation, a group display project and a visual display of your dissertation research, which is included as part of the graduate show. In these projects you are supported by one-to-one or small group supervision as well as peer support.

WHY US

® One of the founding institutions for the subject, situated at the heart of Brighton’s creative community ® Hands-on projects, optional placements and optional year abroad, providing practical experience and networking opportunities ® Specialist resources on campus include the Dress History Teaching Collection, the Design Archives and Screen Archive South East

Preparing for your career

You’ll learn to analyse objects and source materials, develop your capacity for critical inquiry and hone your research skills; all of which will equip you for careers in archives, galleries, museums, heritage sites and auction houses. You will have the chance to undertake a work placement and gain real-world experience for your CV, as well as professional contacts. There are also opportunities outside of the curriculum including conferences and publication in the student blogs. Graduates from the programme hold senior appointments at the Victoria and Albert Museum, the Royal Ontario Museum in Canada and the Edinburgh College of Art.

SUBJECT AREA History of art and design UCAS CODE V350 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to your exam grades. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 83

HUMANITIES , PHILOSOPHY , HISTORY, CULTURE AND POLITICS A humanities degree at Brighton will help you to understand the world around you and the ideas, expressions and arguments by which people have made sense of it. The humanities teach us what it is to be human. You will explore issues through the lenses of history, philosophy, culture and politics, allowing you to develop the analytical and interpretive skills that lead to deep insight and fresh perspectives. Interdisciplinary learning Our approach to the humanities is distinctive and interdisciplinary, meaning that you’ll explore several subjects in context with one another, developing historical, analytical and interpretive skills. Small-group seminars Learning in small seminar groups is at the heart of the humanities learning experience at Brighton and helps students find their own voice. Seminars are student-led and focus on issues central to modernity, such as global conflict, sexuality, class and fundamentalism, where you will present arguments and voice intellectual concerns. Students become accomplished presenters, debaters and listeners and develop skills in teamwork and critical thinking. Research with one-to-one supervision You’ll attend regular lectures and have one-to-one tutorials. Seminars are opportunities for debate, and are assessed. In your final year you will complete a research project on a topic that you choose, supported by one-to-one supervision.

Shape your course to your interests All six degrees share an ethos and structure, but each offers an individual critical approach. First year modules are the same for all courses, and enable you to develop the skills that are central to our courses. Then in year 2 you start to shape your course to your interests through two themed pathways, following these pathways for the rest of your degree and enabling a deep, critical engagement with the subject. Broad career opportunities Our courses teach you how to research, select, process, critically evaluate, present and discuss information – skills required in a broad range of professions. Graduates of our humanities programme work as journalists and teachers, social workers and publishers, politicians, academics and business managers. Many progress to postgraduate study in history or politics, taking advantage of the masters degrees offered at the university.

Visiting lecturers Scholars, politicians and writers contribute to our guest lecture programme, sharing their knowledge and experience, and sparking debate with our students. The Humanities Society is run by students and hosts lectures, presentations and discussions with visiting philosophers and academics. Everyone is welcome to come along and join the debate. Staff Our talented staff have research interests in many areas. Lecturer Dr Eugene Michail’s work involves documenting the histories of those involved in the recent refugee crisis on the Greek island of Chios. Alan Tomlinson, Professor of Leisure Studies, made headlines last year with research that suggested England’s 1966 World Cup victory received a helping hand from FIFA president Sir Stanley Rous. Dr Cathy Bergin and Dr Anita Rupprecht published research revealing the significant financial compensation received by some Brighton & Hove residents after the end of British colonial slavery in the Caribbean.

Snapshot

David, Philosophy, Politics, Ethics student

The seminar format has given me the ability to think on my feet, the confidence to present my ideas to people, and the skills required to quickly and clearly articulate complex ideas. It’s been really beneficial for interviews and job applications. I honestly can’t recommend the course enough.

01. You’ll take part in challenging debates on topics such as global conflict and political movements, and examine the complex problems of modern societies. 02. Just two of the many interesting speakers at the university: the Rt Hon John Bercow MP who chose the university for his final guest lecture before he stepped down as Speaker of the House of Commons, and vegan educator and entrepreneur Ed Winters, aka Earthling Ed, who spoke on the impacts of our food choices.

03. Humanities students are based at our Pavilion Parade building, enjoying a close and friendly community. 04. Students learn in small seminar groups which allow all voices to be heard. Our students become accomplished presenters, debaters and listeners, and develop skills in teamwork and critical thinking.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/hums, including links to all course Instagram feeds.

CRITICAL HISTORY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

This degree is for students who want to study the past in ways that are relevant to the demands of today. We start at the present and use history to address the crises and challenges of the contemporary world. The degree focuses on modern history from the nineteenth to the twenty-first century, paying particular attention to the themes of historical change and struggle. Questioning traditional approaches to history, the degree adopts a unique teaching method. First, it draws from other disciplines such as politics and cultural studies in its exploration of historical themes. Second, it focuses not just on what happened but also on the mechanics of history as a discipline, its production, and its social and political uses. You will learn in small seminar groups where you will develop your ability to make persuasive arguments and participate in debates.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will take six modules that develop the skills central to your course. These include topics such as historical and philosophical inquiry, cultures, democracy, narrative and society. Year 2 You will choose two option pathways to follow for the rest of your degree – one specialist pathway from the named degree, and one from the wider humanities programme. Specialist pathway options include Politics of the Past, Radical Histories, and Race and Resistance. Pathways from across the programme include Terror and Terrorism, Literature, History and Social Change, and Globalisation, History and Identity.

WHY US

® An interdisciplinary approach to studying modern history ® Develop debating and analytical skills in small seminar groups ® A rich programme of events, debates and guests

SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE V140 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points

Preparing for your career

During your studies you will develop transferable skills that will benefit you throughout your career, such as analysis, critical examination, research and debating skills.

A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

You will also develop oral and written communication skills, enabling you to confidently present work on your own or within a group.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

Career options include media and journalism, politics and government, international organisations and non-governmental groups, museums and archives, and publishing. Our graduates have also gone on to work in schools, and in further and higher education.

Outside of your course there are opportunities to take part in subject-related conferences and events, write for student publications, and to join the Humanities Society, which organises expert speakers and debates.

English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

You will also take core modules and start the research for your final-year dissertation. Final year You will complete your Year 2 option pathways and undertake a dissertation. You’ll present your project findings in an oral exam that showcases your presentation and debating skills.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

GLOBALISATION: HISTORY, POLITICS, CULTURE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS This course explores the historical and contemporary dimensions of globalisation, drawing on disciplines including politics and history. It will give you the means to think critically about crucial world issues and you will learn to ask and answer fundamental questions about our globalised experience. You will study key global issues and challenges, past and present, including: migration, human rights, racism and imperialism, development, the West and the Middle East, decolonisation and environmental sustainability, all in an international context. Learning in small, participatory seminar groups, you will be taught by published, research-active academic experts who are passionate about the subject.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will take six modules that develop the skills central to your course. These include topics such as understanding society, historical and philosophical inquiry, cultures and democracy. Year 2 In year 2 you will choose two option pathways to follow for the rest of your degree – one specialist pathway from the named degree and one from the wider humanities programme. Specialist options include Globalisation, History and Identity, and Global Politics. Options from the wider humanities programme include Race and Resistance, Culture and Conflict, and Literature, History and Social Change. You will also take core modules and start the research for your final-year dissertation.

WHY US

® A distinctive and topical course which takes an interdisciplinary approach to studying global politics ® Learn in small seminar groups ® Develop analytical, research, communication and debating skills

SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE VL12 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points

Preparing for your career

During your studies you will develop transferable skills that will benefit you throughout your career such as analysis, critical examination, research and debating skills.

A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

You will also develop oral and written communication skills, enabling you to confidently present work on your own or within a group.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

The knowledge and skills you will gain on the degree mean you will graduate ready to enter a number of rewarding industries including journalism, politics, publishing, teaching, NGO and charity work, business or academia.

Outside of your course there are opportunities to take part in subject-related conferences and events, write for student publications and to join the Humanities Society, which organises expert speakers and debates.

English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Final year You will complete your year 2 option pathways and undertake a dissertation. You’ll present your project findings in an oral exam that showcases your presentation and debating skills.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 87

HISTORY, LITERATURE AND CULTURE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Are you critical and independent-minded? Do you think that history and literature should challenge political certainties? This course explores the complex problems of modern societies through a historical, literary and cultural lens. You will consider such questions as: how do novels, poems, autobiographies, memorials, films and television shape our perception of the world? Who decides what counts as history? How do different versions of the past shape how we live today? What role do cultural texts and practices play in negotiating the conflicts that divide so many societies?

WHY US

® Learn in small seminar groups ® An interdisciplinary approach to literature, culture and history ® Guest lectures with international scholars, politicians and writers

Preparing for your career

We host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers share their knowledge and experiences.

Our graduates are working in national and international politics, law, academia and teaching, media and journalism, and global business management. There are also opportunities in development, charities, non-governmental organisations and the environment, as well as the European Union and the United Nations.

Year 1 You will take six modules that develop the skills central to your course. These include topics such as historical and philosophical inquiry, cultures, democracy, narrative and society. Year 2 In year 2 you will choose two option pathways to follow for the rest of your degree – one specialist pathway from the named degree and one from the wider humanities programme. Specialist options include Literature, History and Social Change; Culture and Conflict; and Philosophy and Literature. Options from the wider humanities programme include Critical Theory and Radical Politics, Politics of the Past and Radical Histories.

UCAS CODE LQV0 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

In seminars, essays and tutorials you will use your analytical skills to consider how literary, cultural and historical texts relate to real-world political and philosophical concerns.

What you’ll learn

SUBJECT AREA Humanities

UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Final year You will complete your year 2 option pathways and undertake a dissertation. You’ll present your project findings in an oral exam that showcases your presentation and debating skills. GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 88

HUMANITIES BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Our Humanities degree draws on philosophy, politics, history and literature to investigate the major challenges of life in the contemporary world, considering what it means to be a human in the twenty-first century. You will benefit from small group teaching and interdisciplinary study. The course team have expertise from across all humanities subjects and we have frequent guest lecturers – academics, politicians and writers – from around the world. Your lecturers encourage you to adopt a critical attitude to yourself, the world you live in and received opinions. Everything you learn on the degree comes together in your final project, where, supported by an academic tutor, you will complete independent and original research on a topic of your choice.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will take six modules that develop the skills central to your studies. These include topics such as historical and philosophical inquiry, cultures, democracy, narrative and society. Year 2 In year 2 you will choose two option pathways to follow for the rest of your degree and develop a deep, critical engagement with your subject. Pathway options include Politics, History and Ideology; War, Violence and Mass Killing; and ‘Race’ and Resistance. You will also take core modules and start the research for your final-year dissertation. Final year You will complete your year 2 option pathways and undertake a dissertation. You’ll present your project findings in an oral exam that showcases your presentation and debating skills.

WHY US

® Learn in small seminar groups ® An interdisciplinary approach to studying the human world ® Guest lectures with international scholars, politicians and writers

SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE LV00 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

During your studies you will develop transferable skills that will benefit you throughout your career such as analysis, critical examination, research and debating skills. You will also develop oral and written communication skills, enabling you to confidently present work on your own or within a group. Our students go on to careers in national and international politics, law, academia and teaching, media and journalism, and global business management. There are also opportunities in development, charities, non-governmental and environmental organisations. Outside of your course there are opportunities to take part in subject-related conferences and events, write for student publications, and to join the Humanities Society, which organises expert speakers and debates.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 89

PHILOSOPHY, POLITICS, ETHICS BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

What does ethics mean in a world divided by war and inequality? Can philosophy help us to answer the most pressing questions of the twenty-first century? Students of Philosophy, Politics, Ethics address political problems in a critical, interdisciplinary environment. Guided by internationally renowned staff, and taught in small seminar groups, you will develop skills in public speaking, research, debating and critical analysis. This will develop your capacity to solve real-world problems – a key skill whichever career you pursue. Our student community is friendly and diverse. There are many opportunities to organise and attend events, where you can meet and work with international scholars, politicians, activists and writers.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will take six modules that develop the skills central to your course. These include topics such as historical and philosophical inquiry, cultures, democracy, narrative and society. Year 2 You will choose two option pathways to follow for the rest of your degree – one specialist pathway from the named degree, and one from the wider humanities programme. Specialist pathway options include Self and Society, Morality, Politics and the Good Life, and Critical Theory and Radical Politics. Pathways from across the programme include Literature, History and Social Change; War, Violence and Mass Killing; and Culture and Conflict. You will also take core modules and start the research for your final-year dissertation.

WHY US

® Personalised learning tailored to your needs ® Develop critical analysis, and written and oral communication skills ® Active research community with visiting international scholars, politicians and activists

SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE LV25 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

During your studies you will develop transferable skills that will benefit you throughout your career such as analysis, critical examination, research and debating skills. You will also develop oral and written communication skills, enabling you to confidently present work on your own or within a group. Our graduates work in national and international politics, law, academia and teaching, media and journalism, and global business management. There are also opportunities in development, charities, non-governmental organisations and the environment, as well as the European Union and the United Nations. Outside of your course there are opportunities to take part in subject-related conferences and events, write for student publications, and to join the Humanities Society, which organises expert speakers and debates.

Final year You will complete your year 2 option pathways and undertake a dissertation. You’ll present your project findings in an oral exam that showcases your presentation and debating skills.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 90

WAR AND CONFLICT BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: CITY CAMPUS

Why do human beings engage in conflicts? Is it possible to end the cycle of violence? On this course you will critically investigate violent conflict including war, genocide, state violence and terrorism, as well as conflict resolution. Drawing on philosophy, history and cultural politics, you will focus in particular on the war on terror, the Cold War, the two world wars, colonial warfare as well as genocide, torture and humanitarian intervention. You will become an expert on the violent conflicts of the twentieth and twenty-first century, with the knowledge to contribute towards resolution of global conflicts. Interdisciplinary study is key to this course and you will develop analytical skills from several academic disciplines including philosophy, politics and history – and the capacity to apply these to real-world problems. Teaching on the course involves lectures, small seminar group teaching and individual tutorials tailored to your learning needs.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will take six modules that develop the skills central to your course. These include topics such as historical and philosophical inquiry, cultures, democracy, narrative and society. Year 2 In year 2 you will choose two option pathways to follow for the rest of your degree – one of the specialist pathways from the named degree, and one from the wider humanities programme. Specialist pathway options include War, Violence and Mass Killing; Terror and Terrorism; and Culture and Conflict. Pathways from across the programme include Literature, History and Social Change; Philosophy and Literature; Politics, History and Ideology; and ‘Race’ and Resistance.

WHY US

® Learn in small seminar groups ® An interdisciplinary approach to studying modern war ® Guest lectures with international scholars, politicians and writers

SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE L252 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Final year You will complete your year 2 option pathways and undertake a dissertation. You’ll present your project findings in an oral exam that showcases your presentation and debating skills.

Preparing for your career

During your studies you will develop transferable skills that will benefit you throughout your career such as analysis, critical examination, research and debating skills. You will also develop oral and written communication skills, enabling you to confidently present work on your own or within a group. Our graduates work as journalists, teachers, social workers, publishers, politicians, academics and business managers. Outside of your course there are opportunities to take part in subject-related conferences and events, write for student publications, and to join the Humanities Society, which organises expert speakers and debates.

UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

You will also take core modules and start the research for your final-year dissertation.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 91

LITERATURE, LANGUAGE, LINGUISTICS Our city has long celebrated the creative and the curious, and Brighton literature, language and linguistics courses provide the perfect environment and community in which to develop as a writer, researcher, thinker and individual. Shape your course to your interests The breadth of modules available means that you can shape your degree to suit your interests, exploring exciting new avenues like journalism, writing for the stage, graphic novels, world Englishes and language of media, gender and sexuality. Field trips and projects Learning outside of the classroom is a regular feature for our students. Visits to theatres and exhibitions provide a fresh perspective, as do on-site projects within the local community and events. Year abroad As part of your studies youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll have the opportunity to spend a year abroad at the end of your second year. You can also study abroad with one of our partner universities.

Visiting speakers A programme of guest lectures enables students to meet and learn from professional writers who are successfully working as novelists, scriptwriters and authors. Our popular Literature before Lunch talks last year featured journalist, presenter and campaigner Paris Lees (who studied English Language and English Literature at Brighton and is also an honorary doctor of letters), bestselling thriller writer Araminta Hall, award-winning author Damian Barr, literary agent David Headley and publishing director Candida Lacey. Every year we hold The Big Read in association with the Booker Prize Foundation, which encourages students of all subjects to read contemporary fiction. Every first year student is given a free Bookernominated novel and can join in activities including a visit from the author. Visiting authors have included Ali Smith, Moshin Hamid and 2018 winner Anna Burns.

Share your work Students are encouraged to perform their work through open mic events and projects such as Brighton & Hove Arts Council Poetry Festival. English Literature and Creative Writing students Jannat Rashad, Lilly Croucer and Hanna Jarvback were part of the Brighton team who triumphed in the poetry slam at the 2019 festival. Placements and work experience Optional, short-term placements with local organisations (these can range from assisting with radio production to handling social media) enable students to gain invaluable work experience, add some more skills to their CV and make contacts in the business community. Creative cultural environment Brighton has a rich creative and cultural history, serving as inspiration for writers from Charles Dickens to Graham Greene to Nick Cave. Literature and the arts is at the heart of city life, exemplified by the biggest arts festival in England, the Brighton Festival which, along with the Brighton Fringe Festival, takes place every year in May.

Snapshot

06 03 02 04. Dr Tim Wharton, who leads on the university’s linguistics research, teaching a class on how symbols of the modern Roman alphabet have their roots in iconic representations. 05. Dr John McCullough, creative writing lecturer, had his new book Reckless Paper Birds shortlisted for the 2019 Costa Poetry Awards. Photo credit: Stephen Wells

Elle Whitcroft, Media and English Literature graduate

I was inspired by both the media and literature department teachers, who always encouraged me to follow my interests. I still remember how much time every teacher gave me to discuss my ideas in full — they were so generous. I was always stimulated, always asking questions, and each part of the course inspired me in a new way.

01. Sometimes the best ideas happen when you change the view. Creative writing lecturer Craig Jordan-Baker organises wellbeing walks; a great opportunity to get outside to walk and talk in interesting locations. Here they walked along the path between the sea and the famous Sussex chalk cliffs, finishing in Rottingdean, home of Rudyard Kipling.

06. Staff ran creative workshops at Brighton Museum that saw different groups – including students – create poems and prose focused on identity and clothing. The workshops generated material for an exhibition during Black History Month.

02. Academic programme leader and Principal Lecturer, Dr Vedrana Velickovic, took part in a discussion about how queer texts can “challenge and enliven the existing curriculum” at the 2019 LGBTQ+ literature festival The Coast is Queer. 03. Model, activist and social campaigner Munroe Bergdorf studied English Language and Media at Brighton – in 2019 the university made her an honorary doctor of letters and Munroe said of her lecturer Jess Moriarty: “She helped me to develop the skills that I now use every day within my activism, my writing and beyond. She helped me to communicate how I have felt, how I feel and allowed me to connect with how others may be feeling.”

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/hums.

CREATIVE WRITING BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

This degree will encourage you to develop an understanding of the art and craft of writing and explore its purpose in the world. The course is for students keen to apply critical reading and creative skills to innovative writing practices. Covering a wide range of genres, cultures and identities, you will study techniques and develop expertise in writing in a variety of styles. Guided by your tutors, you will consider a variety of key texts and be asked to connect your own work in relation to political, social and cultural theories. Innovative teaching will underpin your studies, taking you into creative spaces such as museums, galleries, theatres, archives, the South Downs National Park and Brighton itself. There will be opportunities to meet and work with publishers and inspirational writers to further develop your love and understanding of your craft. This is further enhanced by events such as the Scrivener Series of visiting writer workshops, spoken word events and an annual masterclass with a nominee for the Man Booker prize.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will develop your awareness of writing genres and work with local writers. Core modules cover topics such as drama in society, literature and theory, narrative and Brighton. Year 2 You will study core modules including the process and craft of creative writing and the art of publishing. Option modules include travel writing; writing for stage, screen and radio; journalism; queer writing; poetry and more. You can choose to take a placement module and, at the end of this year, you will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year. Final year You will produce your dissertation, collaborate with classmates on a conference and choose option modules such as Gothic texts and contexts; apocalypse, utopia and dystopia; women’s writing and feminist theory; Victorian sexualities; Russian literature and more.

WHY US

® Our talented teaching team will guide you to think critically and creatively, developing analysis, interpretation and communication skills ® Enhance your professional development with volunteer placements, local community projects and literary events ® Guest speaker sessions give you the chance to meet inspirational writers such as bestselling authors Karen Joy Fowler and Mohsin Hamid

Preparing for your career

This degree provides subject knowledge and expertise and opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills such as a critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis, as well as excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. Workshops and spoken word events will help you find your writing voice and you will also be encouraged to enter competitions to build your confidence as a writer. Our graduates are equipped to pursue a career in many areas, including publishing, social media, marketing, teaching, journalism, public relations and human resources.

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE W800 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels must include English language or combined English language and literature. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

ENGLISH LANGUAGE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

This course gives you the opportunity to explore English language from the perspectives of history, art, media and culture. You will examine its power in spoken and written form, understanding how it helps inform our identities and communities; how it is used to influence social change; and how it mystifies and even subverts. You will consider English as a regional and global language, how it is used among different communities and cultures, how we acquire language, and how we use it to communicate via different genres and styles. You will develop a deep understanding of the fundamentals of the English language, its historical development and its role in constructing identities, social relations and practices.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the basic concepts and skills that will enable you to describe language and analyse texts. You will reflect critically on key debates around the English language and develop skills in grammatical analysis, text analysis, phonology and stylistics. You will also gain an understanding of the development of the English language from Anglo Saxon times to the present day; how children acquire their first language; how language is used in the media; and how the sound system of English works. Year 2 You will develop your understanding of the diversity of the English language and its uses. You will explore regional varieties in the British Isles and the cultural and social influences that have determined their development. You will also develop an understanding of the tools involved in researching language use, and you will study the characteristic differences between spoken and written forms of communication. You can tailor your degree to your own interests or career ambitions by selecting options in linguistics, English literature, media, film, photography, creative writing and journalism. You can also choose a placement option to give you real-world experience. You will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year at the end of your second year.

WHY US

® Module options enable you to tailor your degree to your interests and career ambitions ® You can develop a solid grounding for many careers, including publishing, journalism and teaching ® Your intellectual growth and development is fostered in a supportive learning environment

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE Q300 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points

Final year You will consolidate your skills and knowledge through applying current analytic frameworks to texts, understanding the theoretical viewpoints informing different approaches, and evaluating the different kinds of insights generated. You will also explore the global spread of English and its development as a world language, as well as choose from a variety of option modules.

Preparing for your career

Your degree will provide subject knowledge and expertise and opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills such as a critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. You can opt to take a voluntary placement as part of the course and complete a practical project with a local community or voluntary organisation. English Language graduates gain skills applicable in a variety of occupations, such as journalism, teaching, lexicography, editing proofreading and speech and language therapy. Graduates have also gone on to careers in law, publishing, radio and TV.

A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels must include English language or combined English language and literature. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 95

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND CREATIVE WRITING BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER This course is for you if you’re interested in exploring the English language in all of its aspects and using this knowledge to inform and develop your own innovative creative writing practice. You will study a wide range of genres, historical periods and styles and engage with political, cultural and social ideas to develop your own imaginative work. The course will suit students who are excited about the idea of exploring the structure and evolution of language in relation to their own creative writing. Award-winning tutors will help you develop your knowledge of the forms and techniques of powerful texts and respond imaginatively to historical and contemporary writings. You will get the opportunity to work with local publishers and authors to further develop your professional understanding of writing. Trips and projects enable you to work beyond the classroom and be motivated by inspirational writers. Workshops and spoken word events will help you find your writing voice and you will also be encouraged to enter competitions to build your confidence as a writer.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 Subject areas covered in the first year include narrative literary texts, structure and grammar of language, genre and style and the practice of reading and writing. Year 2 You will be offered a wide range of options to tailor your degree to your individual interests or career ambitions. Subject areas include writing for stage, radio and screen; literature and art history; documentary filmmaking; journalism; and sign language linguistics. You can choose to take a placement module and, at the end of this year, you will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year. Final year In your final year, you will consolidate what you have learned, working towards your dissertation. You will also co-organise a conference. Module option topics include another placement; apocalypse, utopia and dystopia; Victorian sexualities, women’s writing and feminist literature; post-war American literature and more. 96

WHY US

® Specific modules allow you to develop confidence with writing in a range of genres and styles ® Motivating guest speaker sessions by inspirational writers ® Community and company placements and opportunities to publish your work to a wider audience

Preparing for your career

Your degree provides subject knowledge and expertise and opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills such as a critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. Our graduates are equipped with skills to pursue a career in many related areas, including publishing, social media, marketing, teaching, journalism, public relations and human resources.

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE Q310 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels must include English language or combined English language and literature. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND ENGLISH LITERATURE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER This is a challenging and stimulating course that explores the power of the spoken and written word across cultures and throughout history. You will explore English language and literature through aspects such as gender, race, class, sexuality, culture and society. You will investigate historical and cultural variation in language and the importance of context in shaping discourse. Developing the theoretical tools that will enable you to analyse and interpret a wide range of texts, you will explore English as a literary language and track its development as a global language of communication. Studying influential texts, and considering relevant debates and theories, you will develop key analytical skills and a deep theoretical knowledge of genres and styles.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study a diverse range of genres and approaches that will introduce you to the study of English literature at degree level. You will develop the critical and theoretical tools that will help you to enhance your analytical reading and practical writing skills. The core English language modules will enable you to develop the meta language to describe language features and their use in different genres. Year 2 You will study literature from the sixteenth century to the present, with a strong emphasis on historical and cultural contexts. You will examine language in society and how it varies according to both context and the user. You can choose to take a placement module and, at the end of this year, you will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year, extending your degree. Final year You will study postcolonial literature, with a particular emphasis on literature from Africa, Asia and the Caribbean. You will study different approaches to analysing how different types of discourse are constructed. You will also identify a topic for your selfmotivated research project – a critical dissertation or a creative and analytical piece.

WHY US

® Module options mean you can tailor your degree to match the subjects that interest you most ® Gain a good grounding for many industries including publishing and journalism ® Learn in a dynamic and supportive environment

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE Q390 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points

Preparing for your career

Your course will provide subject knowledge and expertise with opportunities to put what you learn into practice through work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills as a critical thinker, independent researcher and constructive team member. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. You can opt to take a voluntary placement as part of the course and complete a practical project with a local community or voluntary organisation. Graduates follow a wide range of career paths and have gone on to work in the media, publishing, journalism, education and the voluntary sector.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 97

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

This degree develops your understanding of language as a social and a psychological phenomenon. The wide range of option modules allow for a number of degree pathways. You may choose a theoretical route with options that deepen your understanding of your two subject areas; or should you have a more creative edge, you might tailor your degree by taking more practice-based modules, such as journalism or creative writing. The English language strand of the degree provides you with an understanding of the fundamentals of English and its historical development, examining how language shapes society and society shapes language. The linguistics strand encourages you to explore language from a scientific perspective and will introduce you to the main subdisciplines within the field.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In your first year, you will develop an understanding of the basic concepts and modes of linguistic analysis focusing particularly on the four structural approaches to linguistics: phonetics, phonology, morphology and syntax.

WHY US

® Module options enable you to tailor your degree to your research interests and career ambitions ® Training in language and linguistics will provide you with excellent transferable skills that will be useful, whatever career you choose ® Invited speaker sessions will give you the chance to meet language professionals, and see language and linguistics in action

Final year You will study two core modules, one in linguistics and one in English language; two options, and a dissertation in which you can explore and investigate a particular aspect of language use that interests you.

Preparing for your career

This degree will provide you with subject knowledge and expertise and opportunities to put what you learn into practice with workrelated experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills such as a critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills.

The core English language modules will enable you to develop the meta-language to describe language features and their use in different genres. You will also explore the historical perspective of the development of the English language.

Graduates progress to become teachers, journalists and work in different business environments, including publishing, the media and information technology. Many students opt to continue their studies with postgraduate courses.

Year 2 Linguistics modules will introduce you to the study of meaning and different approaches to describing and analysing grammatical structures. You will gain an essential grounding in understanding language in society and how it varies according to both context and the user. You can choose to take a placement module and at the end of this year, you will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year, extending your degree.

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE QQ31 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels should usually include English language or combined English Language and literature, or alternatively, one of the following subjects: psychology, philosophy, modern foreign language, physics, maths. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 98

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND MEDIA BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

As new kinds of engagement with media and language emerge through technologies and practices across social media, it is necessary for citizens in today’s world to be both creative and critical. This degree gives you the chance to explore English language and media from both of these perspectives with a focus on you as a student and a member of society. You will engage with the fundamental concepts and theories necessary for a deep understanding of television, film and digital media – and enjoy opportunities to develop your practical and creative skills. In English language you will cover the breadth of the subject such as its use in the construction of texts, its historical and global development, how it helps construct identities and how it contributes to power relations. In the media strand you will develop practical skills in media production as well as theoretical learning. You can choose from a wide variety of options, including our humanities and arts subjects, enabling you to create a course tailored to your ambitions and interests.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced key conceptual areas in media studies through the study of popular contemporary forms in film, television and the print media in both non-digital and digital platforms. The English language modules will enable you to develop the meta language to describe language features and their use in different genres. Year 2 You will study the history and theory of film, and examine the history, nature and impact of digital media in society. You will gain an essential grounding in understanding language in society and how it varies according to both the context and the user. In your second year you can choose placement modules which will allow you to gain professional experience in a relevant workplace environment. At the end of this year you will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year.

WHY US

® A degree which provides you with entry routes into both media and language industries upon graduation ® Develop skills in media production plus study option modules that will enable you to focus on your own aims and ambitions ® Gain an excellent grounding in the use of language to create and to critique media texts across a range of professional fields

Final year You will take one core module, complete a dissertation or creative project and select four options from English language and media subject areas. Topics include women’s writing and feminist theory; journalism; world Englishes; and Gothic texts.

Preparing for your career

Your degree will provide subject knowledge and expertise and opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills such as a critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. You can opt to take a voluntary placement as part of the course and complete a practical project with a local community or voluntary organisation. Our graduates are currently working in the television, film and publishing industries, as well as related areas such as journalism, public relations and public services.

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE QP33 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels must include English language or combined English language and literature. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, amazing facilities and news and blogs, with more about the course team and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 99

ENGLISH LITERATURE AND CREATIVE WRITING BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER This course is for students who are passionate about literature and want to apply critical reading and research skills to a diverse range of writing practice. Throughout the degree, you will combine a knowledge of literary theory with your own writing, learning how writing can perform and interrogate theory. You will also consider a variety of texts in relation to political, aesthetic and cultural ideas in order to enhance your own work. Trips and research projects offer a highly practical way of understanding the connections between theory and practice. Our enthusiastic and award-winning tutors will help you to become a motivated thinker and writer with excellent critical and creative writing skills. Workshops and spoken word events will help you find your writing voice and you will also be encouraged to enter competitions to build your confidence as a writer. We also work with local publishers and authors to develop your professional understanding of writing and give you a window into the publishing industry.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will focus on understanding the different approaches to literary texts from both a creative and critical standpoint. You will study a wide variety of texts, including film, novels, poetry, theatre, short stories and autobiography. Year 2 In your second year you can tailor your degree to your interests, choosing option modules which include travel writing, American literature, documentary filmmaking and writing for the stage. There will be placement opportunities as well as field trips to theatres, museums, schools and other community projects. At the end of your second year you will have the opportunity to study abroad.

WHY US

® Develop confidence with writing in a variety of styles and genres ® Benefit from visits from professional writers with insights into their process and ideas for motivated writing ® Gain an awareness of how to link research skills and writing to produce innovative texts

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE Q310 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points

Final year You will work towards your dissertation and choose from a wide range of options, such as Victorian sexualities, literature and philosophy and reviewing Shakespeare. You will collaborate with your peers on a conference where you will showcase your research and writing at a public event.

Preparing for your career

Your degree provides subject knowledge and expertise and opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills such as a critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. You can opt to take a voluntary placement and complete a practical project with a local community or voluntary organisation. Our graduates are equipped with the skills to pursue a career in many areas including publishing, social media, marketing, teaching, journalism, public relations and human resources.

LOOK ONLINE

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 100

ENGLISH LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

This degree explores the human capacity for language from the perspectives of how language works and is structured as a system (linguistics), and how it is used as an expressive tool by writers, including poets, novelists and dramatists (literature). Combining the science and art of language will help you develop skills required to make a sophisticated critique of the written and spoken word. You will engage in contemporary debates about language and have the chance to explore a variety of topics from women’s writing and feminist theory to language use and the psychology and philosophy of language. The literature strand will allow you to explore the creative side of writing while the linguistics strand encourages you to explore language from a scientific perspective. You’ll study the relationship between language and the mind and language and society. Visiting writers share their experience of the craft and business of writing to give a window into the publishing industry. Invited speaker sessions in linguistics give you the opportunity to meet with professionals.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will learn about the different approaches to literary analysis. You also cover the essential topics in linguistics, as you explore language acquisition, meaning and context. Year 2 This year enables you to further explore the links between the two subject areas. Option modules such as sign language linguistics, the language of comics and graphic novels or creative writing mean that you can tailor your degree to suit your specific career ambitions. At the end of your second year you will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year.

WHY US

® Option modules enable you to tailor your degree to your individual interests ® Training in literature and linguistics will provide you with excellent transferable skills which will be valuable for a wide range of careers ® Invited speaker sessions in language and linguistics and regular visits and workshops from writers give you the chance to meet professionals

Final year The final year represents the culmination of the degree, where your skills and knowledge are consolidated in the dissertation project. You can choose from literature and linguistics modules covering subjects such as Russian literature, Victorian sexualities, post-war American literature, English language teaching and language in the law.

Preparing for your career

Your degree will provide subject knowledge and expertise, opportunities to put what you learn into practice and work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills as a critical thinker, independent researcher and constructive team member. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. You can opt to take a voluntary placement as part of the course and complete a practical project with a local community or voluntary organisation. This joint honours degree provides good grounding for many industries such as publishing and journalism, but equally a solid foundation for further study or research.

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE Q321 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels should usually include English literature or combined English language and literature, or alternatively, one of the following subjects; psychology, philosophy, modern foreign language, physics, maths. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 101

ENGLISH LITERATURE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

This degree allows you to explore a wide range of approaches to reading texts while developing your own writing skills. You will study texts in context with an emphasis on writing – critical or creative – as practice. You will be encouraged to develop a sense of yourself as an autonomous, critical and analytical reader and writer, building on your strengths as you negotiate your own pathway through the degree. A distinctive element of the course is the way it combines an analysis of the differing roles the written word plays across cultures with the opportunity to apply this analysis in your work. You’ll explore the quirky sides and underbellies of the written word. You’ll see how literary representations can define cultures and give new voices to troubled societies. You will be encouraged to produce and practise critical and creative work through modules, an optional placement, community work and a volunteering programme with local schools. Visiting writers share their experience of the craft and business of writing to give you a window into the publishing industry.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will gain a core grounding in approaches to literature, theories and practices. In the first year you take core modules covering topics such as narrative, poetry in context, literature and theory, drama in society and ‘enlightenment to romanticisms’. You’ll also develop presentation skills through seminar groups, which foster and enable a debating culture. Year 2 You’ll begin developing your own pathway and interests through option choices each semester. Option modules in your second and third years span travel writing, media, film, photography, journalism, gender and sexuality and enable you to tailor your degree to your specific career ambitions. At the end of your second year you will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year.

102

WHY US

® Regular visits from writers for salons and workshops ® Opportunity to spend a year abroad at a partner university ® You can undertake optional work experience and will gain transferable skills that you can use throughout your career

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE Q320 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points

Final year Your final year of literature study allows you to benefit from the skills you have developed and to demonstrate your academic ability through a major dissertation project. There will also be opportunities for pursuing individual research and practice interests.

Preparing for your career

A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels must include English literature or combined English language and literature. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

This degree provides opportunities to put the subject knowledge and expertise that you learn into practice with work-related experience.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

You will develop valuable transferable skills such as a critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills.

Our graduates follow a wide range of career paths and have gone on to work in the media, publishing, journalism, education and the voluntary sector.

English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

LINGUISTICS BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Linguistics is the scientific study of language and, as such, has a central role to play in exploring what it means to be human. As a linguistics student here at Brighton you will have the opportunity to investigate some of the most complex and intriguing aspects of human cognitive and social life. You will acquire skills in language analysis and explore the nature of linguistic communication. You’ll learn about the relationship between language and the mind, and language and society and will explore how linguistics relates to other fields. The degree will equip you with valuable transferable skills as a critical thinker, independent researcher and constructive team member.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the three main areas of study: how words and sentences are formed (morphology and syntax); linguistics meaning and meaning in use (semantics and pragmatics) and speech sounds and how the sound systems of different languages work (phonetics and phonology). You will also examine how children acquire their first language. Year 2 You will engage with formal descriptions of language and examine a range of theoretical issues. Your grammatical knowledge will be deepened and you will be introduced to the relationship between language and the mind (psycholinguistics) and language and society (sociolinguistics). You can tailor your degree to your own interests or career ambitions by selecting options in sign language linguistics, the language of comics and graphic novels, and language in law. You will have the opportunity to spend a year abroad at the end of your second year at a partner university.

WHY US

® Tutors’ research keeps course content at the cutting edge of this subject ® Training in linguistics provides excellent grounding for professions such as teaching and speech or language therapy ® Option modules enable you to tailor your degree to your individual interests

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE Q100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points

Final year You will have opportunities to critically evaluate linguistic theories in your areas of interest through writing an extended dissertation on a topic of your choice. You will also be writing your dissertation on a chosen topic in linguistics which you will have had an opportunity to study in depth throughout your degree.

Preparing for your career

Your degree will provide subject knowledge and expertise, opportunities to put what you learn into practice and work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills as a critical thinker, independent researcher and constructive team member. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. You can opt to take a voluntary placement as part of the course, completing a practical project with a local community or voluntary organisation. Linguistics graduates have skills that can be applied in professions including journalism, broadcasting, the civil service and teaching. Career opportunities also include interpreter, translator, lexicographer, copy-editor, proofreader and speech and language therapist.

A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels should usually include English language or combined English language and literature, or alternatively, one of the following subjects; psychology, philosophy, modern foreign language, physics, maths. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 103

MEDIA AND ENGLISH LITERATURE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

This course will appeal to you if you are passionate about the world we live in and are keen to use knowledge of the past to develop ways of creatively engaging with and improving how we live in the present. You will deepen your understanding of the complex relationships between society, cultures, literature and the media. You will become adept at critical analysis but also gain insight into media production and writing for different genres. You will explore topics including photography, documentary making, journalism and scriptwriting. In English literature you will study texts, consider relevant theories and debates, learn in-depth about genres and styles and develop an advanced awareness of cultural contexts.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study the principal concepts and approaches to the study of the media in both theoretical and practical ways. Media modules illustrate the complexities around representation, narrative and communication. In literature modules you will engage with a variety of genres and approaches, and learn to unravel meaning with a variety of critical and theoretical tools and approaches. Year 2 You will study the history and theory of film, followed by a module examining digital media and culture. You’ll also develop your understanding of literature in context, from the sixteenth century to the present. You can choose option modules from across the programme area, enabling you to tailor your degree to your specific career ambitions. At the end of your second year you will have the opportunity to study abroad for a year. Final year You will write your dissertation and choose from a wide range of options, from popular culture to postcolonial literature, and from personal documentary to television news production.

WHY US

® Module options enable you to tailor your degree to your interests and career ambitions ® Study with passionate tutors with extensive teaching and research experience in their fields ® Gain vital critical and practical skills in filmmaking, TV and digital storytelling using a range of audiovisual equipment and video editing facilities

Preparing for your career

Your degree provides subject knowledge and expertise and opportunities to put what you learn into practice with work-related experience. You will develop valuable transferable skills such as a critical thinking and writing, independent research and analysis. The course will equip you with excellent presentation, written and oral communication skills. You can opt to take a voluntary placement as part of the course and complete a practical project with a local community or voluntary organisation. Graduates follow a wide range of career paths and have gone on to work in the media, publishing, journalism, education and the voluntary sector.

SUBJECT AREA Literature, language, linguistics UCAS CODE PQ33 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC. A-levels must include English literature or combined English language and literature. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 104

I found out what I wanted to do Louie studied English language and media at our Brighton: Falmer campus

I chose the industry placement option module to get experience of working in a marketing department

My placement was with the university’s marketing and communications department, working with the arts and humanities marketing team. It was part of the Media in Practice module, which is a year 2 option. I completed a 50-hour placement one day a week, wrote a reflective journal and put on an end-of-semester event.

My course leader helped me get my placement by sharing opportunities

The course leader emailed out a lot of placement opportunities during the searching period and I responded to one she sent out, but I know a lot of students got their placement through Active Student, the university’s volunteering service. You can also find your own placement if those offered don’t interest you.

I applied things I’d learned on my course

I thought this module would be a great opportunity to see whether marketing was something I was interested in doing in the future, but also to get additional experience to bolster my CV and gain a leg up on the competition. Honestly, I also found it affirming to be able to apply the skills learnt throughout my degree in a workplace environment. I investigated the university’s YouTube presence and gave feedback to the department, wrote some copy for the university’s homepage and blog posts to add extra content to university course pages. At the end-of-year Graduate Show at Grand Parade I handled the model permissions at a photo shoot of students and their work.

It was assessed in more than one way

The reflective journal made up 40%. I completed an entry after each placement session and showed how I used the knowledge learned throughout my course. The end-of-semester event was 20%. We all worked together to create the event, as well as a private Facebook

page where we discussed stuff outside the classroom. We split into two teams, marketing and logistics. The final 40% was a 10-minute presentation at the end-of-semester event where we discussed what went on at our placements and what we had learned.

Practical experience is so valuable

Being able to work within a team towards a common goal, attending meetings, completing tasks relevant to an industry I wanted to go into, and having a genuine voice was far more helpful than any book on the subject could ever be. The hardest part of the module was finding my placement, but there was a great support network. I have no qualms in saying that this module was the right choice for me. I’m now working as a marketing executive at Study Group. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

105

PSYCHOLOGY, CRIMINOLOGY AND SOCIETY

Studying psychology, criminology and social science at Brighton is stimulating, demanding and relevant. Our students become insightful critical thinkers who are able to make an impact on the world around them. Real-world experience is at the heart of our curriculum; students explore different perspectives and apply their learning to personal and social issues. Professional accreditation Our psychology degrees are accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS). This means graduates are eligible to join the BPS as graduate members, the first step toward becoming a professional psychologist. Our social work degree is approved by Social Work England – the regulatory body for social work training. This degree is run in partnership with local agencies including Brighton & Hove City Council, East Sussex County Council and West Sussex County Council, as well as with carers and service users. Professional-standard facilities Innovative and creative facilities will support your learning. Our multi-purpose psychology resource laboratories include the applied cognition lab, creative method lab for interactive experiments and focus groups, experimental booths for one-to-one computer-based experiments, and a mobile eye tracker, eye-tracking glasses and a psychophysiology measuring kit.

106

Placements Studying social sciences is about more than just theory, and our students are encouraged to put their learning into practice on a work placement with a not-for-profit organisation. We will help you find a placement that is right for you from the range of local organisations who choose to work with our students. Tailor your degree Option modules and dissertation choices mean that social sciences students are able to choose topics that interest them most and that suit their career ambitions. Psychology, sociology and criminology students can focus on one main subject, or combine their subject with another in a joint honours degree.

How you’ll learn You’ll learn through a mixture of lectures, seminars, workshops and group and individual project work. Throughout your course you’ll take part in seminars and debates with students from other areas of social science, sharing knowledge and learning. And you’ll meet experienced practitioners from outside the university as part of our visiting lecturer programme. Research-informed learning Your learning will be informed by our research into subjects that include the family, employment, housing, education, health, politics, mass media and cultural differences. You’ll have the opportunity to apply for a summer research studentship. Students work with a senior academic member of staff on a fiveweek research project, giving them hands-on experience of scientific research.

Snapshot

Barbara Nichol Hornby, Psychology and Sociology BSc(Hons)

My placement was as a court family support volunteer for Sussex Prisoners’ Families. I spoke to families of defendants and offered them support. It could be challenging but it has been a great learning experience for me and I’ve learnt to be more empathetic and patient.

01. We work with MindOut, a local LGBTQ mental health project, to bring a Living Library to the campus for social science students. The library is designed to challenge prejudice and stigma. Trained volunteers act as ‘books’, telling their story to help you explore social issues. 02. Our students have access to specialist eye-tracking equipment that helps understand health conditions such as autism and diabetes – as well as the psychology behind our shopping habits!

03. Psychology resource laboratories with a creative methods lab, experimental booths and eye tracking equipment enable students to undertake controlled experiments for their studies. 04. Our students learn through a mixture of lectures, seminars, workshops, book groups, group and individual project work. 05. Falmer campus has several social and informal learning spaces that are perfect for getting together over a group project, or just relaxing with a coffee.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/sass.

107

CRIMINOLOGY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Criminology is the study of crime, criminality and how it relates to social inequality, victimhood and different sections of society: the media, prisons and the courts. As criminologists, it is our job to challenge received wisdom about crime and justice, and to seek an understanding of the offender while respecting the harmful effect that crime can have on individuals and communities. You will have opportunities to take a placement in the local community as part of your course, gaining valuable work experience and making professional contacts for your future career.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the UK criminal justice system, critically considering its institutions, policies and practice, receive an introduction to the way in which criminology explores issues of crime, criminals and crime control, discuss criminological theory and investigate contemporary social inequalities. You will also begin your studies in research methods, preparing for your final year dissertation research. Year 2 You will explore approaches to research into social and cultural life and look at crimimal justice. Option modules include areas such as cross-cultural criminology, policing and society and crime and deviance. There’s also the opportunity to go on a community placement and an international study exchange. Final year In the final year, you’ll develop and apply your own research ideas to your dissertation, helped by your academic supervisor. You will have the chance to choose options covering topics including the criminology of borders, addiction studies, and global issues of crime, power and harm.

WHY US

® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course ® Innovative research and teaching ® Thriving visiting lecture programme

SUBJECT AREA Criminology UCAS CODE L611 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

A criminology degree opens up opportunities in crime prevention, criminal justice, community development, local government, security, social research, the police, human rights and the charity sector. In addition, all our courses contain substantial transferable skills, providing the skills and knowledge to engage in graduate sector jobs beyond those directly associated with criminology. Volunteering is a great way to develop your vocational skills and gain practical work experience while contributing to the wider community. In year 2 the community engagement module is your opportunity to go on a placement as part of your course. Our students have volunteered with organisations such as the Samaritans, the Centre for Ecotherapy and Fresh Start. Our facilities enable you to design and carry out experiments. You’ll have access to an applied cognition lab, a creative methods lab for interactive experiments and focus groups, and mobile eye-tracker and eye-tracking glasses.

UCAS tariff 112–96 points. A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Sociology or law units preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to the grades you have achieved in examinations. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 108

CRIMINOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Criminology and Sociology will help you to understand the changing world we live in. It takes a stimulating approach to two subjects that share many theories and concepts. Informed by both established and radical new perspectives, this course encourages you to consider the impacts of social inequality and social change taking place both locally and globally as well as their causes and consequences.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the foundations of sociology and criminal justice, consider theories of crime, social inequalities, sociological imaginations, and acquire research methods that you will later apply to your own research. Year 2 Building on your knowledge and skills from year 1, you will learn about areas such as crime control, and look at critical perspectives on criminal justice whilst exploring research in social and cultural life, learning about sociology and the life course, and studying theories of the social world. You can also choose to study abroad or to undertake a placement in the local community. Final year You will apply your own research to your dissertation in criminology or sociology, or both. You will consider contemporary crime and justice and sociology topics. Options include areas such as critical addiction, criminology of borders and global issues of crime, power and harm.

Preparing for your career

This degree helps develop transferable skills in research methods, communication and analysis that are beneficial in a range of careers. Our graduates are working in diverse roles in the public, private and voluntary sectors including: social research, social work, policing, probation, crime prevention, community safety planning, tackling youth offending, journalism, environmental management, teaching, housing and welfare services.

WHY US

® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course ® Flexible degree programme ® Guest speaker programme and international exchange opportunity

SUBJECT AREA Criminology UCAS CODE LM39 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Volunteering is a great way to develop your vocational skills and gain practical work experience while contributing to the wider community. In year 2 the community engagement module is your opportunity to go on placement as part of your course. Our students have volunteered with organisations such as the MS Society, Sussex Prisoners Families and the Centre for Ecotherapy. Our Sociology of Brighton lecture series features lectures in different locations around Brighton such as the Palace Pier. Speakers have shared their experiences in subjects including sociology of the seaside, LGBTQ spaces, crime and gentrification.  We also work with MindOut, a local LGBTQ mental health project, to bring a Living Library to the campus. The library is designed to challenge prejudice and stigma. Trained volunteers act as ‘books’ to help you explore social issues.

UCAS tariff 112–96 points. A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in law or sociology preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to the grades you have achieved in examinations. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 109

PSYCHOLOGY BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Psychology is the study of human minds, behaviours, experiences and relationships. Real-world experience is at the heart of your learning and you’ll learn how psychological knowledge is applied to realworld personal and social issues. You will engage with psychological theory, research and its applications. As you progress, your understanding of the personal and social relevance of this lively and contested field of study will deepen. As well as covering the British Psychological Society’s recommended curriculum, you’ll be able to take a voluntary work placement in the local community as part of your course.

What you’ll learn

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) ® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course

Preparing for your career

SUBJECT AREA Psychology UCAS CODE C800 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120–104 points A-levels BBB–BCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in psychology are preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4). At least three subjects which must include maths, plus English language and a science, social science or humanities subject. Functional Skills will not usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has a good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 110

PSYCHOLOGY AND CRIMINOLOGY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Our Psychology and Criminology degree enables you to explore these disciplines in the world beyond university, examining their relevance to our everyday lives. Following the recommended curriculum of the British Psychological Society (BPS), you will engage with psychological theory and research, applying this knowledge to realworld issues. The criminology aspect considers what causes people to adopt deviant lifestyles or make criminal choices, exploring how crime might be prevented, as well as the role of the police, courts and other agencies. You will acquire the interpersonal skills to work with offenders and victims in the criminal justice and community safety fields.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll be introduced to developmental and applied psychology, theories of crime and criminal justice, social inequalities and psychological research methods, which you will later apply to your own research. Year 2 You will focus on core areas of psychology such as developmental and social psychology, the body and individual differences, applying them to real-world issues. You will also explore practical methods of crime control, and critical perspectives of criminal justice. You can choose from critical analysis topics or take a community placement. Final year You will apply your own research to your psychology or criminology dissertation. Alongside the dissertation, you will explore violence and society, and forensic psychology, and choose options in the subjects that interest you most, including sexualities, cyber and eco-psychology, mental disorder, critical addiction studies, global issues in crime, power and harm, and the criminology of borders.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) ® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course

Preparing for your career

This course is accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS), the UK’s independent regulator of the psychology profession. Graduates are eligible for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership of the BPS. This is the first step in becoming a Chartered Psychologist and enables you to begin further training and to become, for example, a forensic, educational or occupational psychologist. Graduates work in areas such as forensic, occupational and clinical psychology, and the police and criminal justice system. Other related areas include social care, the voluntary sector, local government and social research. Volunteering is a great way to develop your vocational skills and gain practical work experience while contributing to the wider community. In year 2 the community engagement module is your opportunity to go on placement as part of your course. Our students have volunteered with organisations such as the Samaritans, Sussex Prisoners’ Families and the Centre for Ecotherapy.

SUBJECT AREA Psychology UCAS CODE CL86 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in sociology, psychology or law preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4). At least three subjects which must include maths, plus English language and a science, social science or humanities subject. Functional Skills will not usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has a good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 111

PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

On our Psychology and Sociology degree you will engage with psychological theory and research, exploring how this knowledge is applied to real-world personal and social issues. This course enables you to explore both the personal and social nature of human experience from different perspectives. All the major branches of psychology are covered: developmental, cognitive, social and biological. You will also engage with contemporary sociological issues such as poverty, globalisation and protest, applying knowledge and theory to the real world. You’ll benefit from an optional placement, guest speakers and through using our Psychology Resource Laboratories.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to developmental and applied psychology, explore social inequalities, sociological imaginations and the foundations of sociology. You will learn psychological research methods, which you will later apply to your own research. Year 2 You will explore core areas of psychology such as cognitive and social psychology, the body and individual differences, with a strong emphasis on real-world applications. You will learn about sociology of the life course and social world theories. You can also choose from critical analysis or take a community placement. Final year You study critical community psychology alongside sociology topics, and undertake your own research in your dissertation. You’ll also be able to choose modules in applied areas such as cyberpsychology, critical addiction, mental disorders and sexualities.

Preparing for your career

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership ® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course

Our graduates have also found employment in social research, social work, local government, the civil service, management, teaching, the voluntary sector, housing and the welfare services. Volunteering is a great way to develop your vocational skills and gain practical work experience while contributing to the wider community. In year 2 the community engagement module is your opportunity to apply for a voluntary placement as part of your course. Our students have volunteered with organisations such as the Samaritans, Sussex Prisoners’ Families and the Centre for Ecotherapy.  Real-world experience is at the heart of your learning with our applied approach. You will have access to high-tech facilities in our modern, multi-purpose psychology laboratories and you can also volunteer in your own time through our Active Student programme.

SUBJECT AREA Psychology UCAS CODE CL83 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in psychology or sociology preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4). At least three subjects which must include maths, plus English language and a science, social science or humanities subject. Functional Skills will not usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has a good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

PSYCHOLOGY WITH COUNSELLING STUDIES BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER Psychology is the study of human minds, behaviours, experiences and relationships. Real-world experience is at the heart of your learning and you’ll learn how psychological knowledge is applied to realworld personal and social issues. Exploring these complementary disciplines will equip you with the knowledge and skills to understand how people think, how they behave and how they can be helped to make changes.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) ® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course

You will examine how counsellors and psychologists use theories and evidence to contribute to understandings of mental health and distress and how we develop and interact with others.

Preparing for your career

What you’ll learn

Having knowledge of different therapeutic approaches in addition to a psychology degree will open up career opportunities in areas including mental health and wellbeing, health and social care, the helping professions, and working within the statutory and voluntary sectors.

Year 1 In your first year, you will be introduced to the core aspects of psychology. You will explore key psychological issues and debates, focusing on how psychological theory and research is applied to real-work issues and social problems. You will learn about the psychology of wellbeing – an essential component of counselling. Year 2 In your second year you will specialise in counselling, exploring key theoretical approaches to counselling and psychotherapy. Psychology modules cover subjects including psychological approaches to mental health and distress. Option modules include the Community Engagement module that will help you apply some of the theory you’ve learnt out in the community on placement. Final year In your final year the psychology dissertation project reflects your own particular interests and career aspirations. You will further develop your counselling skills, learning how best to support individuals to reflect on their experiences and make positive changes in their lives. You will also learn to appreciate how building an effective relationship between therapist and client shapes what changes it is possible for people to make and choose two option modules.

This course offers you the chance to gain highly developed skills to help others and is excellent preparation towards a career in counselling and psychotherapy.

This course is accredited by the British Psychological Society. Graduates are eligible for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership of the BPS. This is the first step in becoming a Chartered Psychologist and enables you to begin further training and to become, for example, a forensic, educational or occupational psychologist. Volunteering as part of your course in year 2 is a great way to develop your vocational skills and gain practical work experience while contributing to the wider community. Our students have volunteered with organisations such as the Samaritans, the Centre for Ecotherapy and Fresh Start.

SUBJECT AREA Psychology UCAS CODE C8B9 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120–104 points A-levels BBB–BCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in psychology are preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements At least three subjects which must include maths, plus English language and science, social science or humanities. Functional Skills will not usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has a good spread of GCSEs. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 113

SOCIAL SCIENCE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Social science is concerned with the study of society and the relationship of individuals within society. This degree will enable you to explore different perspectives in the social sciences such as criminology, sociology, psychology and social policy. You can tailor the degree to your interests and career aspirations giving you the freedom to specialise in a specific area of social science or to maintain a more general approach throughout your degree. You will have the chance to undertake a placement in the local community which will provide you with real, practical and transferable skills as well as theoretical knowledge. You’ll also benefit from visiting guest lecturers who speak on a range of topics.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You are introduced to relevant social science theories and research methods, as well as choosing two options from social science subjects such as sociology, criminology and psychology. Year 2 You will research social and cultural life and consolidate relevant social theories in two core modules. Option modules provide a choice of a community engagement placement or critical analysis, as well as three further modules from social science subjects: social policy, sociology, criminology or psychology. Final year You will conduct your own research for your dissertation and study one core module exploring global social policy. Three option modules can be chosen. Subjects include: ecopsychology, critical community psychology, cyberpsychology, mental disorder and anthropology, sexualities, care ethics and social policy and sociology topics.

WHY US

® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course ® Flexible degree programme: tailor the course to your interests ® thriving visiting guest lecturer programme

SUBJECT AREA Social science UCAS CODE L540 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

Our Social Science BA opens doors to a wide range of career opportunities due to the flexibility of the subject areas you can choose to specialise in. Potential areas of work include: educational psychology, crime prevention, health psychology, public services, health and social care, central and local government, politics, teaching and management. Volunteering is a great way to develop your vocational skills and gain practical work experience while contributing to the wider community. In year 2 the community engagement module is your opportunity to go on placement as part of your course. Our Sociology of Brighton lecture series features lectures in different locations around Brighton such as the Palace Pier. Speakers have shared their experiences in subjects including sociology of the seaside, LGBTQ spaces, crime and gentrification.  Many of our modules include visiting guest speakers who present on a range of topics and give insight into their organisations. Speakers have come from organisations including: Eastbourne Foodbank, St Mungo’s, Troubled Families Programme, Boing Boing and Trust for Developing Communities.

UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in social sciences are preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 114

SOCIAL WORK BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Social work is both a profession and an academic discipline that commits to social justice and human rights by supporting those in need. It is a vital and rewarding field of work that puts you in direct contact with often vulnerable and marginalised individuals, giving you a chance to make a significant difference to their lives. The course has been approved by Social Work England – the regulatory body for social work training. This degree is run in partnership with local agencies including Brighton & Hove City Council, East Sussex County Council and West Sussex County Council, as well as with carers and service users.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to social work practice. You will study topics such as law for social workers, human growth and development, social policy, social welfare and learn about service users and carers’ needs and resources. Year 2 You will start to develop analytic and reflective practice, covering topics such as social work practice with adults, children and families, the law, policy and protection. You will learn the skills, theory and context to work with families, and undertake a 70-day practice learning placement. Final year You will explore contemporary social work and use your research skills to complete a social work project. You’ll further develop your practice skills on your second practicelearning placement (100 days).

Preparing for your career

This is an important time to enter the social work profession and there continues to be a need for social workers nationally. The degree enables you to apply for registration with Social Work England which is essential before practising as a social worker.

WHY US

® Approved by Social Work England ® Partnerships and placements with local social work organisations ® Learn alongside students from medical and social science disciplines

SUBJECT AREA Social work UCAS CODE L500 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Placements ensure you are fully prepared for your career in social work, and are assessed according to the Social Work’s Professional Capabilities Framework. Our students have carried out their practice learning with assessment teams, long-term teams, family centres, children’s hospitals, fostering services and adoption services. By the end of the course you will also need to demonstrate the Social Work England Professional Standards – the standards set out the requirements social workers are expected to meet. Working with students on other courses at the university you’ll use case material to prepare for collaborative practice. This could include working collaboratively in children’s services with education, nursing, midwifery, physiotherapy, occupational therapy students, and youth workers; physical abuse with medical students; and safeguarding vulnerable adults and children with nursing and occupational therapy students. You’ll benefit from guest lectures and input from service users, carers and practitioners from partner agencies, organisations and NHS trusts, ensuring that practitioner, service user and carer perspectives lie at the heart of your learning.

UCAS tariff 128–112 points A-levels ABB–BBC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Social work diploma preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or distinction, including level 3 credits in written communication, study skills, and reading and writing skills. GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) A good GCSE profile including maths and English language. These are national requirements for social work training and cannot be waived/other subjects cannot be accepted in lieu. Further professional requirements can be found on our website, www.brighton. ac.uk/courses. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 Degree apprenticeship available Find out more on page 239.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 115

SOCIOLOGY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Sociology is an exciting and challenging discipline that aims to understand patterns of interaction between people and among social groups. Our diverse team will help you explore how social worlds are created and transformed through small scale interaction, within institutions, on a global scale, and online. We believe strongly that you should be actively doing sociology not just learning about it. We want to hear your arguments, and help you to develop them. You will develop life-long skills, especially in critical thinking, that will be transferable to a wide range of career opportunities as well as enabling you to make an active contribution to society.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the foundations of sociology and research methods, exploring areas such as sociological imaginations, contemporary social inequalities and current social problems. You will also choose an option from outside sociology, this could include modules from psychology, criminology or social policy. Year 2 You will explore contemporary socialogical theory, as well as exploring sociological issues throughout the life course, such as youth, work and ageing. You will also continue to develop your research skills and have the opportunity to undertake a community placement or to take part in an international exchange. Other options enable you to explore subjects that include gender and power, mobilisation movements and protest, global cultures and culture, media and identities. Final year The dissertation is your chance to conduct research into an area of personal interest. You’ll also choose from a range of sociology topics that typically include childhood, sexuality, death, class, race, human rights, outer space, parenting, utopia and education.

WHY US

® Placement opportunity in the local community as part of your course ® Progressive department and researchinformed curriculum ® Choose option modules to tailor the course to your interests

SUBJECT AREA Sociology UCAS CODE L300 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points

Preparing for your career

This course equips you with wide range of skills including deploying and analysing both quantitative and qualitative research. These transferable skills will make you attractive to organisations in many different sectors. Our graduates are working with organisations including Victim Support, policy think tanks and the Civil Service. They also go on to work in areas including social research, the voluntary sector, housing and welfare services, journalism and teaching. Many also continue their studies on a postgraduate course. The community engagement module in year 2 is a great opportunity to make an active contribution on placement in the local community. Previous students have had placements with organisations including the Centre for Ecotherapy, Sussex Prisoners’ Families and the YMCA. Our Sociology in Brighton lecture series takes place around the city. Visiting practitioners share their knowledge in our thriving visiting lecture programme. You can also volunteer in your own time through our Active Student programme or take part in the Living Library with MindOut, a local LGBTQ mental health project.

LOOK ONLINE

A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in sociology preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 116

What I’ve found Scarlett is studying criminology and sociology at our Brighton: Falmer campus

It’s more flexible than A-levels

For me, I found degree-level study quite a big change. At sixth form you’re there all day and you don’t have much free time, it’s school five days a week. When you come to uni it’s different. You go in to study but you also have a lot more time at home and you have to manage that time.

You can play to your strengths I’m definitely not one for exams, they’re not my thing – luckily there aren’t many exams on my course, but there’s a mix of other things. I enjoy presentations because it’s easier for me to stand and speak than to write. But I do like essays as well because we can do case studies and reports. Because there’s a mix, there’s something that works for every person.

Lecturers are researchers and professional criminologists too

I really like it when we have a lecture based on something the lecturers themselves have researched, it’s really nice to hear people talk passionately because it’s easier for you to

learn and listen if someone’s enjoying what they’re talking about. And because there are so many lecturers and they all do so many different things, usually someone is researching what we’re doing.

The campus feels like a community

Brighton isn’t a campus uni – it has campuses all over – but it feels like a campus uni at Falmer. There’s everything there, you’ve got the library and all your lectures and seminars as well as shops and cafes. It feels like a community, when you can see other students around doing the same thing. Even if you are sitting by yourself you don’t feel like you’re alone.

It’s a supportive place to learn

The support you get from staff is key. I have dyslexia, and the people that support with that have been so helpful throughout. I have a learning support plan in place and I know how to get extra help if I need it.

I’m building my employability in lots of ways Coming to uni, I wanted to pick up lots of different things, not just the academic side. I’m a course rep which involves talking to people, listening to what they say and passing on their opinions. I’ve also worked for the uni as an ambassador. I enjoy it because it’s so diverse. We did a programme of academic mentoring at a primary school and I also helped with a fashion club one weekend. It’s good to do different things and learn different skills.

And societies are a way to try something new

You meet so many people that you don’t meet every day. This year I’m part of the Hiking and Tracking Society, I thought, I need to get outdoors and do something. We went to Snowdon a few weeks ago, it was so enjoyable – you don’t have to be into hiking, just being outside and walking is good for everyone. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

117

LAW Choose law at Brighton Law School and you will be encouraged to explore the role of law in every aspect of life and society. We will support your academic, professional and personal development and enable you to put your skills in research, analysis, negotiation and communication into practice. Your degree your way We offer three law degrees which each equip you with the legal knowledge required for the next stage of legal training. At the end of your first year you choose a degree pathway from single honours Law, Law with Business or Law with Criminology. Module choices are also provided from the broader Brighton Business School portfolio. Your course team Your course team are qualified lawyers and barristers who are passionate about teaching and have professional expertise in employment law, human rights, family law, law in the community, access to justice, legal education and commercial law. Take a salaried placement year Take an optional placement year and build work experience, life skills and contacts. Our law students have completed placements with Oracle, HM Prison Service, the Home Office, IBM, the House of Lords, Enterprise Rent-a-Car, Acumen Business Law, Devonshires’ Solicitors and GE. Brighton Business School has a dedicated placement team who will support you. Experience law in practice You’ll have many opportunities to build experience and apply your learning. Throughout your course you will develop and apply your skills in legal research, mooting (legal debate), negotiating 118

and client interviewing. Working within our Legal Clinic gives you the opportunity to work with a qualified lawyer to provide legal advice to members of the local community.

We want to equip you with qualities and techniques we know will help you meet the challenges of your degree and fully realise your potential in your chosen career.

Extracurricular activities provide further opportunities to develop skills and experience. You could take part in negotiation, mooting and client-interviewing competitions which are sponsored and judged by law firms, members of the judiciary and legal organisations.

All first years are allocated a Law Guardian, one of our students who will help you during your first year. They’ll be able to answer any questions you have, let you know about events, guest lectures and generally help you to settle in to your student community.

Our student-led Law Society invites visiting speakers and runs regular social and networking evenings, an annual ball and trips to Crown and Magistrates Courts, the Houses of Parliament and national law fairs.

Career progression Recent graduates have gone on to employment as barristers, solicitors, auditors, management consultants, civil servants, commodity brokers and city traders. Recent employers include KPMG, the Government Legal Office, West Sussex County Council, British Airways and the Royal Household.

Take part in the CLOCK Time for Justice scheme and volunteer as a legal companion. You will build experience and receive training from law firms and HM Courts while providing vital help and support to people from disadvantaged communities. Develop resilience and reflection A distinctive feature of law at Brighton is our emphasis on developing you as an individual as well as a professional. We prioritise personal wellbeing, the practice of reflection and building resilience.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

Brighton Law School is moving to an amazing new building on a transformed campus. From September 2021 there’ll be new teaching spaces, halls of residence, a students’ union events space and bar, gym and fitness facilities, exhibition spaces, a greener landscape and cafes and shops. For more see pages 06–07.

Snapshot

03. Law students Salman Al-Mayahi and James Patterson reached the final of the CEDR National Negotiating Competition final in Cardiff where they put their skills in commercial dispute resolution, conflict management, negotiation and leadership to the test.

Jessica Akinboyewa, Law with Business LLB(Hons), 2018 winner of the Brighton LLB Appreciation Award, and the Burt Brill and Cardens’ prize for her performance in the final year Equity and Trusts module

04. Ramy Badrie, a first year LLB Law student, is intermitting from his studies to take up a salaried position as Vice President of Education for the Brighton Students’ Union.

I want to become a barrister, and this course has given me the awareness of what is required of me in the future, and to understand what area of law I want to practice. My law tutors were extremely helpful and made me open to a lot of opportunities I wasn’t aware of.

01. Local barristers 1 Crown Office Row sponsor the Brighton & Hove City Intervarsity Mooting Challenge, students Natasha Charlesworth and Paige Macrae represented the university. The competition is judged by local judges and barristers. 02. Law course leader and senior lecturer Dr Jack Thompson is a committed law educator. He teaches Law of Torts, Healthcare Law and Ethics and his research interests concern the law, moral philosophy, healthcare and autonomy.

05. Public Law students outside Parliament on a guided tour of the House of Commons and the House of Lords by Lord Bassam (a Brighton resident) who was a former Deputy Speaker in the House of Lords.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ bbsblog, including links to the school’s social media feeds and the student Law Society blog.

119

LAW LLB(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our qualifying Law LLB(Hons) degree combines academic study with opportunities to experience law in practice, preparing you for a career as a legal professional.

WHY US

Taken over three years, or four with an optional salaried placement, you will gain practical skills in presentation, negotiation, oration, mooting and advocacy, and a thorough understanding of the English legal system.

® Train as a solicitor or barrister after graduation ® Optional paid placement year with a law firm

This degree is recognised by the Solicitors Regulation (SRA) Authority and the Bar Standards Board. It is currently a qualifying law degree, which means when you graduate you will have completed the academic stage of training for entry into the legal profession. However, from 2021, a new Solicitors Qualifying Exam (SQE) is due to be introduced which means whilst qualifying law degrees will no longer allow you to move directly to the next stage of becoming a solicitor it will prepare you to sit the SQE. You can choose from three law degrees, Law, Law with Business or Law with Criminology. Our Law with integrated foundation year offers an alternative entry route for students who do not have the required grades to progress to one of these degrees.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In your first year you will share modules with the other law degrees before taking more specialised options in your second year. You will study topics such as legal ethics and research skills and courtroom procedures. Year 2 From your second year you can continue along a broad law degree route or specialise and graduate with a degree in Law with Business or Law with Criminology. Optional placement year A placement year gives you the chance to apply your learning to real-life situations, meet and network with potential employers, and gain experience before you graduate. You will also complete a project for the business you are working at which will contribute to your degree. Recent placements include The Home Office, House of Lords and Acumen Business Law. 120

® Professionally recognised

Final year In your final year you will study core modules and tailor your course to the subjects you are most interested in through option modules. There’s also the opportunity to put your learning into practice through the CLOCK Time for Justice scheme and also by working in our Pro Bono Legal Clinic providing supervised legal advice to people in the local community.

Preparing for your career

During your degree you will develop communication, problem-solving and research skills that you can use in many careers from law to banking, insurance and the Civil Service. We have strong links with the local legal profession can help you find vacation placements with solicitors’ firms, mini pupillages with barristers’ chambers and internships with other institutions. Taking part in extracurricular activities such as industry-sponsored negotiation, mooting and client interviewing competitions also adds to your experience. Recent law graduates have joined companies in roles with Nationwide, Financial Ombudsman Service and BlueBay Asset Management.

You can choose to follow the Law route or focus on a particular area and graduate with one of these degree awards.

SUBJECT AREA Law UCAS CODE M100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120–96 points A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in accounting and finance, business, law or management required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

LAW WITH CRIMINOLOGY LLB(Hons) UCAS code M6L1

You will study the principles of law and specialist topics including crime theory and the criminal justice system. From your second year you will study topics such as crime control, cross-cultural criminology, family law and commercial law. This specialist route prepares you for a career as a solicitor or barrister but also many others such as probation, policing, the prison service, youth work, voluntary organisations and government.

LAW WITH BUSINESS LLB(Hons) UCAS code M1NC

You will develop a detailed understanding of how businesses operate within and comply with the law, and gain a solid foundation for a career in the legal profession or many roles in industry. You will explore topics such as business planning, business development and human resources. You will also be able to choose options such as commercial law, employment law, digital marketing and entrepreneurship.

This specialism will provide you with expertise in legal and business issues that you can apply to commerce, marketing, human resources and business start-ups.

LAW WITH INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR LLB(Hons) UCAS code M15F

Our foundation year course offers a year of integrated study at foundation level, offers an alternative entry route if you do not hold the required A-levels or equivalent qualifications, are changing career or returning to study. You’ll develop the knowledge and skills needed to progress to one of our law degrees. As well as gaining academic knowledge of the principles of law and business, you’ll explore the fundamentals of applied numeracy and data handling, life skills, wellbeing and responsible enterprise, and how to prepare yourself for studying your honours degree at Brighton. As we prepare the prospectus, this new foundation course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most up-to-date information.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 121

BUSINESS, FINANCE AND ECONOMICS Brighton Business School graduates make an impact. Our professionally accredited courses are practice led and research informed, enabling students to develop the skills needed to become responsible leaders in industry. Choose your specialism Our Business Management degrees enable students to either follow a broad business curriculum throughout their degree or specialise in business management with marketing, economics, finance or human resources. Professional accreditation Our courses are individually accredited by a number of professional bodies, including the Chartered Management Institute and the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. Accreditations provide students with career and networking opportunities. You could also graduate with more than one qualification – a BSc(Hons) and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership – if you complete one of our Business Management degrees.

Take a salaried placement year Students have the opportunity to take a year’s paid work placement in industry and come back to their final year with confidence, experience and contacts. The Business School Placements and Employability team support you through the process of finding, applying for and completing your work placement. Our students have worked with leading companies including American Express, Barclays, Bosch, Goldman Sachs, IBM, Metropolitan Police, Nike, Porsche and Virgin Holidays. Visiting speakers Industry experts regularly visit and share their experience and knowledge. Recent visitors include the Department of Trade and Industry, Innovation Manager at global cosmetics giants Natura, and speakers and panelists from the Institute of Directors. Field trips Bring your subject to life by taking part in field trips and joining societies like the Marketing, and the Investment and Trading, groups. Visits to the City and other universities, such as LSE, are a great way to practice and develop skills, build networks and make friends.

122

Employer involvement Employers work with us across all our degree courses to ensure we’re helping you to develop the skills they’re looking for. Businesses and accrediting bodies also get involved through guest lectures, placements opportunities and live project briefs. Sponsored prizes Twice a year our business partners and accrediting bodies sponsor award events recognising students who have excelled in their studies. Prizes include work experience and training courses.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

Brighton Business School is moving to an amazing new building on a transformed campus. From September 2021 there’ll be new teaching spaces, halls of residence, a students’ union events space and bar, gym and fitness facilities, exhibition spaces, a greener landscape and cafes and shops. For more see pages 06–07.

Snapshot

03. Final year Business Management students met with local Green MP Caroline Lucas as part of their research into social finance and the opportunities to improve service models in areas such as homelessness.

04. A trip to Shoreham Port in year 3 module Supply Chain Management for students.

Sam Edwards, Business Management BSc(Hons) student

While on my placement at HBO in a sales management role, I played a part in managing the international business accounts with Apple, Amazon, Google, Microsoft, Sony and many other retailers. It was great to be able to add value to the business by submitting promotions that are featured on the retailers’ online stores, which allowed me to be responsible for a significant amount of added revenue. Being part of an experienced global sales team in such a well-known brand has been highly motivating and rewarding.”

01. We are one of a handful of universities in the UK to have a trading room that simulates a real trading environment. 02. From September 2021, the Business School will be based in our new academic building, part of the transformation of the Moulsecoomb campus in Brighton.

05. Students on Business Management BSc(Hons) found that taking a salaried placement year at Bosch Home & Garden helped them return to their final year of study with more focus and knowledge of the application of their studies.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ bbsblog, including links to the school’s social media feeds.

123

ACCOUNTING, FINANCE AND ECONOMICS Integrated foundation year BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Our integrated foundation year course offers a year of study at foundation level, offering an alternative entry route for your chosen course if you do not hold the required A-levels or equivalent qualifications, are changing career or returning to study. A foundation year will prepare you to develop the academic skills and knowledge needed to help you succeed at university. As well as gaining academic knowledge of the principles of accounting, finance and economics, you’ll explore the fundamentals of applied numeracy and data handling, life skills, wellbeing and responsible enterprise.

What you’ll learn

You’ll complete four modules in the foundation year, and explore accounting, finance and economics concepts and theories in a business context. You’ll master the transferable skills needed for study at degree level, and explore the relationship between theory and practice and how this relates to responsible enterprise. The wellbeing and study success module will help you to manage yourself as a university student, setting you up to achieve your full potential. You’ll also develop the skills needed to research and apply economic, financial and accounting specific solutions to problems involving responsible enterprise. Learning will be through a mixture group teaching in workshops and seminars, private study and course work. You’ll be supported throughout by your personal tutor.

Preparing for your career

124

WHY US

® Flexibility to progress to different degree subjects ® Guaranteed progression to your degree on successful completion ® Become better prepared to study your degree

• Accounting and Finance BSc(Hons), page 125 • Economics BSc(Hons), page 126 • Finance and Investment BSc(Hons) • Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons), page 130 • Business Management with Finance BSc(Hons), page 130 • Business Management with Finance and Placement Year BSc(Hons), page 132 • Business Management with Economics and Placement Year BSc(Hons), page 132 Many of our graduates go on to complete professional exams with the major accountancy bodies and, in time, to be chartered accountants. Others pursue careers as bankers, corporate treasurers, financial advisers, traders, investment analysts and stockbrokers. Our courses also open up career options in non-financial organisations that rely on experts in accounting and finance. The skills learned on your degree can be used to move into roles such as general management, banking and insurance, where financial expertise will give you an advantage.

SUBJECT AREA Accounting, finance and economics UCAS CODE N42Y DURATION Full-time 4 or 5 years One year foundation plus three-year honours degree, or four-year honours degree with a placement ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 72 UCAS tariff points. Level 3 Key Skills and General Studies will count towards the tariff. A-levels DDD BTEC Extended Diploma MMP/DM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Additional requirements We will consider applicants who have completed an Access course or other type of level 3 qualification on an individual basis; relevant experience may also be taken into account. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

As we prepare the prospectus, this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most up-to-date information.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, and news and blogs, with more about the course team and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

ACCA Gold Learning Partner status and excellent links with local firms make the University of Brighton the place to launch your career in accountancy and finance. Taken over three years, or four with a placement, this course is accredited by five professional accountancy bodies and prepares you for roles across the financial sector. You will study economics, business law and ethics to gain an understanding of the legal, corporate and social contexts in which accounting and finance operate, and develop skills in recording and summarising financial transactions. The four-year route offers the opportunity to take a salaried placement year with prestigious firms. The University of Brighton is an ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants) Gold Learning Partner. This means we are recognised as providing high quality standards of tuition and excellent student support.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In your first year, you will be introduced to the various aspects of finance and accounting. Year 2 In your second year you will build your knowledge with more advanced modules and gain key skills for a career in accountancy and finance. Optional placement year The paid work placement year gives you the chance to apply your learning to real-life situations, meet and network with potential employers, and gain experience before you graduate – something that employers value highly. Our students have completed placements with organisations including Bank of America, Ernst & Young and HM Revenue and Customs.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Accounting, finance and economics UCAS CODE N420 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years

® Certified ACCA Gold Learning Partner status ® Option to take work placements with highprofile firms

Final year In your final year you can choose optional modules that reflect your interests such as international finance, taxation and auditing, and learn practical skills such as financial reporting. Depending on your module choices, you may be exempt from the accrediting bodies’ exams.

Preparing for your career

Throughout the course you’ll learn numeracy, communication, data handling, problemsolving skills and how to apply them to business situations. You will also gain practical skills such as project management and budgeting. We run specialist recruitment and employability events within the business school to help you prepare for the world of work. Our graduates have gone on to work in investment and commercial banks, building societies, brokerage firms, and in the financial or treasury departments of large companies. Recent graduates have joined companies such as American Express, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Experian.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120–96 points A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in accounting, finance, business or management required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 124. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 125

ECONOMICS BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

The 2008 financial crisis had a seismic effect not just on the global economy but also on the study of economics. Our Economics BSc(Hons) takes a contemporary approach, combining traditional and post-2008 theory to analyse real-world issues. You’ll develop the professional skills that employers are looking for and graduate with analytical and quantitative skills to analyse and solve complex economic problems. Along with core modules in microeconomics, macroeconomics and quantitative methods, you will have the opportunity to choose from a wide selection of option modules and explore specific branches of economic study, including behavioural economics, game theory, globalisation and applied econometrics. You can also choose to complement your study of economics by taking modules in complementary subject areas such as finance, business management, digital marketing and law.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In your first year you will gain a solid foundation in economics and quantitative techniques and study core business modules. Year 2 In your second year you will develop your understanding of core analytical methods in economics and how to effectively apply them. You can also choose from option modules to tailor your course to your interests and career aspirations. Optional placement year The paid work placement year gives you the chance to apply your learning to real-life situations, meet and network with potential employers, and gain experience before you graduate. Our students have completed placements at Credit Suisse, Dow Jones and The Bank of England. Final year In your final year you’ll choose what interests you from optional economics and businessrelated modules such as behavioural economics, globalisation, human rights and corporate strategy. 126

WHY US

® Fresh perspectives on global economics post-2008 ® Option to take work placements with highprofile institutions ® Excellent career prospects in economics and finance

SUBJECT AREA Accounting, finance and economics UCAS CODE L100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

Throughout the course you’ll learn numeracy, communication, data handling, problemsolving skills and how to apply them to business situations. You will also gain practical skills such as project management and budgeting. We run specialist recruitment and employability events within the business school to help you prepare for the world of work. With an economics degree you can pursue a career in economic policy, insurance and risk management, business development and many other roles.

UCAS tariff 120–96 points A-levels BBB–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business, management or humanities required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 124. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

FINANCE AND INVESTMENT BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Experience the intensity of a career in finance and investment in our real-time trading room on this professionally accredited course. You will develop specialist skills for a career in the financial sector, enabling you to apply economic and financial principles to business situations in the UK and international economies. You will study investment management, business ethics and corporate governance and learn how to apply your knowledge with sustainable and ethical rigor. Our real-time trading room recreates the pressure of a trading floor with upto-the-minute market data. You’ll learn how to analyse financial markets, assess economic scenarios and interpret the key news developments that impact the global economy.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

UCAS CODE N390

® Option to take a placement year at prestigious firms ® Real-time trading room, supervised by experienced traders

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points

Our students have completed placements with organisations such as Goldman Sachs FTSE Group, American Express and Credit Suisse.

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM

Final year In your final year you will study advanced core modules in financial management and risk, and choose option modules including econometrics and taxation.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in accounting, finance, business or management required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

Preparing for your career

The course is accredited by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) and, depending on your module choices, you can also have exemptions from a number of their professional papers.

Depending on your module choices, you may be exempt from the accrediting body’ exams.

Year 1 In your first year you will be introduced to the core disciplines of economics, finance and accounting.

We run specialist recruitment and employability events within the business school to help you prepare for the world of work.

Year 2 In your second year you will begin to specialise in your studies, developing your financial modelling and trading skills. You will also build practical skills such as research techniques.

Our graduates have gone on to work in investment and commercial banks, building societies, brokerage firms, and in the financial or treasury departments of large companies. Recent graduates are working for Amazon. com, Investec Wealth and Investment, and Jupiter Fund Management.

Optional placement year The paid work placement year gives you the chance to apply your learning to real-life situations, meet and network with potential employers, and gain experience before you graduate.

DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years

A-levels BBC–CCC

There is an optional salaried work placement year where you can gain valuable experience and make professional contacts for your future career.

What you’ll learn

SUBJECT AREA Accounting, finance and economics

IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 124. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 127

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Integrated foundation year BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our integrated foundation year course offers a year of integrated study at foundation level, offering an alternative entry route for your chosen course if you do not hold the required A-levels or equivalent qualifications, are changing career or returning to study. You’ll be able to develop the knowledge and skills needed to progress to one of our business management degrees. As well as gaining academic knowledge of the principles of business management, you’ll explore the fundamentals of applied numeracy and data handling, life skills, wellbeing and responsible enterprise.

What you’ll learn

You’ll complete four modules in the foundation year. You’ll master the transferable skills needed for study at degree level and explore the relationship between theory and practice, and how this relates to responsible enterprise. The wellbeing and study success module will help you to manage yourself as a university student, setting you up to achieve your full potential. You’ll also develop the skills needed to research and apply economic, financial and accounting specific solutions to problems involving responsible enterprise. Learning will be through a mixture of small group teaching in workshops and seminars, private study and course work. You’ll be supported throughout by your personal tutor.

Preparing for your career

128

WHY US

® Flexibility to progress to different degree subjects ® Guaranteed progression to your degree on successful completion ® Become better prepared to study your degree

• Business Management / Business Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons), page 130 • Business Management with Economics / Business Management with Economics and Placement Year BSc(Hons), page 130 • Business Management with Finance / Business Management with Finance and Placement Year BSc(Hons), page 130 • Business Management with Human Resource Management / Business Management with Human Resource Management and Placement Year BSc(Hons), page 130 • Business Management with Marketing / Business Management with Marketing and Placement Year BSc(Hons), page 130 • International Event Management BSc(Hons), page 139 • International Event Management with Marketing BSc(Hons), page 140 • International Business Management BSc(Hons), page 135 • International Tourism Management BSc(Hons), page 141 • International Tourism Management with Marketing BSc(Hons), page 142 • Marketing Management / Marketing Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons), page 138 Opportunities to tailor your learning on the degree course provide preparation for roles in general management and specialist careers; for example, marketing, human resource management, and recruitment as well as roles in accountancy, risk management, consultancy and the civil service.

SUBJECT AREA Business management UCAS CODE N21Y DURATION Full-time 4 or 5 years One year foundation plus three-year honours degree, or four-year honours degree with a placement ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 72 UCAS tariff points. Level 3 Key Skills and General Studies will count towards the tariff. A-levels DDD BTEC Extended Diploma MMP/DM IB 24 points. Additional requirements We will consider applicants who have completed an Access course or other type of level 3 qualification on an individual basis; relevant experience may also be taken into account. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 As we prepare the prospectus, this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most upto-date information.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

What I’ve found Iftekhar is studying business and marketing at our Brighton: Moulsecoomb campus

You’re in control of your learning

I feel as though I am more in control of my education than I was in college, not only because of the course that I chose but how I manage my time too. Outside lessons there’s lots of material that you can use to keep up and it’s a huge benefit to have that access. And if you’ve got a different style of learning then there is some way that the university will be able to accommodate you.

You can play to your strengths In the Business School the first year is very general and so that gives you a fantastic opportunity to be able to get to know as many people as possible. Then it becomes more specific to the specialism that you select. I chose marketing, there are two modules dedicated to marketing in second year and three in my final year. The further you go, the more you focus on what you’re interested in, which gives you an incentive to really stick by the course.

It’s an inclusive place to learn In terms of inclusivity and diversity I’d definitely recommend Brighton. Everywhere you look you’ll see somebody from a different part of the world - it has an international flavour.

Societies are a great way to make friends

The experience of going to a society and being able to meet new people all whilst you’re doing your studies, that’s been the most transformative aspect for me. I’ve been part of the Asian Society and the Debate Society. I’m still friends with folks who I met in those societies.

I’ve gained transferrable skills I’ve got more of an understanding of how group work works because I hadn’t really had that experience of working with a group for a project in college, this was my first taste. It’s made me realise how practical my course is.

Working as a student ambassador has also given me new skills because you’re working with young people, you’re working at events doing tasks that you wouldn’t normally do. Those skills are easily transferrable and adds to my experience.

Employability skills are part of the course

The Business School hosts a lot of events in relation to employability and there are newsletters that go out and sessions available for you to improve your employability. So there’s lots of options out there. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

129

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons)

BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Professionally accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), our three-year Business Management BSc(Hons) enables you to develop the practical skills and business acumen you need to thrive in your chosen career. You’ll also have the opportunity to graduate with a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership. The course allows you to tailor your learning to your career interests, so you will graduate prepared for general management roles and specialist careers including human resources, marketing, accountancy, risk management and consultancy. You will also be ready for entrepreneurial roles or to set up your own business. You will develop a sound knowledge of the key business functions and how they work together. You will also study customer and market requirements, competition, sustainability, and economic, political and technological change. At the end of your first year you can choose to continue with a Business Management BSc(Hons), or to specialise. Individual specialisms are accredited by the CIM, the CMI or the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA).

What you’ll learn

Year 1 All our Business Management degrees share the same first year core modules. You will study topics such as economics, marketing, HR, organisational behaviour and finance. Year 2 From your second year you can continue along a broad business management degree route or choose to specialise in HR, finance, economics or marketing. Final year You will have the freedom to tailor your course to your interests through optional modules. These include entrepreneurship, financial markets, international business and corporate social responsibility.

130

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Tailor your degree with specialist option modules ® Graduate with a BSc(Hons) and the opportunity for a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership

Preparing for your career

You will develop skills in analysis, business communication, teamwork, and transferable skills in preparing briefs, plans and reports, presenting, budgeting and evaluation. You will also have placement opportunities and work on exciting live project briefs. We run specialist recruitment and employability events within the business school to help you prepare for the world of work. Recent graduates have gone on to work at companies including Deloitte, Nissan Motors and Unilever.

You can choose to follow the Business Management route or to focus on a particular area and graduate with one of these degree awards. 01. Group projects and live briefs help you to develop the skills that employers are looking for. Live briefs are designed to simulate the real working environment, with students finding and presenting solutions to a business problem or client request. 02. Our student-led marketing and PR consultancy, Bright Young Things, provides businesses with marketing services, whilst boosting the professional experience and employability skills of students.

SUBJECT AREA Business management UCAS CODE N103 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business or management required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. 02

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH ECONOMICS BSc(Hons)

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons)

Accredited by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), this specialism will take your foundation in business and management and enable you to learn economic techniques to analyse markets and evaluate business strategies. You will have the option to explore areas including financial markets, business ethics, game theory and behavioural economics.

You will address core business topics in addition to organisational behaviour, managing and developing people and crosscultural communication. Human resource management options include employee recruitment, leadership, employee relations and organisational change. This route is accredited by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH FINANCE BSc(Hons)

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING BSc(Hons)

Accredited by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) and the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), this specialism will take your foundation in business and management and develop your practical and personal skills to prepares you for a career in the financial and broader business sector. You can explore topics including taxation, financial management, financial markets, business ethics and game theory.

This route is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and the Chartered Management Institute (CMI). It provides an understanding of key business and marketing functions and an appreciation of consumer demands that drive business and marketing decisions. You can explore marketing topics including marketing communications, planning and strategy, market research, consumer psychology, and international and cross-cultural marketing.

UCAS code N1L1

UCAS code NN13

UCAS code NN16

UCAS code NN15

Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 128. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 131

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Choose our four-year Business Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons) degree and graduate with a year’s paid work experience in industry which will give you a competitive advantage in the job market.

WHY US

This professionally accredited degree provides a solid foundation in business and management and opportunities to tailor your learning. You will graduate prepared for roles in general management and specialist careers in human resources, marketing, accountancy, risk management and consultancy. You’ll also be ready for entrepreneurial roles or to set up your own business.

® Paid placement year in industry ® Graduate with a BSc(Hons), a year of work experience and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership

Core learning covers law, marketing, finance, people management, strategy, business operations and systems. You will develop a sound knowledge of key business functions and how they work together, as well as an appreciation of factors including sustainability, customer and market requirements, competition, and economic, political and technological change. At the end of your first year you have the option to continue with the broad Business Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons) route or to specialise. You have the opportunity to gain an additional qualification: the CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership.

What you’ll learn

Final year The final year focuses on strategy and management. You’ll have the freedom to tailor your course to your interests through option modules. These include entrepreneurship, financial markets, international business, law and corporate social responsibility.

Preparing for your career

You will develop skills in analysis, business communication, teamwork and transferable skills in preparing briefs, plans and reports, presenting, budgeting and evaluation. You’ll have the chance to work on exciting live project briefs and present your ideas to employers. We run specialist recruitment and employability events within the business school to help you prepare for the world of work.

Year 1 First year core modules give you a broad understanding of business principles and explore economics, marketing, HR, organisational behaviour and finance.

Recent graduates have joined companies including Tesco, Walt Disney Company and Utmost Healthcare.

Year 2 From your second year you can continue along a broad business management degree route or specialise in HR, finance, economics or marketing.

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, and news and blogs, with more about the course team and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Placement year On your salaried placement year you will apply your learning to real-life situations, network with potential employers, and gain experience before you graduate – something that employers value. Previous placement companies include BOSCH, the Metropolitan Police and HBO.

132

® Professional accreditation

LOOK ONLINE

You can choose to follow the Business Management with a placement year route or to focus on a particular area and graduate with one of these degree awards. 01. Kieron Scott, Business Management with Placement Year student, on placement with The Body Shop. Placements are a great way for students to use newly learned skills, develop new ones and gain valuable work experience.

SUBJECT AREA Business management and marketing UCAS CODE N200 DURATION Full-time 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include business or management. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or above.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH ECONOMICS AND PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) UCAS code NL11

Accredited by Chartered Management Institute (CMI), this specialism provides a foundation in business and management and enables you to use economic techniques to analyse markets and evaluate business strategies. You will have the option to explore areas including financial markets, business ethics, game theory and behavioural economics.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH FINANCE AND PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) UCAS code N2N3

Accredited by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) and the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), this specialism provides a foundation in business and management, develops your practical and personal skills and prepares you for careers in the financial and broader business sector. You can explore topics including taxation, financial management, financial markets, business ethics and game theory.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) UCAS code N1NP

You will address core business topics in addition to organisational behaviour, managing and developing people and cross-cultural working. Human resource management options include employee recruitment, leadership, employee relations and organisational change. This route is accredited by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING AND PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) UCAS code N2N5

This route is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and the Chartered Management Institute (CMI). It, and provides an understanding of key business and marketing functions and an appreciation of the influences that drive business and marketing decisions. You can explore marketing topics including marketing communications, planning and strategy, market research, consumer psychology and international and cross-cultural marketing.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 133

ENTREPRENEURSHIP (TEAM ENTERPRISE AND INNOVATION) BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB If you have ever wanted to strike out and set up your own business then this groundbreaking course will show you how to do it. On the Entrepreneurship (Team Enterprise and Innovation) BSc(Hons) you’ll start up and run your own business right from the first semester and learn through actually doing business. Inspired by the Finnish Team Academy approach this non-lecture-based course is suited to those who want an alternative to a traditional degree and are looking to develop and practice entrepreneurial skills. You will work in your own office environment in the brand new Brighton Business School academic building which is set to open for 2021 entry. Based in the UKs number one entrepreneurial city in the UK the University of Brighton is the only University in the South East of the UK to offer this course. In your first few weeks you’ll form your team business with other students and work on real projects with the potential to generate income whilst learning. Based around four themes of learning you will learn to develop your personal skills, your business skills, your team skills and skills for successful innovation.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In your first year, you will come together in teams to research and set up your venture. You will learn the importance of working together as a team and how to become an effective team member. You’ll investigate the key elements that make a business and create your company strategy and implementation plan and look at how to build innovation into your thinking. Year 2 In your second year you will have the opportunity to experience different roles within the team and learn how to build on strengths for essential team effectiveness to enable the success of your venture. You will learn about your personal development and resilience and the importance of stakeholder management. You will have identified opportunities for entrepreneurial initiatives and how to apply appropriate innovation techniques.

134

WHY US

® Become an active entrepreneur whilst developing skills and putting them into practice ® Build an enviable network of industry contacts to help grow your enterprise ® Brighton & Hove ranked as the most entrepreneurial city in the UK

Final year Your team will be working towards profitability for your venture and you will assess your progress and learn ways to grow a responsible business. You explore leadership styles reflect on their effectiveness and impact. You will learn directly from industry professionals who will guide your learning helping you to identify opportunities for open or disruptive innovation and suggest ways in which you can innovate and grow your venture.

Preparing for your career

You will learn the entrepreneurial skills ready to launch your own business or to demonstrate your credibility as an employee within dynamic, changing organisations. You will have tested yourself in a real business environment and have gained invaluable personal knowledge and understanding to choose your own career direction.

SUBJECT AREA Business management UCAS CODE N1N4 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This is a new course and entry requirements may change as we complete the final stages of development. You can expect them to be in line with our other business courses with tariff points between 120–96. If you are able to demonstrate a capacity for entrepreneurial thinking and are business driven with a motivation to self-learn we will be able to consider you for this course even if you do not meet the entry requirements for this course. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

You may continue to run your team venture on a full-time basis further developing the skills and practices that you have learned during your degree.

As we prepare the prospectus this new course is in the final stages of development. Check online for the latest info. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Our four-year International Business Management BSc(Hons) will prepare you for the challenges of a global business environment, and give you the freedom to shape your studies to your interests and career aspirations. This course gives you the opportunity to develop a thorough understanding of business disciplines and boost your international experience and contacts. In an increasingly globalised economy, business graduates need the right skills to work across different cultures. This course will give you broad-ranging business expertise with an understanding of cultural differences.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In your first year you will develop a comprehensive understanding of course business and management subjects. You will study topics such as economics, marketing, HR, organisational behaviour and finance. Year 2 You will develop an international perspective to business management and tailor the course to your interests through option modules. Optional placement year The option of a year abroad in Europe, North America, Australia, Canada or Japan offers a fantastic opportunity to gain international contacts and the chance to undertake a work placement for part of the year. Final year During your final year, you will return to continue your business management studies with a strong strategic and international focus. You will also choose from option modules that interest you most.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Business management and marketing UCAS CODE N110

® Study or work abroad in Europe, Japan, North America or Australia ® Network internationally and gain crosscultural management skills

DURATION Full-time 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC

Preparing for your career

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business or management required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 128. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 135

MARKETING, EVENTS, TOURISM Studying marketing, events or tourism at Brighton opens doors to diverse and exciting opportunities. A cosmopolitan city, Brighton stages a host of events throughout the year – attracting tourists from around the world. Our students gain practical business and marketing skills together with realworld experience. Choose your specialism All of our courses offer the opportunity to tailor your degree and specialise in a subject that interests you most through option modules. Professional accreditation You could also graduate with more than one qualification. If you complete one of our marketing degrees you could also receive a diploma from the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM). Visiting speakers Guest speakers from industry regularly visit to share their knowledge. Recent speakers include Marketing Manager, L’Oreal Professional Products; Digital Marketing Manager, Brighton Gin; Chief Executive Officer, Global Futures and Foresight and Marketing Manager, Unilever.

136

Take a salaried placement year Work placements enable you to build invaluable experience and to test new skills and knowledge in the workplace. Placements are optional and can be short (two weeks), or a year long and taken after year 2 of your course. Employers tell us they appreciate the additional skills and professionalism that graduates with placement experience bring to their workplace. Field trips and visits You’ll have the chance to go behind the scenes on field trips such as Wimbledon, Thorpe Park or Gatwick Airport. Industry professionals share knowledge and insights and give you a glimpse into their working lives. Careers and employability Our dedicated employability hub supports your career aspirations throughout your course and beyond, offering support and advice to help you secure your dream job.

Our graduates go on to careers in all sectors: • Account Executive, ID Experiential • Advertising Account Executive, Independent News and Media • Brand Manager, Heinz • Cargo and Passenger Analyst, Virgin Atlantic Airways • Commercial Analyst, L’Oreal Paris • Director of Business Travel, Rocco Forte Hotels • Event Coordinator, Selfridges • Event Manager, United World Games • Head of Events, Paragon Sports Management

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

Snapshot

01 05

04. Chocolate wars is a branding exercise: come up with the next big thing in the chocolate world, work on your marketing strategy skills and attempt to replace the market leaders through innovative product development and positioning.

Nazare Asvedo Mendes, International Tourism Management BSc(Hons)

Tutors always make sure that lectures are easy to follow, interesting and engaging. Apart from the support students get in class, there is extra support available for students in tutorials (one-to-one or group tutorials). I like the fact that academic lectures are combined with field trips, as these help my studies to be more productive and effective.

05. Field trips for tourism students have included a behind the scenes experience at Gatwick Airport and a trip to the Gambia, working with Turtles SOS.

01. Lyvia Royd-Taylor, marketing management course leader, is a member of the Chartered Institute of Marketing and her research interests combine her qualifications in marketing and biomedical sciences focusing on the use of autonomous sensory meridian response in advertising. 02. Tourism students studying the growth of sports tourism and stadiums get to go behind the scenes at Wimbledon. 03. Guest speaker Aran Bates shares his experience on how to apply innovation in business situations to generate new opportunities and outcomes.

Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ bbsblog, including links to the schoolâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s social media feeds.

137

MARKETING MANAGEMENT / WITH PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB In the fast-changing world of work, marketing professionals are more important than ever to ensuring organisations and their brands succeed.

WHY US

The three-year Marketing Management BSc(Hons) will provide you with the skills and experience to become a marketing professional. You will leave us with the confidence to progress into a number of roles from product marketing to public relations.

® Work on live client projects and study specialist marketing modules ® Option to choose a placement year in industry

Your study will include specialisms such as branding, consumer psychology, market research and digital marketing. You will also consider the environmental and ethical elements of marketing practice.

Preparing for your career

You will develop skills in analysis, business communication, teamwork, and transferable skills in preparing briefs, plans and reports, presenting, budgeting and evaluation.

A-levels BBC–CCC

From your first year you will engage in live client project work, putting your skills and knowledge into practice as you develop innovative approaches marketing.

We run specialist recruitment and employability events within the Business School to help you prepare for the world of work.

IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

Both courses are accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM). Depending on which modules you choose you could graduate with a degree and a CIM Professional Diploma in Marketing.

Getting involved in our student-led consultancy, Bright Young Things, can give you valuable experience in marketing for local businesses.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In your first year you will develop your own brand, client management and team leadership skills which you can apply in live projects with local organisations. Year 2 The second year develops your skills in analytics, strategy and content generation, preparing you for your marketing career. Optional placement year The optional paid work placement year on the four-year degree gives you the chance to apply your learning to real-life situations, meet and network with potential employers, and gain experience before you graduate.

® Professional accreditation

After graduating you will be well qualified for roles such as marketing executive, public relations officer and social media executive.

SUBJECT AREA Marketing UCAS CODE 3 year course: N501 4 year course: N500 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business, management or humanities required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 128. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Placement companies include Bosch, Channel 4 and Disney. Final year During your final year you will complete a research project. You will also choose option modules allowing to tailor your course to your interests and career aspirations. Depending on your module choices, this can give you exemptions from CIM examinations. 138

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

INTERNATIONAL EVENT MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

A career in events is dynamic and exciting. Our Event Management degree will give you the knowledge, practical skills and experience you need to professionally manage events in many business sectors. You’ll benefit from industry guest speakers from companies such as Harley Davidson. You’ll also go on field trips including Warner Bros’. Harry Potter Studio Tour and to projects further afield in the Gambia. In your second year, you’ll have the opportunity to specialise in marketing by moving to our Event Management with Marketing BSc(Hons). As members of the Association for Events Management Education (AEME), we have a longstanding association in the events sector. Our staff have worked in corporate, cultural and sporting events, and are involved in applied sociological and industry-related research.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In year 1, you will study the dynamics and operational aspects of the event industry and the principles of business management. You will also deliver a small fundraising event. Year 2 In year 2, you will plan and deliver an event, study risk and crisis management and explore the many challenges that event managers face. You can also choose to specialise in marketing at this point. Optional placement year You can choose to work in the UK or abroad for 48 weeks. Your placement provides opportunities to apply your learning to reallife situations, and network with potential employers. Previous placements include Official Monetary and Financial Institutions, Forum, Below Zero Ice Bar and Eagle Rock Entertainment. Final year In your final year you will examine the growth of the international event industry and learn how to take a strategic approach to management.

WHY US

® Optional placement year working in events ® Field trips and industry guest speakers ® Option to specialise in marketing from year 2

Preparing for your career

Event management offers many career opportunities, from organising a small business conference to working on a major festivals. You’ll develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, and project and time management that will be valued wherever your career takes you. Our graduates have gone on to work in roles including The Sunday Times (Senior Event Manager), Westminster City Council (City Promotions, Events and Filming Officer) and CitiBank (Event Manager).

SUBJECT AREA Events UCAS CODE N820 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 128. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 139

INTERNATIONAL EVENT MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB A career in events is dynamic and exciting. Our Event Management degree will give you the knowledge, practical skills and experience you need to professionally manage events in many business sectors. You’ll benefit from industry guest speakers from companies such as Harley Davidson. You’ll also go on field trips including Warner Bros’. Harry Potter Studio Tour and to projects further afield in the Gambia. As members of the Association for Events Management Education (AEME), we have a longstanding association in the events sector. Our staff have worked in corporate, cultural and sporting events, and are involved in applied sociological and industry-related research.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In year 1, you will study the dynamics and operational aspects of the event industry and the principles of business management. You will also deliver a small fundraising event. Year 2 In year 2, you will plan and deliver an event, study marketing planning and strategy, and risk and crisis management. Optional placement year You can choose a placement in the UK or abroad for 48 weeks. You’ll have opportunities to apply your learning to real-life situations,, network with potential employers and gain experience before you graduate. Past placements include Eagle Rock Entertainment, Teenage Cancer Trust and Fabric Nightclub. Final year In your final year you will examine the growth of the international event industry and learn how to take a strategic approach to management. Optional modules focus on marketing.

WHY US

® Optional placement year in the UK or abroad ® Plan and run events during your course ® Field trips and industry guest speakers

Preparing for your career

Event management offers many career opportunities, from organising a small business conference to working on a major festivals.

SUBJECT AREA Events UCAS CODE N820 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC

You’ll develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, and project and time management that will be valued wherever your career takes you.

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM

Industry guest speakers cover topics such as destination management, marketing and tourism consultancy.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

Our graduates have gone on to work in roles including Selfridges (Event Co-ordinator), KPMG (Management Consultant) and Cabinet Office (Deputy Chief of Staff).

IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 140

INTERNATIONAL TOURISM MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Tourism is one of the world’s biggest industries. This course provides excellent professional training from an international perspective, giving you practical and transferable skills.

WHY US

® Regional and international field trips ® Placements and project work with high-profile tourism organisations ® Option to specialise in marketing from year 2

SUBJECT AREA Tourism UCAS CODE N840 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years

You will learn about the environmental, sociocultural and economic impacts of tourism in developed and developing destinations, and explore key issues surrounding global tourism.

Preparing for your career

Your learning will be enhanced by field trips such as airside at Gatwick Airport and trips to theme parks in the UK and overseas. There are visiting industry guest speakers and opportunities to work on live consultancy projects with local attractions.

Throughout the course you’ll have the chance to put what you learn into practice in placements and consultancy opportunities.

UCAS tariff 104–96 points

You’ll also develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, project and time management that will be valued wherever your career takes you.

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM

Our graduates are working for organisations including Virgin Atlantic, the Civil Aviation Authority and Kuoni Destinations.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

In your second year, you have the opportunity to specialise in marketing by moving to our International Tourism Management with Marketing BSc(Hons). We are a member of the Association of Tourism in Higher Education (ATHE) and an affiliate member of the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO).

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study topics including the impacts of tourism and resort and destination management. Year 2 You will learn how to apply management techniques and study theoretical debates of international tourism. You can also choose to specialise in marketing at this point. Optional placement year The optional placement year allows you to build sector experience and management skills, giving you a competitive edge in the graduate jobs market. Our students have worked with companies including the Civil Aviation Authority, Cosmos Holidays and British Airways.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BCC–CCC

IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

Final year In your final year you will study management theory and practice at a strategic level. GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 141

INTERNATIONAL TOURISM MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Tourism is one of the world’s biggest industries. This course provides excellent professional training from an international perspective, giving you practical and transferable skills. You will learn about the environmental, sociocultural and economic impacts of tourism in developed and developing destinations, and explore key issues surrounding global tourism. By specialising in marketing, you will learn how to assess the competitive marketing environment and apply key marketing principles to create your own marketing plan. Your learning will be enhanced by field trips such as airside at Gatwick Airport and trips to theme parks in the UK and overseas. There are visiting industry guest speakers and opportunities to work on live consultancy projects with local attractions.

WHY US

® Regional and international field trips ® Placements with high-profile tourism organisations ® Work on live consultancy briefs

Final year In your final year you will study management theory and practice at a strategic level. Option modules include Marketing Across Cultures and Marketing Communications.

Preparing for your career

Throughout the course you’ll have the chance to put what you learn into practice in placements and consultancy opportunities. You’ll also develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, project and time management that will be valued wherever your career takes you.

We are a member of the Association of Tourism in Higher Education (ATHE) and an affiliate member of the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO).

Our graduates are working for organisations including Virgin Atlantic, Civil Aviation Authority and Kuoni Destinations.

What you’ll learn

LOOK ONLINE

Year 1 You will study topics including the principles of marketing and resort and destination management. Year 2 You will learn how to apply management techniques and study theoretical debates of international tourism. You will also study operational, tactical and strategic approaches to marketing to develop your own marketing strategy. Optional placement year The optional placement year is an opportunity to gain first-hand sector experience and put into practice all you have learned in your first and second year.

SUBJECT AREA Tourism UCAS CODE NN85 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 128. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Our students have worked with companies including Tui, Disney and Universal Studios and Gatwick Airport. GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 142

What I got from my degree Katy studied marketing management at our Brighton: Moulsecoomb campus. She graduated in 2019

I graduated with two qualifications

My favourite thing about my course was the module in years 2 and 3 that was accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing; this meant that I graduated with a CIM professional qualification and a BSc. The content was really relevant and had a key focus on emerging technologies and artificial intelligence.

I learned from my community The university definitely enhanced my skills and knowledge but I think the biggest change is that I now think differently, in terms of my attitudes and opinions.

You meet other students from all walks of life and areas of the world, you are given the opportunity to experiment with your ideas and think freely. The teaching and support staff also helped shape my experience by offering their unique expertise and industry experience, it was really valuable to learn from people who had interesting stories to tell.

I developed relevant professional skills

Through my course I had the opportunity to work with the Bright Young Things programme â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a marketing agency run exclusively by business students at the university. As part of Bright Young Things I worked with a Brighton-based start-up business. We worked on a research project, mapping their customer base, and then we devised a marketing plan for how they could reach new segments of the market. Producing a portfolio at the end of the project helped me learn how to present and summarise performance objectives and targets. It was a great way to learn how to evaluate methods of working and visually present professional work.

I felt confident applying for jobs

This experience helped give me confidence when applying for jobs as it allowed me to develop my professional experience and approach whilst studying. I had the opportunity to test different approaches and techniques working with a live client. I was able to relate my experience of working as a marketing professional to job applications and use direct examples. And working with clients helped me understand a variety of sectors and industries. Since graduating, Iâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ve worked as a marketing and communications assistant for a UK-based charity and then returned to the university to take on a role in the marketing and communications team. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

143

COMPUTING AND MATHEMATICS Studying computing and mathematics with us is connected, collaborative and challenging. The city of Brighton & Hove is one of the UK’s leading centres for creative technology and our students benefit from our partnerships and collaboration with employers and our well-established professional networks, in the city and beyond. In-demand knowledge and skills Our students are equipped with the skills, knowledge and confidence to respond to the challenges and issues that face society today, and the ability to prepare for future developments. These include cyber security, mobile and cloud computing, big data and analytics, artificial intelligence and new applications for social media. Our maths courses include the opportunity to gain classroom experience helping to inspire a love of maths in the next generation. Apply your learning and build your employability Taking part in our game jams and monthly Codefest events, supported and sponsored by Brighton companies, enable students to use their programming, problem-solving and team-working skills. Companies such as Wish Studios, Hangar 13 Games, Unity Technologies, Studio Gobo, Electric Square and Brandwatch mentor and judge these events.

144

Our maths graduates speak at our Mathematics Futures conference each year. They share their experience and advice and help students explore the many different career opportunities open to them. Professional-standard facilities Computing students explore their subject with professional-standard facilities such as the usability lab with eye-tracking technology, a security lab including secure and dependable software systems, digitisation/VR lab, Oculus Rift, HTC Vive, 3D scanning and printing, a Reflectance Transformation Imaging acquisition dome and digital media and games studios. Mathematics students use sophisticated statistical software such as Maple, R and SAS. SAS Academy status We hold SAS Academy status, which gives our maths students the opportunity to meet SAS customers and their industry partners at careers fairs, to train in skills needed by a range of companies and organisations and to be prepared for SAS certification exams – giving them an edge in the employment market.

A centre for digital development With a digital economy worth £1bn a year, the city of Brighton & Hove offers opportunities for internships, placements and volunteering on our doorstep. Local meet ups and events such as Develop:Brighton and Brighton Digital Festival are great for networking and exchanging ideas. The university is the lead academic partner of the Digital Catapult Centre Brighton. Innovative projects developed by the centre include a national 5G testbed, backed by the university, to help small businesses across the UK develop new products and services that can benefit from 5G technologies. 5G is a significant upgrade on 4G mobile connectivity.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

If you’re studying on our Moulsecoomb campus, from September 2021 you’ll be learning in a transformed place. There’ll be all new teaching spaces, halls of residence, a students’ union events space and bar, gym and fitness facilities, exhibition spaces, a greener landscape and cafes and shops. For more see pages 06–07.

Snapshot 04

01 06

07 02

04. Software Engineering student Mark Blake won, £1300 grant to develop a project that provides support and guidance for autistic young people. 05. Digital Games Development students Jasmine, Brandon, Karol, Piotr and Caleb) won the Accessiblity Award at the UKie (UK Interactive Entertainment) Student GameJam 2018.

Rowan Spencer, Computer Science for Games BSc(Hons) and founder member of the Game Jam Society

My course has equipped me to start building a portfolio and with that and my degree I feel like I’ll be a strong candidate for applying for my first jobs in the industry.

01. The usability lab enables students and researchers to test their work using eye-tracking technology. 02. Our maths students learn in a supportive environment with an opendoor policy, high contact hours, peerassisted study sessions and personal tutors. 03. Computing students have access to our VR lab with HTC Vive and Oculus Rift VR systems.

06. The Paxton Scholarship, open to computing, maths, engineering and product design students, offers three scholarships worth £10,000 and a threemonth paid work placement at the local technology company. 07. Our computing and fashion students united to create a virtual reality catwalk experience. Via a VR headset, users could view a digital runway show during the Graduate Show at our City Campus and then at Graduate Fashion Week in London.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ computing and blogs. brighton.ac.uk/maths.

145

BUSINESS COMPUTING BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our Business Computing BSc takes an applied, professional approach and develops your technical skills in programming, database management, website design and e-commerce, to prepare you for your career. You will learn how to build and maintain software for business systems, manage the development process and evaluate how effective existing business system processes are. Using technical and programming skills you’ll construct systems that support business needs, however complex.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Well-established links with industry ® Option of a year’s paid experience in industry

What you’ll learn

Preparing for your career

The integrated group project enables you to draw your new skills together, and to work as a team with your peers. Optional placement year You have the option of a year’s paid placement after your second year. It can help you decide how you want to specialise in your final year, boosts your confidence and strengthens your CV.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC

Project work and placements help you plan and deliver projects on time and show potential employers what you are capable of. And industry professionals will deliver guest lectures, giving you the benefit of their insight and experience.

Year 2 You will build on the knowledge gained in year one and study areas such as web application development, information systems development, and secure systems analysis and design.

UCAS CODE G610 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years

Final year You’ll consolidate your learning by undertaking a major project and presenting it to potential employers. You’ll study data management and choose option modules such as digital marketing, usability evaluation, intellectual property law and project management.

Year 1 You will be introduced to databases, requirements and organisations, and cyber security. You will also study web development, user-centred development and programming.

SUBJECT AREA Computing

With a digital economy worth over £1bn a year, the city of Brighton & Hove offers opportunities for networking, internships and placements on your doorstep. You’ll work on exciting live client briefs and build a professional portfolio showcasing your skills and talent. You will present your individual final year project to professionals at the computing degree show. Our graduates are working at companies including Accenture, Pepsi, Intel, Capgemini UK and Hewlett-Packard.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and news and blogs, with more about the course team and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Our students have been on placement with organisations such as PepsiCo, Gatwick Airport, GlaxoSmithKline, Disney, BBC, Roche and 15below.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 146

What I’ve found Shamaila is studying computer science at the Brighton: Moulsecoomb campus

A degree is less rigid than A-levels

In uni I can decide how I want to study a subject and how much I want to study it, whereas A-levels required a lot of repetition and going over the same things.

You can learn by practicing

When I came to uni I didn’t know any formal coding at all, but computer science is one of those subjects where if you learn a concept you can then apply it. It’s about practice and making and learning through trial and error.  Even in lectures, it’s not just someone talking about something for an hour, you go through something, you try it, and if everyone’s got it we move on, if there’s problems then we fix the problems – it’s very practical.

You collaborate

I’m not very artsy, so when it comes to designing the way something looks I can turn to one of my uni mates who has more expertise in that and they can turn to me for something AI-related. You can borrow one another’s skills.

My lecturers are practitioners and researchers too

If they’re going out delivering pitches for an idea it’s very easy to go up to them and say: “Hey how did you do that? Can you guide me, I’m going to do that too!” My personal tutor does a lot of work to get more women into computer science – I find that inspirational. And my UX teacher is a consultant and on the board of directors for a music app with funding from Silicon Valley. That’s inspirational too, seeing how she’s gone about doing it remotely.

You can decide how you study

You get a lot of freedom here… they’re very understanding of the fact that people come in at different levels. For example, although I’d never coded before, I did so much maths at A-level that the maths modules are very straightforward for me. That gave me time to work on other things so I could bring them up to the same level.

Brighton’s a supportive place to study

I had some issues with a couple of modules last year and I’d say my tutor was very quick to have a discussion with me and act upon it. I get emails to see whether I’m having the same problems this year, and how university’s going in general. It’s really nice because it’s like, ahh, someone cares about me!

Employability is more than getting a relevant degree

I learned this through my internship, working on projects with other interns. While the Oxbridge students were very academic, I was used to speaking to clients and I was used to doing presentations – I had a lot of the soft skills that are important to organisations, so my view of employability has changed. When you’re studying a topic here, you see how it’s applied to the real world and how the soft skills you bring can increase your employability. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

147

BUSINESS COMPUTING WITH CYBER SECURITY BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Cyberattacks on governments, businesses and individuals are a worldwide concern, and exposure to this threat is likely to increase. Our Business Computing with Cyber Security degree will help you understand how to defend business computer operating systems, networks and data from cybercrime and become a cyber security professional. You’ll learn to build and maintain software for business systems and evaluate the effectiveness of existing business system processes. You’ll apply cyber security concepts to programming, database design, data management, web design and e-commerce. Project work and placements help you plan and deliver projects on time and show potential employers what you are capable of. Visiting professionals will share their expertise, giving you the benefit of their experience.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to databases, requirements and organisations, and systems security in your first year. You will also study web development, user-centred development and programming. Year 2 You will study areas such as web application development, secure systems analysis and design, security and dependability, project planning, and the law and cyber security. You’ll work on an integrated project in team. Optional placement year A placement year can help you decide how you want to specialise in your final year, boosts your confidence and strengthens your CV.

WHY US

® Well-established links with local and national industry ® Opportunity for a year’s professional placement ® Project work to develop practical skills

SUBJECT AREA Computing UCAS CODE G415 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Final year You’ll undertake a major project and study data management and information security management. You can also choose option modules to explore additional topics.

Preparing for your career

With a digital economy worth over £1bn a year, the city of Brighton & Hove offers opportunities for networking, internships and placements on your doorstep. Taking part in events, supported and sponsored by Brighton companies, will enable you to apply your programming, problem-solving and teamworking skills. You’ll work on exciting live client briefs and build a professional portfolio showcasing your skills and talent. You will present your individual final year project to potential employers at the computing degree show. Our graduates are working at companies including Hewlett-Packard, Intel and the Arcadia Group.

UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher Level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Our students have worked with organisations such as PepsiCo, Gatwick Airport, GlaxoSmithKline, Disney, BBC, Roche and local councils.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 148

COMPUTER SCIENCE FOR GAMES BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our Computer Science for Games BSc(Hons), created and updated in collaboration with industry leaders, will prepare you for a career in the multibillionpound games industry. You’ll study three core elements of computer games: the engine that drives the dynamics of the game, the application interface and the design of the user experience. Exploring topics from databases and programming to 3D graphics and animation, you’ll understand the software technologies that support the games development process. You’ll also gain skills in software development, data analysis and system modelling. Project work, game jams and placements put learning into practice and let you show potential employers what you are capable of. Our annual games conference is another way to meet people working in the industry.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll be introduced to computer science and software engineering, studying programming, databases, web development, humancomputer interaction, professional legal and ethical issues, and professional skills. You will also learn the principles and application of game design and 3D modelling. Year 2 You will explore topics including game engines and development frameworks, intelligent systems, web-based games and mobile application development, data structures and operating systems. And you’ll take part in a group project. Optional placement year A placement year can help you decide how you want to specialise, boosts your confidence and strengthens your CV. Our students have been on placement with organisations including Unity Technologies, Lighthouse Systems and Clarksons. Final year You will study topics such as computer graphics, 3D emerging games technologies and programming languages, concurrency and client-server computing. You will also work on a major project.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Computing UCAS CODE G455 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years

® Course developed in consultation with industry experts ® Training in technical and creative games development software

Preparing for your career

Taking part in events, supported and sponsored by Brighton companies will enable you to apply your programming, problem-solving and team-working skills. You’ll work on exciting live client briefs and build a professional portfolio showcasing your skills and talent. You will present your final year project to potential employers at the computing degree show. Our graduates are working at companies including Ash Gaming, Unity Technologies and Freestyle Gaming.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher Level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 149

COMPUTER SCIENCE BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited course is developed and delivered by industry experts. It is responsive to emerging technologies and provides the skills you need for a rewarding career in a rapidly changing sector. You’ll explore software development, software-hardware interface design, programming and artificial intelligence (AI), and learn the processes for making applications efficient, reliable and secure. Exciting project work and placements put learning into practice and show potential employers what you are capable of. You’ll be based in one of the most important cities in the UK for digital technology businesses with plenty of opportunities to network and exchange ideas. Professionals will come and share their expertise, giving you the benefit of their experience.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study topics that cover programming, web development, working practices in computing, computing technologies, artificial intelligence and cyber security. Year 2 You will explore software-hardware design in more depth. You’ll study topics including intelligent systems, object-oriented development and testing, operating systems and data structures. You’ll also take part in a group project. Optional placement year A placement year can help you decide how you want to specialise in your final year, boosts your confidence and strengthens your CV. Our students have been on placement with companies including Lighthouse Systems, IBM, AstraZeneca, Microsoft, EDF Energy and 15below.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Computing UCAS CODE G400 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years

® Well-established links with the local digital community, including Digital Catapult Centre Brighton ® Option of a year’s paid work experience

Preparing for your career

With a digital economy worth over £1bn a year, the city of Brighton & Hove offers opportunities for networking, internships and placements on your doorstep. Taking part in events, supported and sponsored by Brighton companies, will enable you to apply your programming, problem-solving and teamworking skills. You’ll work on exciting live client briefs and build a professional portfolio. You will present your final year project to potential employers at the computing degree show. Our graduates are working as software developers and real-time system designers in companies including IBM, Microsoft, BT and Gatwick Airport.

Final year You will consolidate what you have learnt in a major computing project and specialise in the subjects that interest you most by choosing option modules.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 150

COMPUTER SCIENCE WITH ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Artificial intelligence (AI) is helping tackle societal and global economic challenges, and brings convenience to daily life powering virtual assistance and smart home devices. Our applied degree will help you develop software systems based on AI advances. You’ll strengthen your understanding of software development and software-hardware interface design. This is combined with different approaches to AI, the basics of knowledge representation, and data mining. Project work and placements put learning into practice and will let you show potential employers what you are capable of. You’ll be based in one of the most important cities in the UK for digital technology businesses with plenty of opportunities to network and exchange ideas. Professionals will come and share their expertise, giving you the benefit of their experience.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 With an introduction to computer science, you will study topics that cover programming, web development, the computing industry, cyber security, computing technologies and an introduction to AI. Year 2 You will study algorithms and operating systems and areas such as intelligent systems, and object-oriented software architecture, design and implementation. You’ll also work on a team project. Optional placement year A placement can help you decide how you want to specialise in your final year, boosts your confidence and strengthens your CV.

WHY US

® Develop practical skills through project work ® The option of a year’s paid work experience ® Well-established links with a thriving digital community in Brighton

Final year You will study data mining and advanced artificial intelligence and specialise in subjects that interest you most. You will consolidate what you have learnt in a major computing project

Preparing for your career

With a digital economy worth over £1bn a year, the city of Brighton & Hove offers opportunities for networking, internships and placements on your doorstep. Taking part in events, supported and sponsored by Brighton companies, will enable you to apply your programming, problem-solving and teamworking skills. You’ll work on exciting live client briefs and build a professional portfolio showcasing your skills and talent. You will present your individual final year project to potential employers at the computing degree show. Our graduates are working at companies including Hewlett-Packard, Intel and the Arcadia Group.

SUBJECT AREA Computing UCAS CODE G416 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher Level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Our students have been on placement with companies including Lighthouse Systems, IBM, AstraZeneca, Ellen MacArthur Foundation, EDF Energy and 15below.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 151

COMPUTER SCIENCE WITH CYBER SECURITY BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB The UK cyber security market is regarded as the largest in Europe. The increasing threat of cyberattacks has led to greater spending on security in all sectors. Our applied course will prepare you for a career as a cyber security professional, a role highly valued by employers.

WHY US

® Build a professional portfolio and build skills through project work ® Well-established links with local digital community ® Opportunity for a year’s work placement

Final year You will complete a major cyber security project. You’ll also study information security management and secure networks, and choose option modules of interest.

Project work and work placements put learning into practice and let you show potential employers what you are capable of. Professionals will come and share their expertise, giving you the benefit of their experience.

Preparing for your career

Year 1 You will study topics that introduce cyber security and privacy, programming, web development, working practices in computing, computing technologies and artificial intelligence. Year 2 You will study software-hardware design and cover areas of computer science that include intelligent systems, object-oriented software design, operating systems and data structures. You will start to develop specialist cyber security knowledge. Optional placement year A placement year can help you decide how you want to specialise in your final year, boosts your confidence and strengthens your CV.

UCAS CODE I100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

You’ll design and develop secure digital systems that meet current and future needs, and you’ll explore software development, software-hardware interface design and artificial intelligence (AI).

What you’ll learn

SUBJECT AREA Computing

With a digital economy worth over £1bn a year, the city of Brighton & Hove offers opportunities for networking, internships and placements on your doorstep. Taking part in events, supported and sponsored by Brighton companies, will enable you to apply your programming, problem-solving and teamworking skills. You’ll work on exciting live client briefs and build a professional portfolio showcasing your skills and talent. You will present your final year project to potential employers at the computing degree show. Our graduates are working at companies including Hewlett-Packard, Intel and the Arcadia Group.

UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Our students have worked with organisations such as PepsiCo, Gatwick Airport, GlaxoSmithKline, Disney, BBC, Roche and local councils.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 152

What I’ve found Adam is studying maths with economics on our Brighton: Moulsecoomb campus

Brighton cares about their students but also the families behind them

My decision to come here was simple due to the level of care I was given on the open day when I visited. My course leader took the time to take my parents around on a personal tour of the university, something I hadn’t experienced at other universities.

I have been allowed to explore

I have focused on the concepts of mathematics and economics that interest me the most, allowing me to enjoy my studying more than I have before. I also liked the freedom that comes with not having to be in school from 9–3, Monday to Friday. It is a huge jump from A-levels to university, however if you’re 100% committed then it is definitely worth it.

I have developed greatly as a person

When I came to university I was young and naïve, living away from home for the first time, with no real direction of where I wanted to go in life. Living away from home has helped me grow up massively, even with simple things such as making sure I have food in the house. I feel that I now have proper life experience and know the direction I want to take in life.

The staff have been incredibly supportive

All of them have always been available whenever I have needed them, allowing me to do the best I can in all my studies. They had the time to assist whenever I needed extra help so even though some of the content proved challenging, the support of the lecturers has made it manageable.

A placement can help you decide what you want to do in the future

Before my placement I had no idea what I wanted to do for my future career, however I now have a clear sight of where I want to go. I would definitely recommend that students take up a placement if they get the opportunity to as it can really help in gaining experience that you wouldn’t get in a lecture theatre. Although the work isn’t going to be easy it is 100% worth it and can be very beneficial for your future if you give it everything. Also the social side of the placement is always good fun. The main thing I’ll take away from my placement is the fact that I have been offered a full-time job in the same department in Bourne Leisure. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

153

DIGITAL GAMES DEVELOPMENT BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Digital games are at the centre of a fastpaced, multi-billion pound industry, and our Digital Games Development BSc(Hons) gives you the skills you need to be a part of it. We work with game developers and industry experts to make sure our course continues to develop the skills that employers value. You’ll explore digital game theory, managing multimedia projects and developing design ideas, as well as programming complete digital games and delivering them to the marketplace. You’ll develop your own portfolio of single- and multiplayer games. Project work, game jams and placements let you show potential employers what you are capable of. And our annual games conference is another way to meet people working in the industry.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to computer science and software engineering, studying programming, databases, web development, human-computer interaction, professional legal and ethical issues, and professional skills. You will also learn the principles and application of game design and 3D modelling. Year 2 You will study topics such as web technologies, game and web app development, and 3D modelling and animation. Options enable you to explore embedded systems or mobile apps. Optional placement year A placement year can help you decide what how you want to specialise in your final year, boosts your confidence and strengthens your CV.

WHY US

® Develop a portfolio of single- and multi-player games ® Opportunity to gain a year’s paid work experience ® Work in teams with industry professionals

SUBJECT AREA Computing UCAS CODE GG46 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Final year You will undertake a major project. You will also study multiplayer games development, and options on topics including virtual reality systems, advanced 3D modelling and animation, and usability evaluation.

Preparing for your career

With a digital economy worth over £1bn a year, the city of Brighton & Hove offers opportunities for networking, internships and placements on your doorstep. Taking part in our events, supported and sponsored by Brighton companies, will enable you to apply your programming, problem-solving and team-working skills. You’ll work on exciting live client briefs and present your final year project to potential employers at the computing degree show. Our graduates are working at companies including Climax Computer Games Design, Ash Gaming, Unity Technologies and Freestyle Gaming.

Our students have been on placement with organisations including Unity Technologies, Glyndebourne, Ash Gaming and the BBC.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 154

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited course explores the latest technologies and gives you the skills to design and develop software applications for a range of platforms. We encourage a sustainable approach to engineering practice. You’ll create high quality software applications for complex organisations that are easy to maintain and use existing components. You’ll learn how to critically evaluate computer systems and applied technologies and provide solutions to system problems based on sound analysis and design.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Opportunity to gain a year’s paid professional experience ® Develop practical skills and build a portfolio of work

Final year The main focus is an individual project which you will present to industry contacts. You will also study project management, programming languages, concurrency and client-server computing. You can choose from option modules that reflect your interests.

What you’ll learn

Preparing for your career

Year 2 You will study topics such as object-oriented development and testing, data structure and large-scale data processing. You can choose from option modules that cover database management systems, embedded systems, web and mobile app development and functional programming. You will also take part in a group project.

Our graduates are working at companies including Hewlett-Packard, Intel and the Arcadia Group.

Optional placement year A placement year can help you decide how you want to specialise in your final year, boosts your confidence and strengthens your CV. Our students have been on placement with organisations including EDF Energy, AstraZeneca and the BBC.

UCAS CODE G600 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years

You’ll build a portfolio of software projects which will show employers your potential. Professionals come and share their expertise, giving you the benefit of their experience, and you have the option to go on a work placement. Year 1 You will be given a broad introduction to computer science and software engineering. You will study topics that cover programming, databases, web development, working practices in computing and artificial intelligence.

SUBJECT AREA Computing

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 155

MATHEMATICS WITH INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR BSc(Hons) with integrated foundation year BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Providing an extra year of integrated study at foundation level, this course gives you the support, knowledge and skills to explore mathematics if you don’t have the required A-level or equivalent qualifications, or if you want to change career or are returning to study. Developed in collaboration with industry, our accredited course blends theory and realworld practice so you gain knowledge and skills sought after by employers. You will learn how to understand technical maths and communicate it in a clear way, and develop strong presentation skills. You’ll apply mathematics and statistics in many contexts using Maple, MATLAB, SPSS, Lindo, R and SAS. Successful completion of the foundation year means that you can progress to the three-year Mathematics honours degree.

Accelerated foundation route

If you already have A-level maths but wish to brush up your skills before starting the honours degree – maybe you are returning to education after a break or didn’t get quite the grade you wanted – we offer an accelerated integrated foundation route.

What you’ll learn

Foundation year The foundation year gives you a solid mathematical grounding and essential knowledge and techniques, developing your appreciation of maths. You’ll study topics such as algebra, functions and calculus, mathematical modelling, and computational maths.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Blend of theory and real-world practice ® Gain knowledge and skills valued by employers

Preparing for your career

During your time with us you will gain knowledge and skills employers look for such as communicating complex information, presentation skills and problem solving. Our courses are underlined by close contact with industry. This helps us to ensure your learning reflects industry needs. Our annual Mathematics Futures conference provides networking opportunities with professionals and our graduates. Our graduates are working at companies including Legal and General, Kubrick Group, PwC and teaching in schools and universities. If you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the Mathematics BSc, you could progress to the third year of our Mathematics MMath or Mathematics for Data Science MMath, and study towards a masters-level qualification.

SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE G101 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 72 UCAS tariff points with maths and physics at A or AS-level otherwise 96 points. General Studies excluded. A-levels DDD with maths and physics. CCC without maths and physics. BTEC Extended Diploma MMM/MMP IB 24 points with two subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSE at grade 4 or C. Must include maths and a physical science. Mature students without these qualifications but with relevant industrial experience may be considered. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 156

MATHEMATICS BSc(Hons)/MMath BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Created in collaboration with industry experts, our accredited courses blend theory and real-world practice. You’ll develop in-demand analytical skills and learn to solve problems with logic and creativity, preparing you for a range of career choices. You’ll develop your understanding of technical maths and the ability to communicate complex ideas to non-specialists. Working with software including Maple, MATLAB, SPSS, Lindo, R and SAS will build your practical skills. You will apply mathematical techniques to real-world scenarios and data sets and can choose to put learning into practice on placement or in a school classroom. Our integrated MMath explores advanced areas of maths to masters level. You will learn with researchers to develop research skills through project work and explore more specialist subjects.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study areas including core mathematical principles and techniques, statistics, modelling and mechanics, and basic operational research. Year 2 You will deepen your knowledge of core mathematics and statistics, alongside numerical methods and analysis and algebra. You will also choose from topics including operational research, mathematical methods for statistical practice, and advanced mechanics. Optional placement year A placement is a great opportunity to put theory into practice, build your network of professional contacts and gain experience before you graduate. Our students have been on placement in organisations including Pfizer, Department of Energy and Climate Change, British Airways and IBM.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Explore and communicate technical maths ® Apply theory to real-world scenarios through projects and on placement ® Develop research skills on our integrated masters MMath

SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE BSc G100, MMath G103 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BSc 112–96 points MMath 128–112 points

Final year BSc/Year 3 MMath You’ll choose from optional modules in pure maths, applied maths, statistics and applications in fields such as financial maths, mathematics education, partial differential equations and artificial intelligence.

A-levels BSc BBC–CCC MMath ABB–BBC Must include maths.

Final year MMath You’ll undertake a project and choose from topics such as medical statistics, topology, logic and number systems, mathematical physics and machine learning.

IB BSc 26 points MMath 27 points Both to include three subjects at Higher Level including grade 6 in maths.

Preparing for your career

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM

During your time with us you will gain knowledge and skills employers look for such as communicating complex information, presentation skills and problem solving.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

Our annual Mathematics Futures conference provides networking opportunities with professionals and our graduates.

English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Our graduates are working for organisations including HSBC, the Office for National Statistics and Transport for London.

Fees and funding page 243

You can progress to year 3 of our integrated masters MMath if you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the BSc.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 157

MATHEMATICS WITH BUSINESS BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Integrating maths with a thorough grounding in business, our accredited course is created in collaboration with industry experts. It blends theory and real-world practice equipping you with the skills to effectively apply your knowledge to industry and commerce. Two-thirds of the course concentrates on developing your mathematical abilities, exploring mathematical concepts and their practical application. A third is taught by specialists from our Business School, focusing on business with elements of economics and finance. You will develop research, evaluation, strategy-planning, resource management, communication and presentation skills, and learn to solve business problems using logic and creativity. You will develop your understanding of technical maths and the ability to communicate complex ideas in a clear way to non-specialists. You will build your analytical and problemsolving abilities using software including Maple, MATLAB, SPSS, Lindo, R and SAS.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study areas including core mathematical principles and techniques, statistics, business economics, financial knowledge and skills for business. Year 2 You will deepen your knowledge of core maths and statistics and study international business analysis and information systems management. You will also choose additional topics such as numerical methods, analysis and algebra, operational research and mathematical methods for statistical practice.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Explore and communicate technical mathematics ® Optional paid placement year in industry

Final year You will choose from optional modules in pure mathematics, applied mathematics, statistics and applications in areas such as financial management, understanding employee relations, digital marketing and social enterprise.

Preparing for your career

You’ll develop soft skills such as teamwork, problem-solving and critical thinking, all of which are valuable in the workplace. Our annual Mathematics Futures conference provides networking opportunities with professionals and our graduates. Our graduates are working for organisations including Lloyds Bank, Sainsbury’s headquarters and British Airways.

SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE G1N1 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC. Must include maths. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths at grade 6. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Optional placement year A placement is a great opportunity to put theory into practice, build your network of professional contacts and gain experience before you graduate. Our students have been on placement in organisations including BMW, Roche and The Office for National Statistics.

158

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

MATHEMATICS WITH ECONOMICS BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Created in collaboration with industry our accredited course integrates maths with a thorough understanding of economics. Blending theory with real world practice you’ll study a combination of mathematics, statistics and economics, providing knowledge valued by employers. Two-thirds of the course develops your mathematical abilities and a third is taught by specialists from our Business School, focusing on the fundementals of economics, with elements of business and finance. You will develop your understanding of technical maths and the ability to communicate complex ideas in a clear way to non-specialists. You will build your analytical and problemsolving abilities using logic and creativity through working with Maple, MATLAB, SPSS, Lindo, R and SAS.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study areas including core mathematical principles and techniques, statistics, business economics, financial knowledge and skills for business. Year 2 You will deepen your knowledge of core mathematics and statistics, and study topics including international business analysis, and economic theory and its applications. You will also choose from areas such as numerical methods, analysis and algebra, operational research and mathematical models for statistical practice. Optional placement year A placement is a great opportunity to put theory into practice, build your network of professional contacts and gain experience before you graduate.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Explore and communicate technical mathematics ® Optional paid placement year

Final year You will choose from option modules in pure mathematics, applied mathematics, statistics and applications exploring areas such as financial and capital markets, globalisation and international markets, contemporary economic issues and political economy in Europe.

Preparing for your career

SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE G1L1 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC. Must include maths. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths at grade 6. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Our students have been on placement in organisations including IBM, British Airways and Pfizer.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 159

MATHEMATICS WITH FINANCE BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Mathematics is an essential tool in financial markets. Through a blend of theory and real-world practice our accredited course explores mathematical concepts and techniques used in the financial industry and how to apply them. Created in collaboration with industry, two-thirds of this course concentrates on developing your mathematical abilities, and a third is taught by specialists from our Business School focusing on finance with elements of economics and business. You will develop your knowledge of technical maths and the ability to communicate complex ideas to non-specialists. And you’ll learn to solve problems using logic and creativity working with Maple, MATLAB, SPSS, Lindo, R and SAS.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study areas including core mathematical principles and techniques, statistics, business economics, and financial knowledge and skills for business. Year 2 You will deepen your knowledge of core mathematics and statistics, study international business analysis and gain an understanding of finance theory and practice. You will also choose from topics such as numerical methods, analysis and algebra, mathematical methods for statistical practice and operational research. Optional placement year A placement is a great opportunity to put theory into practice, build your network of professional contacts and gain experience before you graduate.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Learn to communicate complex technical mathematics ® Optional paid placement year in industry

Final year You will choose from optional modules in pure mathematics, applied mathematics, statistics and applications in areas such as taxation, current issues in finance, corporate financial management, and international finance.

SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE G1N3 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC. Must include maths. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths at grade 6.

Preparing for your career

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

You’ll develop soft skills such as teamwork, problem-solving and critical thinking, all of which are valuable in the workplace.

Our courses are underlined by close contact with industry. This helps us to ensure your learning reflects industry needs.

Our graduates are working for organisations including Lloyds Bank, American Express and Alvarez & Marsal.

English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Our students have been on placement in organisations including HSBC, Ernst and Young and the Pensions Regulator.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 160

MATHEMATICS FOR DATA SCIENCE MMath BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

The volume of data collected and stored by organisations continues to grow, bringing opportunities and challenges to all sectors. Graduates who can organise and analyse large sets of structured and unstructured data are in high demand. Developed in consultation with industry, our integrated Mathematics for Data Science MMath explores advanced areas of mathematics to masters level, providing excellent preparation for doctoral study or your chosen career. Learning with active researchers, you will develop research skills through project work and explore specialist subjects such as data management, data mining, stochastic modelling and artificial intelligence. You will build your problem-solving skills using logic and creativity, through working with Maple, MATLAB, SPSS, Lindo, R and SAS. You will develop your understanding of technical maths and learn to communicate complex ideas to non-specialists. And you will apply mathematical techniques to realworld scenarios such as applying statistics to real data sets and the theory behind the applications.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will study areas including core mathematical principles and techniques, statistics, modelling and mechanics, and basic operational research. Year 2 You will deepen your knowledge of core mathematics and statistics alongside numerical methods, and analysis and algebra. You will also choose from topics such as advanced mechanics, mathematical methods for statistical practice and operational research. Optional placement year A placement is a great opportunity to put theory into practice, build your network of professional contacts and gain experience before you graduate. Recent placements include British Airways, Clarksons, IBM, Covance and Pfizer.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Emphasis on exploring and communicating technical maths ® Optional paid placement in industry ® Learn with active researchers and develop in-demand skills

Year 3 You will consolidate your learning and choose option modules in areas of interest. You can choose from topics such as statistical learning, machine learning, time series and forecasting, stochastic modelling and mathematics of finance. Final year You will undertake a project and explore further areas such as medical statistics, topology, data management, data mining and artificial intelligence.

Preparing for your career

You will gain knowledge and skills employers look for such as advanced research skills, communicating complex information, presentation skills and problem solving. Our courses are underlined by close contact with industry. This helps us to ensure your learning reflects industry needs.

SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE GG31 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 128–112 points A-levels ABB–BBC. Must include maths. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths at grade 6. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 of our integrated masters MMath if you achieve the required standard in year 2 of Mathematics BSc.

Our annual Mathematics Futures conference provides networking opportunities with professionals and our graduates.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 161

ENGINEERING Engineering at Brighton is hands-on, challenging and collaborative. Our students become creative problem-solvers and skilled engineers through exciting project work, innovative research and our well-established partnerships with employers. Close industry links Industry professionals are heavily involved in our engineering courses. They sit on our industrial advisery boards making sure our students are developing the knowledge and skills needed in the workplace. Guest lecturers from industry reinforce these links and offer a chance to network. Our close ties with local industry provide opportunities such as the Paxton Scholarship, a collaboration between the university and Paxton Access, a local company developing and manufacturing market-leading building access systems. Inspiring research Our research is contributing to a cleaner, greener, more sustainable future. Groundbreaking new engine technology based on our research, is opening the way to production of the CryoPower engine – the world’s first near zero-emission heavy duty combustion engine. Our researchers are making a positive social, environmental and economic impact by developing a tool that can assess and rapidly calculate the most energy efficient way to build and heat buildings at the concept and design stages. Students have opportunities to get involved with our research.

162

Paid placement Our courses offer a salaried professional placement year providing valuable work experience. We have placed students with organisations including Bosch, NATS, Ricardo and Rolls-Royce. Exciting project work Our students work on group projects, such as designing and building robots, with peers from across all disciplines of engineering. All our engineering students showcase their work to industry at the final year project exhibition. There are opportunities to get involved in exciting and challenging competitions such as Formula Student, the European education motorsport competition run by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Students design and build a prototype racing car which they will race against other student teams at Silverstone. Exploring sustainability solutions The Impact Factory is a chance for students to get involved in innovative projects attempting to identify and solve the complex challenges arising from the sustainability crisis. Bringing undergraduate and postgraduate students together with researchers, and using both social science and scientific methodologies, they’ll explore issues they may face in practice, and work through how, with imagination and innovation, these challenges can be solved.

Specialist facilities Students have access to facilities that include a wind tunnel, prototyping labs and workshops in our advanced engineering building, 3D printers, CNC machines and the Sir Harry Ricardo labs. The Simulation Suite is home to car and flight simulators that use virtual reality and motion platform technology. From foundation to masters level Our engineering foundation year provides the support, knowledge and skills needed to progress to an honours degree. Our integrated masters MEng route can prepare students for higher-level positions earlier in their career.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

Snapshot

04. Team PHP3 competed in the European Space Agency’s Fly Your Theses campaign and were chosen as one of two universities in Europe to test their experiment in zero gravity conditions. 05. Students get to present their final year project to potential employers.

Catherine, Aeronautical Engineering

The university tailors modules to what things will be like in the real world. I just finished a module on trying to come up with a system to extract and dispose of plastic waste in the ocean. We’ve looked at how engineers have overcome problems like that, we considered ‘is this benefiting marine life, how is it going to be powered, is that causing more problems’.

01. Formula Student team Brighton Racing Motors spent a year designing and building a racing car, culminating in racing it at Silverstone.

06. Developed at the university, the CryoPower engine offers near-zero emissions. In some cases it produces lower nitrogen oxide levels than the surrounding air and with potential to remove pollution in towns and cities.

02. Students testing a prototype vehicle in the wind tunnel. 03. The Simulation Suite includes flight and car simulators.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ engineering.

163

ENGINEERING INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR Foundation year BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB We offer an integrated year at foundation level for students requiring additional preparation to study engineering. This route opens up opportunities in engineering to students who do not hold the required scientific A-levels or equivalent qualifications, who are changing career, or returning to study. In recent years, many of our most successful and high-achieving BEng and MEng graduates began their studies with us on the foundation year. The foundation year gives you the support, knowledge and skills you need to progress. You will be required to successfully complete the foundation year before progressing to the degree course. We offer the following engineering integrated foundation year degree courses: • Aeronautical Engineering BEng(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code H415 • Automotive Engineering BEng(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code H331 • Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code H202 • Civil Engineering MEng with integrated foundation year, UCAS code H203 • Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code H606 • Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code H161 • Mechanical Engineering BEng(Hons) with integrated foundation year, UCAS code H301

What you’ll learn

Foundation year Subjects include core maths, core science, engineering maths, engineering science, and mechanics. You will also undertake a foundation year project.

WHY US

® Integrate with a range of BEng(Hons) and MEng courses ® Access to specialist laboratories and equipment ® Prepare for undergraduate or masters-level study in engineering

SUBJECT AREA Engineering UCAS CODE See codes in left column DURATION Full-time 1 year plus 3–4 years BEng(Hons) ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

In your career you need a combination of knowledge, skills, personal qualities and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree.  Our graduates are working in companies including Rolls-Royce, National Rail, Bosch, Airbus Defence, and Space, MottMacdonald and Ove Arup. Project work in groups with other engineering specialists develops your teamwork, project management, presentation, and communication skills, giving you hands-on experience that mirrors industry. • Build and fight your own robot for our annual combat robot competition. • Join our Formula Student team, Brighton Racing Motors, and help design and build a racing car to compete at Silverstone motor racing circuit with universities from all over Europe. You’ll also have opportunities to get involved in real industrial projects.

LOOK ONLINE

UCAS tariff 72 points with maths and physics at A or AS-level, otherwise 96 points. General Studies excluded. BTEC Extended Diploma MMP/DM IB 24 points with two subjects at Higher level. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to the grades you have achieved in examinations. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, professional accreditation, our links with industry, specialist facilities and news and blogs, with more about the course team and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 164

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING BEng(Hons)/MEng BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Our accredited courses will prepare you for a career as a skilled electrical engineer. We work with industry and our accrediting bodies to ensure you develop the knowledge and skills needed in the workplace. Learning with a course team of innovative researchers, you’ll explore the theory, design and application of electronic systems.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation*

® Close links with industry and optional placement year ® Blends theory and hands-on project work

Working with specialists from other engineering disciplines on challenging and rewarding projects, including the chance to join the Formula Student team, gives you experience that mirrors industry. Placements and guest lectures from industry provide valuable insight and networking opportunities.

Final year MEng You will undertake a business-focused topic and a major, industry-related team project with peers from across the engineering disciplines. You’ll also study engineering management, communications systems, and powertrain and transportation systems.

Our Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng offers an extra year of study at masters level. You’ll deepen your technical knowledge, and develop advanced research and leadership skills.

Preparing for your career

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to fundamental characteristics of power system components, electrical power generation and distribution systems. You will also explore topics such as embedded systems, analogue and digital electronics. You’ll work on group projects putting theory into practice. Year 2 You will learn programming to an advanced level and spend time in our specialist labs compiling, simulating and implementing your designs. Areas of study include control and applications, digital system design, analogue electronics and communications and engineering design. Optional placement year A placement year develops your specialist skills, and provides work experience and industry contacts. Our students have been on placement with companies such as Rolls-Royce, General Electric and National Rail. Final year BEng(Hons)/Year 3 MEng You will undertake an individual project from business plan through to completion. You’ll also study areas such as product design, and high voltage power, distribution and utilisation.

Collaborating on projects such as building your own robot, or helping to design and build a racing car to compete at Silverstone will give you hands-on experience that employers look for. You’ll build transferable skills such as teamwork, project management, and presentation skills. And you will showcase your final year project to potential employers at the degree show. Our graduates are working in companies including Southern Water, Network Rail, Paxton Access and Innogy.

LOOK ONLINE

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 164. *Professional accreditation is reviewed regularly by the accrediting body. A reaccreditation visit for these courses will take place in 2020.

SUBJECT AREA Electrical and electronic engineering UCAS CODE BEng H605, MEng H607 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BEng 112–96 points MEng 120–104 points A-levels BEng BBC–CCC MEng BBB–BCC Must include maths and a physical science. BTEC Extended Diploma BEng DMM–MMM MEng DDM–DMM IB BEng/MEng 26 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics. Foundation course Must include maths and a physical science. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and a physical science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 or 4 of our integrated masters MEng if you achieve the required standard in year 2 or 3 of the BEng.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 165

ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING BEng(Hons)/MEng BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Combining theory with practical experience, our accredited courses will prepare you for a career in digital, computing, and communications systems. We work with industry to ensure you develop the skills needed in the workplace. You’ll learn with a team of innovative researchers and explore areas including computer programming, data communications, microcontrollers, digital signal processing and microprocessor systems design. Working with other engineering specialists on projects, including the chance to join our Formula Student team, gives you an experience that mirrors industry. Placements and guest lectures from professionals provide valuable insight and networking opportunities.

® Professional accreditation*

® Close links with industry and optional paid placement year ® Blends theory and practical project work

Final year BEng(Hons)/Year 3 MEng Areas of study include digital signal processing, microprocessor systems design, product design, and communications. You will also undertake an individual project in an area that interests you most.

Our Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng offers an extra year of study at masters level. You’ll deepen your technical knowledge, and develop advanced research and leadership skills.

Final year MEng You will undertake a business-focused topic and a major, industry-related team project with peers from across the engineering disciplines. You’ll also study topics including communication systems and advanced computer systems architecture.

What you’ll learn

Preparing for your career

Year 1 You will be introduced to fundamental characteristics of power system components, electrical power generation and distribution systems. You will also explore topics such as embedded systems, analogue and digital electronics. You’ll work on group projects putting theory into practice. Year 2 You will study areas such as computer programming, radio and navigation systems, and programmable logs. You will learn programming to an advanced level and spend time compiling, simulating and implementing your designs. Optional placement year A placement year offers a great opportunity to develop existing skills and discover new ones, make contacts in industry and boost your confidence. Our students have been on placement with companies including Network Rail, RollsRoyce and Cummins Generator Technology.

166

WHY US

LOOK ONLINE

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, professional accreditation, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news, videos and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 164.

SUBJECT AREA Electrical and electronic engineering UCAS CODE BEng HG64, MEng HG6K DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BEng 112–96 points MEng 120–104 points A-levels BEng BBC–CCC MEng BBB–BCC Must include maths and a physical science. BTEC Extended Diploma BEng DMM–MMM MEng DDM–DMM IB BEng/MEng 26 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics. Foundation course Must include maths, computing and a physical science. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and a physical science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 or 4 of our integrated masters MEng if you achieve the required standard in year 2 or 3 of the BEng.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING BEng(Hons)/MEng BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited courses will prepare you for a career as a skilled, creative professional specialising in aeronautical engineering. We work with industry experts and our accrediting bodies to ensure that you develop the knowledge and skills needed in the workplace. Working with other engineering specialists on challenging and rewarding projects, and the chance to join our Formula Student team, gives you an experience that mirrors industry. You’ll learn with innovative researchers and develop your practical skills using our specialist facilities. Placements and guest lectures provide valuable professional insight and networking opportunities. The MEng offers an extra year of study at masters level. You’ll deepen your technical knowledge and develop advanced research and leadership skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore areas including energy systems, materials and manufacture, and engineering mathematics. You will also develop skills such as computer-aided design (CAD). You’ll put theory into practice working in teams on a design project. Year 2 You will be introduced to the principles of engineering designs and systems, and study topics including dynamics and control, materials engineering, aerospace fluid and thermal systems and manufacturing engineering. Optional placement year A placement year develops your specialist skills, and provides professional experience and industry contacts.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation*

SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE BEng H410, MEng H416

® Option of a year’s paid professional experience ® Well-established links with industry

DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Plus an individual project often supported by industry.

UCAS tariff BEng 112–96 points MEng 120–104 points

Final year MEng You will undertake a business-focused topic and a major, industry-related team project. Topics include advanced computational fluid dynamics, advanced avionics and engineering management.

A-levels BEng BBC–CCC MEng BBB–BCC Must include maths and a physical science.

Preparing for your career

Collaborating on projects such as building your own robot, or helping to design and build a racing car give you hands-on experience that employers look for. You’ll build transferable skills such as teamwork, project management and presentation, skills. And you will showcase your individual project to potential employers at the final year degree show. Our graduates are working in organisations such as Lockheed Martin, Marshall Aerospace and Airbus Defence and Space.

LOOK ONLINE

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, professional accreditation, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news, videos and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Our students have been on placement with companies such as Lockheed Martin, GE Aviation, NATS and Airbus Defence and Space.

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 164.

Final year BEng(Hons)/Year 3 MEng You’ll explore aircraft design and management, aerospace propulsion and avionics, flight dynamics and control, and advances and applications in fluid dynamics.

*Professional accreditation is reviewed regularly by the accrediting body. A reaccreditation visit for these courses will take place in 2020.

BTEC Extended Diploma BEng DMM–MMM MEng DDM–DMM IB BEng/MEng 26 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics. Foundation course with maths and physical sciences, with an average of at least 55%. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and a physical science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 or 4 of our integrated masters MEng if you achieve the required standard in year 2 or 3 of the BEng.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 167

AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING BEng(Hons)/MEng BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Explore automotive engineering with internationally renowned researchers and benefit from our well-established links with organisations at the forefront of engine technology innovation. Our accredited courses will prepare you for a career as a skilled engineer specialising in automotive engineering. We work with industry experts and our accrediting bodies to ensure that you develop the knowledge and skills needed in the workplace. Working with other engineering specialists on exciting projects, including the chance to join the Formula Student team, gives you an experience that mirrors industry. You’ll develop practical skills using our specialist facilities. Placements and guest lectures from industry experts provide professional insight and networking opportunities. The MEng offers an extra year of study at masters level to develop your technical, research and leadership skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore areas including energy systems, materials and manufacture, and engineering mathematics. You will also develop skills such as computer-aided design (CAD) and work in teams on a design project. Year 2 You will learn the principles of engineering design and systems and study topics including dynamics and control, materials engineering, thermofluids and manufacturing engineering. Optional placement year A placement year develops your specialist skills, and provides work experience and industry contacts. Our students have been on placement with companies such as BMW Mini, Cummins and Ricardo UK Ltd. Final year BEng(Hons)/Year 3 MEng Areas of study include vehicle design, automotive powertrain and sensor technology, control systems and advanced fluid dynamics. You will also undertake an individual project.

168

WHY US

® Professional accreditation*

SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE BEng H330, MEng H335

® Well-established links with industry and option of paid work experience ® International reputation for automotive engine research

Final year MEng You will undertake a business-focused topic and a major, industry-related team project. You’ll study topics such as engineering management, computational fluid dynamics, and powertrain and transportation systems.

Preparing for your career

Collaborating on projects such as building your own robot, or helping to design and build a racing car to compete at Silverstone will give you hands-on experience that employers look for. You’ll build transferable skills such as teamwork, project management, and presentation skills. And you will showcase your individual project to potential employers at the final year project exhibition. Our graduates are working in companies including Rolls-Royce, Ricardo UK Ltd, Jaguar Land Rover Ltd and MAHLE Powertrain Ltd.

LOOK ONLINE

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, professional accreditation, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news, videos and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BEng 112–96 points MEng 120–104 points A-levels BEng BBC–CCC MEng BBB–BCC Must include maths and a physical science. BTEC Extended Diploma BEng DMM–MMM MEng DDM–DMM IB BEng/MEng 26 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics. Foundation course with maths and physical sciences, with an average of at least 55%. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and physics required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 or 4 of our integrated masters MEng if you achieve the required standard in year 2 or 3 of the BEng.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BEng(Hons)/MEng BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited courses develop your mechanical engineering expertise and provide industrial and commercial insight. We work with industry experts and professional bodies to help you build skills and knowledge to prepare you for your career. You’ll learn with a course team who have an international reputation for research and take part in projects arising from and contributing to this research. Working with other engineering specialists on exciting projects including the chance to join our Formula Student team, gives you an experience that mirrors industry. Placements and guest lectures from industry experts provide valuable insight and networking opportunities. Our Mechanical Engineering MEng offers an extra year of study at masters level. You’ll deepen your technical knowledge, and develop advanced research and leadership skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore areas including energy systems, materials and manufacture, and engineering mathematics. You will also develop skills such as computer-aided design (CAD) and work on a team design project. Year 2 Areas of study include dynamics and control, materials engineering, thermofluids, engineering design, engineering systems and manufacturing engineering. Optional placement year A placement year develops your specialist skills, and provides work experience and industry contacts. Our students have been on placement with companies such as Triumph, Caterpillar, RollsRoyce and Dando Drilling International. Final year BEng(Hons)/Year 3 MEng You will undertake an individual project and study dynamics and control, advances and applications in fluid dynamcis and product design. You can also choose an area of interest from option modules.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation*

SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE BEng H300, MEng H302

® Designed with input from industry and optional paid placement ® An international reputation for research

DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Final year MEng You will undertake a business-focused topic and a major industry related team project with peers from across the engineering disciplines. Areas of study include engineering management, advanced computational fluid dynamics for mechanical applications and advanced design.

Preparing for your career

Collaborating on projects such as building your own robot, or helping to design and build a racing car to compete at Silverstone will give you hands-on experience that employers look for. You’ll build transferable skills such as teamwork, project management, and presentation skills. And you will showcase your final year project to potential employers at the degree show. Our graduates are working in companies including National Rail, Bosch , Marshall Aerospace, Rolls-Royce and Ricardo UK Ltd.

LOOK ONLINE

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, professional accreditation, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news, videos and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

UCAS tariff BEng 112–96 points MEng 120–104 points A-levels BEng BBC–CCC MEng BBB–BCC Must include maths and a physical science. BTEC Extended Diploma BEng DMM–MMM MEng DDM–DMM IB BEng/MEng 26 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics. Foundation course must contain maths and a physical science, with an average of at least 55%. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and a physical science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 or 4 of our integrated masters MEng if you achieve the required standard in year 2 or 3 of the BEng.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 169

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION Our civil engineering and construction students are learning how to shape a more sustainable future. Students benefit from our close links with industry as well as teaching informed by research and access to our specialist facilities. Practical experience From the very start, students from related disciplines work together on projects and scenarios that reflect the working environment. Civil engineering students take part in a group project linked to the Engineering for People Design Challenge. Through this Engineering without Borders UK initiative students explore global issues, putting people at the centre of engineering design. Sustainability Our civil engineering students examine the sustainability of materials, sustainable design, and energy resources through projects, activities and real-life scenarios. Site visits to industry projects, such as the Adur Tidal Wall scheme to learn about flood defences, help bring this learning to life. A career headstart Civil engineering courses offer the opportunity to get the Construction Skills Certification Scheme (CSCS) card. CSCS is the leading skills certification scheme within the UK construction industry.

170

Close links with industry Industry professionals work with us to keep our courses up to date and relevant. Whether through an industrial liaison panel, visiting lecturers, site visits, collaborating on case studies or supporting mock interviews, they help to give our students a competitive edge and prepares them for employment.

Placement and study aboard opportunities The optional professional placement year is a great opportunity to consolidate learning and build experience and a network of professional contacts. Civil engineering students also have the option to study abroad with one of our partner universities.

Learning outside the classroom Field trips, site visits and teambuilding activities offer construction students real experience of managing and delivering construction projects.

Progress to masters level You can progress to year 3 of our MEng integrated masters programmes if you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the BEng.

Building Information Modelling Our students gain a professional advantage by learning Building Information Modelling (BIM). BIM is widely used in the UK construction industry to manage and deliver building construction projects from conception to completion.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

If you’re based at our Moulsecoomb campus, from September 2021 you’ll be learning in a transformed place. There’ll be all new teaching spaces, halls of residence, a students’ union events space and bar, gym and fitness facilities, exhibition spaces, a greener landscape and cafes and shops. For more see pages 06–07.

Snapshot

04. Second year Building Surveying students measure a building without drawings or data, then present their findings on computer-aided design software.

Jai Bray, Building Surveying BSc(Hons) graduate and building surveyor with MacConvilles Surveying

Lecturers with industry experience were hugely beneficial as they pulled from real life experience to give us practical examples. It isnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t all about textbooks, it is also about what you can absorb from the people around you.

01. Our Big Build project is transforming the Moulsecoomb campus, and providing loads of learning opportunities for construction and civil engineering students.

05. Civil engineering students visit Clays Lake flood prevention scheme site. This helps students understand how theoretical concepts are applied in practice, including how works are carried out to protect the local environment. 06. Project Management for Construction BSc(Hons) and MSc graduate, Damilola Ogunbiyi, has been appointed United Nations Special Representative for Sustainable Energy for All.

02. Our students gain skills and knowledge in BIM. 03. Civil engineering students benefit from specialist facilities that include laboratories for structural dynamics, geotechnics, thermal dynamics, and hydraulics and avionics including a geotechnical centrifuge, concrete, soils, hydraulics with flume and computercontrolled wave generation.

Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ construction.

171

CIVIL ENGINEERING BEng(Hons)/MEng BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited courses will develop the skills you need to become a highly skilled civil engineer with the capacity to manage the design, construction and maintenance of infrastructures. Fieldwork, site visits, and projects run with our industry partners bring learning to life. You’ll work with students in interdisciplinary project teams on industry-based scenarios such as design briefs and real case studies giving you a professional perspective. You’ll learn with staff who are active in researchers and consultants and visiting lecturers from industry who share their expertise with you. The option of a salaried placement year and the opportunity to learn Building Information Modelling (BIM) give you a professional advantage. There is also the opportunity to study abroad in your third year. Our Civil Engineering MEng offers an extra year of study at masters level. You’ll gain detailed scientific knowledge, and develop your leadership and advanced research skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore the fundamental elements of civil engineering studying topics such as land and construction surveying, structural and stress analysis, engineering geology and soil mechanics, and maths. You’ll also work on a group project linked to the Engineering for People Design Challenge. Year 2 You’ll study topics such as construction methods and technology, geotechnical engineering, hydraulics and computational mechanics. Group project work will include working on the design of a simplified structure. If you achieve the required standard in year 1 or 2 of the BEng, you may be able to progress to year 2 or 3 of the MEng. Optional placement year A placement year offers an excellent opportunity to gain work experience, build a professional network and develop your skills. Our students have been on placement in organisations including Mackley, Laing O’Rourke and Balfour Beatty. 172

WHY US

® Professional accreditation from the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) formed by

SUBJECT AREA Civil engineering UCAS CODE BEng H201, MEng H2K3 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years

® Strong links with employers providing work experience opportunities ® Projects run in collaboration with industry partners

Final year BEng(Hons)/Year 3 MEng You will study the design and dynamics of structures and work on a multidisciplinary group design project. And you’ll design, build and test a simple small-scale structure. BEng students will undertake their individual project. MEng students will also study advanced geotechnical engineering. You’ll choose option modules in your area of interest. MEng options include a module delivered by Mott MacDonald. Final year MEng You will embark on a major individual project and choose from a range of option modules such as bridge loads and analysis, random vibration of structures and rock mechanics.

Preparing for your career

You’ll gain practical skills in our specialist labs, benefit from regular fieldwork and site visits, and participate in mock interviews with industry partners. Our industrial liaison panel contributes to the content of the course and you’ll have opportunities to network with industry representatives. Our graduates are now working in organisations including Mott MacDonald, Halcrow and HR Wallingford.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BEng 120–104 points MEng 136–120 points A-levels BEng BBB–BCC MEng AAB–BBB A-levels must include maths, and preferably physics or chemistry. BTEC Extended Diploma BEng DDM–DMM MEng DDD BTEC should include at least an M in further maths. IB BEng 26 points, MEng 27 points. With three subjects at Higher level including maths at grade 5. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall in engineering or science diploma. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Maths level 3 units at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 Alternative routes We also offer an integrated foundation year, see page 164, and a degree apprenticeship, see page 239.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

CIVIL ENGINEERING WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT BEng(Hons)/MEng BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Learn to manage complex construction projects from design to completion informed by an understanding of the core principles of civil engineering.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation from the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) formed by

Fieldwork, site visits, and projects run with our industry partners give you hands-on experience. You’ll work with students in interdisciplinary project teams on industrybased scenarios such as design briefs and case studies.

® Strong links with employers providing work experience opportunities ® Projects run in collaboration with industry partners

You’ll learn with staff are active researchers and consultants and benefit from visiting industry experts who share their experience with you. The option of a salaried placement year and the opportunity to learn Building Information Modelling (BIM) give you a professional advantage. There is also the opportunity to study abroad in your third year.

Our Civil Engineering with Construction Management MEng course offers an extra year of study at masters level. You’ll gain detailed scientific knowledge, and leadership and advanced research skills.

Final year MEng You will work on a major individual project and choose from a range of option modules such as sustainable construction and construction law and procurement.

What you’ll learn

Preparing for your career

Year 2 You will study topics such as construction project management, and structural analysis, and apply what you learn to civil engineering and construction tasks. Optional placement year A placement year offers an excellent opportunity to gain work experience, build a professional network and develop your skills. Students have been on placement in organisations including Transport for London, South East Water and Mackley.

UCAS CODE BEng H2K2, MEng H2K3 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years

Our accredited courses explore construction management, design of structures and project planning, as well as structures, materials, geotechnics and hydraulics.

Year 1 You will explore the fundamental elements of civil engineering in relation to business, society and the sustainability of the built and natural environment. You also work on a group project linked to the Engineering for People Design Challenge.

SUBJECT AREA Civil engineering

You’ll gain practical skills in our specialist labs, benefit from regular fieldwork and site visits, and participate in mock interviews with industry partners. Our industrial liaison panel contributes to the content of the course and you’ll have opportunities to network with industry representatives. Our graduates are now working for organisations including the Ove Arup, Hemsley Orrell Partnership and HR Wallingford.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BEng 120–104 points MEng 136–120 points A-levels BEng BBB–BCC MEng AAB–BBB A-levels must include maths, and preferably physics or chemistry. BTEC Extended Diploma BEng DDM–MMM MEng DDD BTECs should include at least an M in further maths. IB BEng 26 points, MEng 27 points. With three subjects at Higher level including maths at grade 5. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall in engineering or science diploma. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Maths level 3 units at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 2 or 3 of our integrated masters MEng if you achieve the required standard in year 1 or 2 of the BEng.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 173

CIVIL WITH ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING BEng(Hons)/MEng BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Our accredited courses enable you to become a skilled and environmentally conscious civil engineer. You will learn to assess the environmental impact of projects, design environmentally friendly structures and develop expertise in water and environmental management. Fieldwork, site visits and projects run with our industry partners bring learning to life. You’ll work with students in interdisciplinary project teams on industry-based scenarios, from design briefs to real-world case studies. You’ll learn with staff who are active in research and consultancy, and benefit from visiting lecturers from industry who share their experience with you. The option of a salaried placement year and the opportunity to learn Building Information Modelling (BIM) give you a professional advantage. You also have the opportunity to study abroad. Our Civil with Environmental Engineering MEng course offers an extra year of study at master’s level. You’ll gain detailed scientific knowledge, and develop your leadership and advanced research skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll explore the core elements of civil environmental engineering and work on a group project linked to the Engineering for People Design Challenge. Year 2 You will apply what you learned to design and construction tasks and study topics including structural analysis and geotechnical engineering as topics become more tailored in your second year. Optional placement year A placement year offers an excellent opportunity to gain work experience, build a professional network and develop your skills. Our students have been on placements in organisations including Mackley, Balfour Beatty and Transport for London.

174

WHY US

® Professional accreditation from the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) formed by

SUBJECT AREA Civil engineering UCAS CODE BEng H290, MEng H291 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years

® Strong links with employers providing work experience opportunities ® Projects run in collaboration with industry partners

Final year BEng(Hons) / Year 3 MEng You will study the design of structures and work on a multidisciplinary group design project. And you’ll design, build and test a simple small-scale structure. BEng students will undertake their individual project. MEng students will also study environmental impact assessment. You’ll choose option modules in your area of interest. MEng options include a module delivered by Mott MacDonald. Final year MEng You’ll work on a major individual project to develop your knowledge of environmental engineering. You can also choose from option modules such as sustainable construction, and water quality analysis.

Preparing for your career

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BEng 120–104 points MEng 136–120 points A-levels BEng BBB–BCC MEng AAB–BBB A-levels must include maths, and preferably physics or chemistry. BTEC Extended Diploma BEng DDM–DMM MEng DDD BTEC should include at least an M in further maths. IB BEng 26 points, MEng 27 points. With three subjects at Higher level including maths at grade 5. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall in engineering or science diploma. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Maths level 3 units at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 2 or 3 of our integrated masters MEng if you achieve the required standard in year 1 or 2 of the BEng.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

As the technical member of the design team, architectural technologists make sure that designs are buildable, durable, sustainable, economical and easy to maintain.

WHY US

Our accredited course prepares you for industry challenges. You’ll be encouraged to push the boundaries and exercise professional judgement. And you’ll learn to appreciate the impact of architectural technology on peoples’ lives as well as on our built and natural environment.

® Placements, site visits and visiting lecturers bring learning to life ® Opportunity to learn Building Information Modelling (BIM)

You’ll learn how to take architectural design projects from concept to completion and gain extensive knowledge of design processes, construction methods, environments, materials and the latest technologies including Building Information Modelling (BIM). You’ll study and work alongside students from related construction courses on projects. Visiting lecturers also share their expertise, giving you an insight into what it is like to work in industry. Field trips and site visits provide further insight into building services and professional practice. You’ll also have the option of a salaried placement year giving you the opportunity to gain work experience.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore fundamental elements relating to the industry and study topics including building technology and design, land and construction surveying, and construction materials. Year 2 You’ll begin to explore aspects of architectural technology in more depth such as cost and contract administration, construction methods and technology and learn how to use BIM. Optional placement year A placement year offers an excellent opportunity to gain work experience, increase your confidence, build a professional network and develop your skills. Students have been on placements in organisations including ARCH-angels Architects, Morgan Sindall, Mann Williams Consulting Civil and Structural Engineers and Orbit Architects.

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Construction and building UCAS CODE K236 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC

Final year You will work on an individual design project and a research project. You will also choose from option modules such as project planning and analysis, and environmental impact assessment.

Preparing for your career

You’ll develop technical, team working and project management skills that employers look for. You’ll also gain experience using BIM, which is widely used in industry, and build practical skills using our specialist facilities such as the drawing studio, laser cutters, rapid protoyping and 3D printing, hydraulics lab, modelling studio and dynamics lab. There are regular site visits where you can gain insight into professional practice and see live projects up-close. And guest lecturers give you further insight into the working environment and give you the opportunity to build your network of contacts. Our graduates are working in companies including Gatwick Airport, Berkeley Group Plc, Bouygues Construction, Liam Russell Architects and HNW Architects.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 175

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

As a construction manager, you will be involved in planning and coordinating projects from concept to completion, ensuring the client’s needs are met. Our accredited course is developed with industry partners. You’ll build your knowledge and skills through site visits and practical laboratory workshops. You’ll also work with specialist equipment and the latest technologies including Building Information Modelling (BIM) which will bring your learning to life. Working in interdisciplinary teams, you’ll gain experience of projects and scenarios that reflect the professional environment. Visiting lecturers share their expertise with you giving you a feel for what the working world is like. The option of a work placement year helps to cement your learning and put theory into practice.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In your first year, you will explore fundamental elements relating to the industry. You’ll study topics such as building technology and design, land and construction surveying, and construction materials. Year 2 In your second year you will explore aspects of construction management in more depth, such as construction project management professional practice, cost and contract administration, construction methods and technology, and BIM. Optional placement year A placement year offers an excellent opportunity to gain work experience, build a professional network and develop your skills. Students have taken placements at organisations including RG Group, Kier, Buro4 and Willmott Dixon. Final year In your final year you will develop and complete your individual project and study topics such as sustainable development. You will also choose from option modules such as building pathology and life care, and environmental impact assessment.

176

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Opportunity to learn Building Information Modelling (BIM) ® Site visits and work placement opportunities in the construction industry

SUBJECT AREA Construction and building UCAS CODE K220 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC

Preparing for your career

You’ll graduate with the skills and knowledge needed for a career in the global construction industry such as technical skills, and experience managing and delivering construction projects. You’ll gain experience using BIM, which is widely used in industry, and develop practical skills using our specialist facilities such as the hydraulics lab, modelling studio and dynamics lab. There are regular site visits where you can gain insight into professional practice and see live projects up-close. And guest lecturers will give you further insight into the working environment and give you the opportunity to build your network of contacts. Our graduates are working at companies including Morgan Sindall, Mace and Buro4.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

PROJECT MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB As a project manager within the construction sector you’ll be overseeing concepts, designs and operations and commissioning, as well as liaising with clients and working on projects and construction sites. Our accredited course is developed with industry partners. Site visits, lab work, and specialist equipment and technology such as Building Information Modelling (BIM), develop your technical, managerial and communications skills and help bring learning to life. You’ll study and work alongside students from related courses on projects that reflect the professional working environment. Visiting lecturers also share their expertise, giving you an insight into what it is like to work in industry. The option of a work placement year helps to cement your learning and put theory into practice.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore fundamental elements relating to the industry. You’ll study topics such as building technology and design, land and construction surveying and construction materials. Year 2 You will begin to explore project management for construction in more depth. studying topic such as BIM, construction project management professional practice and construction project management. Optional placement year A placement year offers an excellent opportunity to gain work experience, build a professional network and develop your skills. Students have been on placements in organisations including ISG, Wates, Kier and Osborne.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Placements, site visits and visiting lecturers from industry ® Opportunity to learn Building Information Modelling (BIM)

SUBJECT AREA Construction and building UCAS CODE K251 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC

Final year In your final year you will develop and complete your individual project. You will also study topics including project planning and analysis, and choose from option modules that interest you most.

Preparing for your career

You’ll graduate with the skills and knowledge needed for a career in the global construction industry such as technical abilities and project management. You’ll gain experience using BIM, which is widely used in industry, and develop specialist skills working in our hydraulics lab, modelling studio and dynamics lab. There are regular site visits where you can gain insight into professional practice and see live projects up-close. And guest lectures will give you further insight and give you the opportunity to build your network of contacts. Our graduates are working at companies including Morgan Sindall, Kier and the RG Group.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 177

BUILDING SURVEYING BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

As a building surveyor you will be involved in the development, management, conservation, refurbishment and maintenance of all types of real estate. Developed in consultation with industry, our accredited course builds your knowledge of construction technology, building pathology, project management, property management and property law. You’ll put theory into practice on site visits, in the lab and using specialist facilities and technology such as Building Information Modelling (BIM). You will study and work alongside students from related courses on projects that reflect the professional working environment. Visiting lecturers share their expertise with you, giving you a flavour of what it’s like to work in industry. The option of a salaried placement year gives you the opportunity to gain work experience and helps you apply your learning as well as learn new skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore fundamental elements relating to the industry. You’ll study topics including building technology and design, land and construction surveying, and construction materials. Year 2 Core modules become more tailored in your second year as you begin to explore aspects of building surveying in more depth. You study topics such as building surveying professional practice, cost and contract administration and BIM. Optional placement year A placement year offers an excellent opportunity to gain work experience, build a professional network of contacts and develop your skills. Our students have been on placement with organisations including Johnson Gillies Chartered Building Surveyors and Building Consultants, Baily Garner LLP and Portsmouth City Council.

178

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Opportunity to learn Building Information Modelling (BIM) ® Gain work-related experience through site visits and work placement opportunities

SUBJECT AREA Surveying UCAS CODE K230 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC

Final year In your final year you will develop and complete your individual research project. You will also study topics such as advanced building surveying and choose from option modules in areas that interest you most.

Preparing for your career

You’ll graduate with the knowledge, skills, personal qualities and experience needed to begin your career. You will gain insight into industry practice on site visits and a professional advantage by learning BIM which is used widely in the sector. And you have chances to connect with our professional networks from visiting lecturers to placement opportunities. Our graduates are working for companies such as Bouygues, Morgan Sindall, Osborne and Mace.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

QUANTITY SURVEYING BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Developed in consultation with industry our Quantity Surveying course develops knowledge and skills valued by employers, with a particular emphasis on cost and management. You will graduate with an extensive understanding of the latest technologies to ensure with building regulations and sustainable construction. You’ll also have the skills to quantify and measure new and existing structures. You’ll put theory into practice on site visits, in the lab and using specialist facilities and technology such as Building Information Modelling (BIM). With a focus on interdisciplinary learning, you will study and work alongside students from related courses on projects that reflect the professional working environment. You’ll learn with staff who are active in research and consultancy, and visiting lecturers will give you a flavour of what it’s like to work in industry. The option of a salaried placement year gives you the opportunity to gain work experience and helps you apply your learning as well as learn new skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You gain a thorough introduction to the industry. You’ll study topics including introduction to the built environment, building technology and design, land and construction surveying. Year 2 You will begin to explore aspects of quantity surveying in more depth studying topics such as estimation and quantification of works, quantity surveying and BIM. Our surveying students have been on placement with organisations including Johnson Gillies Chartered Building Surveyors and Building Consultants, Baily Garner LLP and Portsmouth City Council.

WHY US

® Gain experience through site visits, and work placement opportunities ® Learn with staff active in research and consultancy ® Opportunity to learn Building Information Modelling (BIM)

SUBJECT AREA Surveying UCAS CODE K240 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Optional placement year A placement year offers an excellent opportunity to gain work experience, build a professional network of contacts and develop your skills. Final year You will develop and complete your individual research project. You will also study topics such as advanced quantity surveying, and construction risk and financial analysis, and choose from option modules in areas that interest you most.

Preparing for your career

You’ll graduate with the knowledge, skills, personal qualities and experience needed to begin your career. You will gain insight into industry practice on site visits and a professional advantage by learning BIM which is used widely in the sector. And you have chances to connect with our professional networks from visiting lecturers to placement opportunities. Our surveying graduates are working for companies such as Bouygues, Morgan Sindall, Osborne and Mace.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 179

GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, ENVIRONMENT Our students are encouraged to push boundaries and lead the way as environmentally and socially responsible members of a global community. With degrees that are practical, hands-on and innovative, they are equipped with the scientific and transferable skills to make a real impact in their field of expertise. Get involved in inspiring research Research informs our teaching. Students could be working with our team of scientists using our advanced air quality research station to investigate modern day air pollutants. Or they might get involved in looking at coastal water quality monitoring, taking samples and designing representative sampling strategies to improve their understanding of environmental fluctuations.

Jen Wyatt, Geography BA(Hons) graduate

180

Coming to Brighton has allowed me to grow. I have had the time of my life whilst studying here, and seen, learnt and done things that I could have previously only dreamed about.

Professional accreditation and an optional placement year With a choice of accredited courses and the option of a professional placement year, our students develop the knowledge, skills and experience to gain a competitive advantage when they graduate. Students have been on placement in organisations including the Field Studies Council and Transport for London. Employability and career planning We focus on our students’ futures from the very beginning of their studies. Employability skills, career planning and professional practice are embedded in each of our courses. Making a difference in our community By choosing the Community Engagement module, our geography and environmental sciences students undertake practical projects with local community and voluntary organisations such as the the Moulsecoomb Forest Garden and Wildlife Project, or the Green Centre in Brighton. Volunteering gives students valuable experience and a different way of learning.

Apply your learning outside the classroom Field trips help our students apply their learning in real-life scenarios. Trips in the UK and abroad, and our location on the south coast next to the South Downs National Park, provide a rich variety of fieldwork and research opportunities. Residential trips are also a great opportunity for students to work and socialise with their peers.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

Snapshot

04. With an interest in fluvial geomorphology and sustainable riverine management Geography student Ellie Crabbe gained first-hand experience of data collection in the field. She was invited to join lecturer Dr Annie Ockelford on a research trip to the North Cascades National Park in Washington.

05. Our students have access to professional standard lab and field equipment including PXRF, advanced microscope technology, geographical information systems (GIS), remote sensing, soil and water labs, and image analysis software. 06. Our air environment research team, including lead scientists Dr Kevin Wyche and Dr Kirsty Smallbone, is using our advanced air quality research station to investigate modern day air pollutants.

01. Students make a difference to our local community by volunteering at projects such as the Moulsecoomb Forest Garden and Wildlife Project â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a small charity next to our Moulsecoomb campus that connects people with gardening, food and nature.

02. Field trips make the most of our prime location near the South Downs and the sea, and destinations such as Sicily, Spain, Portugal and Morocco.

03. Environmental Sciences student Pieter Fourie undertook a funded internship as part of the Santander Summer Research Scheme. He worked on a project focusing on how microplastics behave in river systems.

Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ geography.

181

EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCE BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our Earth and Ocean Science BSc(Hons) combines the study of oceanography with geology and earth science. You’ll explore the earth-ocean system and investigate the role of earth and ocean science in managing contemporary environmental problems. You will have the freedom to choose between a broad-based programme or specialise in areas including marine biology, coastal engineering, marine pollution and geochemistry. Fieldwork in locations such as Portugal and Wales and lab work using specialist facilities develop your practical skills. Our location gives you proximity to issues such as dredging, pollutants, cliff collapse and other environmental impacts, which help form a real-world basis for learning.

® Professional accreditation

® Residential field trips to destinations such as Portugal and Wales ® Focus on professional skills and an optional work placement

Our students have been on placement in organisations including Transport for London, the Field Studies Council and environmental consultancies.

Our well-established links with local coastal consultants and environmental agencies provide networking and placement opportunities.

What you’ll learn

Preparing for your career

You will study the ocean as a physical, chemical and biological system, and develop fieldwork, rock identification and statistical skills. Fieldwork includes a one-week residential course in Pembrokeshire. Year 2 You study topics such as marine and freshwater ocean systems, physical and chemical oceanography, and professional geoscience. Through option modules you can maintain a broad programme of study or begin to specialist in areas that interest you most. You will develop your field skills on boat-based field courses in southern England and Portugal. Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts.

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE FF67

Final year Working closely with an academic tutor you will apply the research methods and analytical skills you have learned to your independent project. You will also conduct fieldwork on tectonics and marine geology, and choose option modules that reflect your career aspirations.

Year 1 You will gain an understanding of core concepts in earth and ocean science, studying topics such as plate tectonics, geological time, Earth structure and composition, and ocean basin evolution.

182

WHY US

With a focus on employability you gain transferable skills that employers look for such as time management, group working, communication, presenting, designing solutions and software skills. You’ll gain hands-on experience using our specialist facilities including the environment and public health lab, soil and water analysis lab, and the hydraulics lab. And you will learn with staff who are active in research and consultancy, developing your own research skills. Our graduates are working in areas such as geological resources, water and construction industries, Earth science heritage, and environmental management and consultancy.

LOOK ONLINE

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level with a relevant science subject. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in a relevant science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our Environmental Management BSc(Hons) explores the key issues we face as a society from an environmental management, human and physical geography perspective. You will consider the environment and how to manage the sustainability of its resources. And you develop scientific skills and knowledge through classroom, laboratory and project work in areas including air, water, ecology and environmental assessment. Field trips help bring learning to life and guest lecturers from industry share their experience with you to give you a real insight into the working environment. Working with staff who are active in research and consultancy you will develop skills in working with qualitative and quantitative methods. You will also have the option to do a paid placement year.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll be introduced to the key areas of physical geography, human geography, environmental issues, statistical and spatial analysis (GIS) and the earth and ocean system. Year 2 You will gain a critical understanding of issues such as those placed on the landscape from sectors including energy generation, flood management, drinking water and environmental pollution including water pollution and air quality. You also develop your employability skills and choose option modules allowing you to study areas that interest you most. Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts. Our environmental students have been on placement to organisations including the Field Studies Council, Transport for London and the Office for National Statistics.

WHY US

® Learn with staff who are active in research and consultancy ® Bring learning to life in the field ® Gain industry insight from guest lecturers and an optional placement year

Final year You will undertake live research in a specific area of environmental management for your final year dissertation. You will study topics such as environmental impact assessment and systems for environmental management and choose option modules to tailor your studies. This includes the opportunity to develop a more in-depth understanding of environmental policy and law through masters level options.

Preparing for your career

With a focus on employability you’ll gain transferable skills that employers look for such as time management, group working, communication, presenting, designing solutions and software skills. You’ll also gain hands-on experience working in our specialist facilities including the environment and public health lab, soil and water analysis lab, and a geochemical analytical lab. You can also gain experience working with a local community or voluntary organisation through the community engagement module. Our environmental graduates are working for organisations such as the Environment Agency, Southern Water and GIS consultancies and in roles such as nature conservation and waste management.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F900 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years Part-time 4–6 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level with a relevant science subject. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in a relevant science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 183

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited Environmental Sciences BSc(Hons) is a flexible degree that draws from geography, ecology, geology and chemistry to explore sustainability, conservation, pollution, earth systems and processes. You will develop your scientific skills and knowledge through classroom, laboratory and project work. Fieldtrips help bring your learning to life to destinations such as the inspiring chalk and coastal landscapes of the South Downs and overseas trips to places such as Sicily and South Africa. You’ll also develop your transferable skills and have the freedom to choose between a broad-based study programme or a more specialised route. Learning with staff who are active in research and consultancy and visiting lecturers from industry who share their expertise with you help give you a real feel for the working environment. You will also have the option to do a paid placement year.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will develop a solid foundation in environmental science skills, analysis and field research. You’ll study topics including physical geography, global environmental issues and statistical and spatial data analysis. Year 2 You will develop your analytical and applied skills, and take an employability skills development module. Fieldwork includes opportunities in Sicily or South Africa. Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts. Previous placements include the Field Studies Council, Transport for London and the Office for National Statistics.

184

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F901

® Field trips to destinations such as Sicily, South Africa and Brazil ® Gain industry insight from guest lecturers and an optional placement year

Final year You will work with an expert academic and apply the research methods and analytical skills you have gained during the course to produce an independent dissertation. You choose option modules in areas that interest you most including an optional research field skills module in Brazil.

Preparing for your career

With a focus on employability you will gain transferable skills that employers look for such as time management, group working, communication, presenting, designing solutions and software skills. You’ll also gain hands-on experience working in our specialist facilities including the environment and public health lab, soil and water analysis lab, and a geochemical analytical lab. You can also gain experience working with a local community or voluntary organisation through the community engagement module. Our graduates are working for organisations including the Environment Agency, Low Carbon Europe and Southern Water, and in roles such as environmental consultant, energy consultant, sustainability manager and heritage manager.

DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

GEOGRAPHY BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited course is at the intersection of the climate crisis, environmental politics and transformative social change. It focuses equally on human geography and environmental geography.

WHY US

You’ll explore a range of live issues including climate change adaptation, protesting inequalities, LGBTQ and feminist activism, building sustainable societies, global development and the politics of popular culture.

® Field trips to destinations such as Morocco and Brazil ® Focus on employability and an optional work placement year

You can incorporate elements of physical geography from our BSc programme to give you a broad foundation in the subject, and you tailor the course through module choices.

Final year Working closely with an expert academic you will apply your research and analytical skills to produce an independent dissertation.

Learning with our team of active researchers you’ll build on the knowledge and skills learned in the classroom and the lab through fieldwork. Field trip locations include the South Downs, Morocco, Norfolk and an optional trip to Brazil.

You also have the opportunity of fieldwork in Brazil and will choose option modules that reflect your career aspirations.

The option of a placement year and visiting lecturers from industry will give you a feel for what the working world is like.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll study key themes in human, physical and environmental geography with modules covering topics such as the impact of socially divergent views of the world, the human modification of environmental processes and the physical forces of landscape change. Fieldwork includes a trip to Norfolk. Year 2 You can choose a balanced selection of human, physical or environmental geography, or you can tailor your studies to your interests in human geography. Fieldwork includes a residential trip to Morocco. Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts. Previous placements include Transport for London, the Field Studies Council, environmental consultancies.

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE L7F8

Preparing for your career

With a focus on employability you gain transferable skills that employers look for such as time management, group working, communication, presenting, designing solutions and software skills. You can gain experience and make a real difference working with a local community or voluntary organisation through the community engagement module. Our graduates are working for organisations including Low Carbon Europe and GIS consultancies, and working in roles such as environmental consultant and sustainability manager.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 185

GEOGRAPHY BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited Geography BSc(Hons) examines crucial contemporary issues including the climate crisis and human impacts on the environment, global sustainability and the circular economy.

WHY US

Focused on physical and environmental geography, you’ll also cover elements of human geography featured on our BA(Hons) giving you a broad foundation in the subject. You can tailor the course to your career aspirations through your module choices.

® Field trips to destinations such as Sicily and Brazil ® Focus on employability and an optional work placement year

You’ll build on knowledge and skills learned in the classroom and the lab through field work. Field trip locations include the inspiring South Downs, Sicily and an optional trip to Brazil.

Final year Working closely with an expert academic you will apply the research and analytical skills gained during your studies to produce an independent dissertation.

Learning with our team who are active researchers and with visiting lecturers from industry gives you a feel for what the working world is like. You’ll also have the option of a work placement.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll study key themes in physical, human and environmental geography with modules covering topics such as the physical forces of landscape change, the impacts of environmental change on the physical and human environments and the human modification of environmental processes. Year 2 You can choose modules across physical, environmental or human geographies or specialise in physical or environmental geography. Fieldwork includes a trip to Sicily. Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts. Previous placements include Transport for London, the Field Studies Council and roles in environmental firms and consultancies.

186

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F800

You also have the opportunity of fieldwork in Brazil and will choose option modules that reflect your career aspirations.

Preparing for your career

You’ll gain transferable skills that employers look for such as time management, group working, communication, presenting, designing solutions and software skills. You’ll also gain hands-on experience working in our specialist facilities including environment and public health lab, soil and water analysis lab, hydraulics lab. You can gain experience working with a local community or voluntary organisation through our community engagement module. Our graduates are working for the Environment Agency, Low Carbon Europe, Southern Water and GIS consultancies, in roles such as environmental consultant, energy consultant, GIS officer, archaeologist, and planning and development surveyor.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

GEOGRAPHY WITH ARCHAEOLOGY BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Combining the study of current geographical issues such as climate change and global sustainability with a grounding in archaeology, this course explores the changing relationship between human societies and their physical and social environments over time. You’ll build on knowledge and skills learned in the classroom and the lab through field work, developing your understanding of the principles and methods of analysing archaeological data. Field trip locations include the inspiring South Downs, Sicily and an optional trip to Brazil. Learning with our team who are active in research and consultancy, you will explore contemporary archaeological and environmental issues, informed by international archaeological research projects in areas such as human evolution, African Iron Age dynasties and environmental degradation. Visiting lecturers from industry give you a feel for what the working world is like. You will also have the option of a work placement year.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll study key themes in human, physical and environmental geography, with core modules that cover the impact of socially divergent views of the world, the human modification of environmental processes and the physical forces of landscape change. You’ll also gain perspectives and examples from the archaeological record. Year 2 You’ll study physical and human geography in more depth, and being introduced to more specialised archaeological modules. Fieldwork includes a trip to Sicily. Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts. Previous placements include Transport for London, the Field Studies Council and a renewable energy research centre in Spain.

WHY US

® Field trip opportunities to destinations such as Sicily and Brazil ® Focus on employability and an optional work placement year ® Explore contemporary archaeological issues

Final year Working closely with one of our researchers you’ll apply research methods and analytical skills to produce an independent dissertation. Option modules enable you to tailor your studies to reflect your career aspiration. You also have the opportunity to take part in fieldwork in Brazil.

Preparing for your career

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE FF84 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level.

You’ll gain transferable skills that employers look for such as group working, communication, presention and software skills.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

You’ll also gain hands-on experience working in our specialist facilities including the environment and public health lab, soil and water analysis lab, and the hydraulics lab.

Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4.

You can gain experience and make a real difference working with a local community or voluntary organisation through the Community Engagement module. Our graduates have gone on to careers in organisations including the Environment Agency, Southern Water and GIS consultancies, and are working in roles such as archaeologist, GIS officer and energy consultant.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 187

GEOGRAPHY WITH REMOTE SENSING AND GIS BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB Our accredited Geography with Remote Sensing and GIS BSc(Hons) provides a foundation in contemporary geographical issues, while using remote sensing and geographic information systems (GIS) to explore the scientific and social context globally. Balancing a broad subject area with an innovative technical component, you will develop expertise in the collection, processing, analysis and presentation of large spatial data sets. You’ll build on the knowledge and skills you learn in the classroom and the lab through field work. Field trip locations include the local South Downs and Sussex coast, Sicily and an optional trip to Brazil. Learning with a team who are active in research and consultancy and with visiting lecturers from industry will give you a feel for what the working world is like. You’ll also have the opportunity to take a work placement year where you can apply what you have learned in your studies in the workplace as well as learn new skills and build your network of professional contacts.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will build a strong foundation in physical and human geography, build the basic tools of geoinformatic analysis and learn field techniques through fieldwork. Year 2 There is a greater emphasis on research skills, fieldwork, applied GIS and remote sensing. Fieldwork includes a trip to Sicily. You will choose options from modules in areas that interest you most, such as earth surface processes, ice age earth, environment pollution, climate change, community engagement, and social and cultural geography.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F830

® Field trips to destinations such as Sicily and Brazil ® Focus on employability and an optional work placement year

Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts. Our students have been on placement with organisations such as the Transport for London, the Field Studies Council and environmental consultancies. Final year Working closely with our researchers you will apply the research methods and analytical skills you have developed to produce your independent dissertation. You will continue to build your knowledge of GIS studying applications in GIS and choose option modules that best reflect your career aspirations. You also have the opportunity to do fieldwork in Brazil.

Preparing for your career

You can also gain real-world experience and make a difference working with a local community or voluntary organisation through the community engagement module. Our graduates have gone on to careers in organisations including the Environment Agency, Southern Water and GIS consultancies, working in roles such as GIS officer, sustainability manager and environmental consultant.

DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 188

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

GEOLOGY BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited Geology BSc(Hons) is a hands-on degree with a high level of fieldwork. It provides the knowledge and skills you need to become a professional geologist.

WHY US

You will explore the structure and processes of the Earth and its evolution. You’ll develop an understanding of the role of geology in our environment and communities and of its place in topics such as oceanography, the assessment of natural hazards and climate change.

® Field trips to destinations such as Spain and Wales ® Focus on professional skills including the option of a work placement year

Learning with a course team active in research and with visiting lecturers from industry who share their expertise with you, gives you a feel for what the working world is like. Trips to Spain and Anglesey give you the opportunity to apply what you have learned and develop your field skills. You also have the option of a paid placement year helping you build your knowledge, skills and network of professional contacts.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will build a foundation in the earth sciences and assumes no prior knowledge of geology. The emphasis is on key principles of geology and earth sciences and developing your practical skills through fieldwork in locations such as Yorkshire and Pembrokeshire. You will study topics such as fundamentals of geology, geological visualisation, earth materials, quantative geoscience and the earth and ocean system as well as choosing an option module in year 1. Year 2 You will deepen your knowledge of core areas in geology and study topics such as global tectonics , structural geology, petrology and geochemistry, GIS and remote sensing, and palaeoenvironments. You’ll further your practical skills through fieldwork in Spain and Wales. Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts.

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F600 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 years Part-time 4–6 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points

Previous placements include the Field Studies Council, Transport for London and environmental consultancies. Final year Working closely with an expert academic you will apply the research methods and analytical skills you have learned to your dissertation. You study topics such as dynamic earth, and exploration geology and professional practice and fieldwork includes a one-week residential course. You also choose options modules to support your project and your future career aspirations.

Preparing for your career

With a focus on employability you gain transferable skills that employers look for such as time management, group working, communication, presenting, designing solutions and software skills. You’ll gain hands-on experience using our specialist facilities including the environment and public health lab, soil and water analysis lab, soil and sediment analysis lab, environmental simulation lab, hydraulics lab, air quality lab and scanning electron microscopy facility. Our graduates are working in areas such as geological resources, water and construction industries, Earth science heritage and environmental management and consultancy.

A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 189

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited Physical Geography and Geology BSc(Hons) explores the diverse processes that regulate our planet. You’ll study topics including climate change, natural resources and the impact of geology on environmental management. Field trips to destinations including Pembrokeshire and Yorkshire will develop your practical skills in rock description, geological mapping and geomorphological field techniques. You will gain a wider understanding of Earth systems and human-environment interactions and learn with a course team who are active researchers. You have the option of a paid placement year which helps you put your learning into practice in the work environment as well as learning new skills and building a network of professional contacts.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll gain a foundation in the earth sciences, physical geography and geology through modules such as fundamentals of physical geography, earth materials and fundamentals of geology. You choose an optional module in an areas that interest you most and develop your practical skills through fieldwork. Year 2 You’ll develop your research and problemsolving skills and study topics such as professional geoscience, global tectonics, GIS and remote sensing, and earth surface processes. You will also learn geological and geomorphological mapping skills in the field. Optional placement year A placement year provides a great opportunity to gain professional experience, develop new skills and build a network of contacts. Our students have been on placement in organisations including Transport for London and the Field Studies Council.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE FF86

® Residential field trips to destinations such as Pembrokeshire and Yorkshire ® Opportunity to take a work placement year

DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points

Final year Working closely with one of our academic team, you will apply your research and analytical skills to complete your independent dissertation. You will also study modules such as exploration geology and professional practice, and basin analysis. You also have the opportunity of fieldwork in Brazil and can choose option modules that best reflect your career aspirations.

Preparing for your career

With a focus on employability, you gain transferable skills that employers look for such as time management, group working, communication, presenting, designing solutions and software skills. And you’ll gain hands-on experience using our specialist facilities including the environment and public health lab, soil and water analysis lab, soil and sediment analysis lab, and hydraulics lab, environmental simulation lab, air quality lab, and scanning electron microscopy facility. Our graduates are working in areas such as geological resources, environmental management and consultancy, teaching and remediation of contaminated land.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and loads more including news and blogs, or meet some of our students and graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language, maths and science at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 190

What I’ve found Liliana is studying geology at our Brighton: Moulsecoomb campus

Uni is about independence and doing things yourself

I think I’ve become more confident, more independent – everyone says that, but you definitely do notice it. I was quite nervous, but now I’ll just come and talk to anyone.

You learn through practicing

My course is really applied, so we go on lots of field trips, and that’s what I really enjoy. I’m not the best person in exams, but because it’s so applied, literally we get out into the field and we go and examine rocks to understand what’s going on. Then we’re assessed on what we’ve learned in the field and the notebook we’ve produced. I really like that approach, it makes certain that you know what’s happening rather than it just being shown to you in a lecture.

Practical experience helps with employability

You feel more confident with what you’ve learned when you can actually see it and identify it. That’s what a lot of the jobs will involve and once you know you can do it as a student, you feel confident that you’ll be able to do it in a working environment. We also have a module called Professional Practice where you’re given an issue that you would have in the workplace and you spend a week working in teams to solve the issue – you’re focused on employability skills. Another module is about interviews, CVs and applying for jobs – you practice being interviewed by your peers and you interview them.

The lecturers are skilled practitioners and researchers

When they are lecturing, if they give an example, they’ll give you something that they’ve worked on and it makes it feel so much more relevant than if it was just out of a textbook. It makes you enthusiastic about it and want to know more, you’re like: “That’s what I could be doing!”

Societies are a good way to broaden your perspective

I’m a member of the Mantel Society, which is the geology society. We meet every two weeks and have a catch-up, it’s a good way to get to know people in the other years. It’s nice to get to know them, give them advice and hear things from their perspective. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

191

NATURAL SCIENCES Natural sciences at Brighton are innovative and inspiring. With our emphasis on applied learning, our students become scientists with the knowledge and confidence needed to understand and change our world. Practical experience Professional placements in industry and with research groups at the university put theory into practice, develop new skills, building confidence and provide valuable experience. Visiting lecturers regularly share their experiences too. Interdisciplinary learning Learning with, and from, students across our subjects is a feature of natural sciences at Brighton. You’ll work together, solving problems and sharing your experiences and knowledge.

Hannah Parker, Biology and Ecology and Conservation MRes graduate

192

I’m thrilled that my research is out in the world for others to read and reference. I really hope that it provides further knowledge on an important topic.

From foundation to masters level The integrated foundation year provides the support, knowledge and skills needed to progress to an honours degree. Integrated masters MSci routes are available on our Biological Sciences, Ecology and Conservation, and Biomedical Science degrees and the MChem route for Chemistry. This advanced-level study can prepare students for doctoral study and higher-level positions earlier in their careers. Inspiring, research-active staff Our researchers are tackling global problems using innovative research techniques and multidisciplinary approaches. Students learn with experts who are internationally recognised for applied research that makes a difference to people’s lives around the world. Brighton lecturer Dr Sarah Pitt has discovered a solution to the antibiotics crisis. Research from Dr Pitt has led to the discovery of a protein with unique antibiotic properties, in the most unlikely of places – the common garden snail.

International and local fieldwork Biological Sciences and Ecology and Conservation students can choose fieldwork opportunities in the UK and internationally, including an optional trip to South Africa. Progression to medicine Students on our Biological Sciences BSc, Biomedical Science BSc and Pharmacy MPharm courses who fulfil the eligibility criteria are guaranteed an interview with the Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) if they want to pursue a degree in medicine.

YOUR NEW CAMPUS

Snapshot

04. Graduate Hannah Parker is leading the way in research into microplastics in the brain of a velvet swimming crab. The research, that grew out of Hannah’s undergraduate final year project, is the first to demonstrate the presence of microplastics in the brain of any crustacean species. 05. Lindsey Dixon, Chief Biomedical Scientist at Brighton & Sussex University Hospitals NHS Trust is one of the visiting lecturers who regularly share their experience with our students.

01. Our specialist equipment and facilities include electron microscopes; a confocal microscope; atomic force microscopes; mass spectrometer; nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometer; aquarium facilities; DanioVision Behavioural Observation chambers; electrofishing equipment and dinghy; and molecular biology, microbiology and tissue culture laboratories.

02. Brighton scientist Dr Sarah Pitt has made a breakthrough in the search for new antibiotics – found in the mucus of the common garden snail. 03. The local area provides a rich environment for fieldwork and there are opportunities to travel further afield in places like South Africa and Portugal.

06. Chemistry students benefit from access to the HPLC – high performance liquid chromatography – system. HPLC is a technique used extensively in industry.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton. ac.uk/biosciences and blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ chemistrybrighton.

193

NATURAL SCIENCES INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR Foundation year BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB We offer science courses with an extra year of integrated study at foundation level to prepare you for your chosen degree programme. Integrated foundation years open up opportunities in the sciences to students who do not hold the required scientific A-levels or equivalent qualifications, or who are changing career. Successfully completing the foundation year means that you can progress to your chosen degree course. We offer the following degree courses with an integrated foundation year. • Biological Sciences BSc(Hons) (with integrated foundation year), UCAS code C121 • Biomedical Science BSc(Hons) (with integrated foundation year), UCAS code B942 • Chemistry BSc(Hons) (with integrated foundation year), UCAS code F102 • Ecology and Conservation BSc(Hons) (with integrated foundation year), UCAS code CFC9 • Pharmacy MPharm (with integrated foundation year), UCAS code B231

What you’ll learn

During your foundation year you’ll be introduced to key concepts in biology, chemistry and data handling to prepare you for study at undergraduate level. You’ll also develop your skills in problem-solving, analysis and communication. Each module is delivered through a series of lectures which are supported by group work in seminars. Through the tutorial programme, practical laboratory and workshop sessions, you will develop both your scientific and professional skillset.

WHY US

Preparing for your career

The practical approach and applied learning on our courses help prepare you for a career in the natural sciences and pharmacy. You will study alongside students across our natural sciences courses, working together to solve problems and share your knowledge and experience. This reflects how people work together in the workplace, and you’ll gain transferable skills that will be useful in your career. If you achieve a required standard in year 2 of the Biological Sciences BSc(Hons), Biomedical Science BSc(Hons), Ecology and Conservation BSc(Hons) or Chemistry BSc(Hons), you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the respective MSci or MChem and study towards a masters-level qualification. Students who successfully complete the MPharm degree are eligible to progress to the preregistration training year.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blog. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

SUBJECT AREA Natural sciences UCAS CODE See course codes in left column DURATION Full-time 1 year plus 3–4 years BSc(Hons) / MPharm ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 72 tariff points. Level 3 Key Skills and General Studies will count towards the tariff. A-levels DDD including two full science A-levels. Other qualifications We will consider applicants who have completed an Access course, BTEC diploma or International Baccalaureate on an individual basis; relevant experience may also be taken into account. Some experience of studying chemistry beyond GCSE (or equivalent) is advantageous. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Pharmacy MPharm offers will be made based on assessment at interview and a numeracy test. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 194

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES BSc(Hons)/MSci BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our courses cover everything from microbiology, human and animal physiology and biochemistry to ecology, genetics, and molecular biology. You will discover how biology can be used to understand and change the world we live in. You will explore biological systems at molecular, cell, tissue and whole organism levels. And apply your learning in our specialist labs and in the field with optional trips to destinations such as Portugal and South Africa. There is also the option of a placement year. You’ll develop scientific research skills, learning with a course team who are internationally recognised experts in areas including zoonotic disease, human physiology, disease processes, genomics, diabetes, and ecology and conservation. The MSci route offers an extra year of study at masters level, enabling you to develop advanced research skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll study topics including skills for bioscientists, genetics, molecular biology, human physiology, biochemistry and cell biology. Optional modules cover ecology and conservation, and marine biology. Year 2 This year focuses on research skills, professional development, behavioural and evolutionary biology and physiology of organisms. You can also choose to study environmental, ecological, biomedical and clinical areas. Optional placement year A placement year is a great opportunity to gain work experience, explore a potential specialism and develop your skills. Previous placements include bioscience companies and research organisations.

WHY US

® Field trips, lab work and an optional placement year ® Learn with internationally recognised staff ® Develop advanced research skills on the MSci route

Final year BSc/Year 3 MSci You will study species interactions and innovations in bioscience research and undertake an individual research project associated with a research group. You can also choose from module options within a specialist theme. Final year MSci Working with your supervisor you will undertake an advanced research project, and develop techniques in evaluating bioscience research. You can also choose from option modules specialising in areas of interest.

Preparing for your career

You’ll put scientific theory into practice in labs and in the field, equipping you with the knowledge and skills you need to begin your career in the biological sciences. Studying alongside students across different disciplines will help you gain transferable skills, such as teamwork and problem-solving, that will be useful throughout your career. Our graduates have gone on to careers in areas including laboratory science, forensics and scientific consultancy.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs, meet the course leader and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 194.

SUBJECT AREA Biology and ecology UCAS CODE BSc C120, MSci C100 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BSc 104–96 points. MSci 128–112 points. A-levels BSc BCC–CCC MSci ABB–BBC A-levels must include biology. BTEC Extended Diploma BSc DMM–MMM MSci DDM–DMM. Applied science diploma, plus A-level biology at grade B. IB BSc 26 points. MSci 27 points with three subjects at Higher level including biology and one other science. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. BSc Must include 12 credits at level 3 in biology. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. MSci Must include 24 credits at distinction in biology and chemistry. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 of our integrated masters MSci if you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the BSc.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 195

ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION BSc(Hons)/MSci BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our courses explore core themes of conservation and biological diversity across marine and terrestrial environments. You will focus on habitat and survey species skills, applied management and conservation. There is a strong emphasis on applied and experiential learning, with fieldwork opportunities in each year of the course. Conducting fieldwork in overseas destinations such as Portugal or in our rich local environment helps to develop your practical skills. There are also optional field trips to South Africa and Brazil. You will learn with a course team who are internationally recognised experts, with research strengths in areas such as ecology and conservation, human-wildlife interactions, zoonotic disease, ecosystems and environmental management and marine ecology. Our Ecology and Conservation MSci offers an extra year of integrated study at masters level, enabling you to develop advanced research skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore the key principles of ecology and conservation, essential skills for bioscientists, genetics and molecular biology, cell biology and terrestrial ecosystems. You will choose option modules including marine biology and global environmental issues. Year 2 You’ll focus on areas such as research skills, professional development, physiology of organisms, and marine and freshwater ecosystems. Fieldwork includes a trip to Portugal and option modules include a field trip to South Africa. Optional placement year A placement year is a great opportunity to gain work experience, explore a specialism and develop your skills. Recent placements include the Royal Botanic Gardens in Kew and the Mauritian Wildlife Foundation.

WHY US

® Field trip opportunities in Portugal, South Africa and Brazil ® Learn with internationally recognised experts ® Optional placement year in industry

Final year BSc/Year 3 MSci You will study species interactions, ecological impact assessment and hot topics in ecology and conservation. You will undertake a research project and choose optional modules that may include fieldwork in Brazil. Final year MSci The focus of your final year is an in-depth research project, working with an academic expert. You will also explore ecology and conservation, advanced taxonomy and survey skills, and choose an option module.

Preparing for your career

You will learn about professional practice throughout your course through working on projects with our industry partners, guest lectures, and field trips focusing on current ecological issues. Working on real life case studies will help prepare you for ecological consultant roles. You’ll develop specialist skills working in our purpose-built laboratories, and scientific research skills on projects. You’ll also gain transferable skills that will be useful throughout your career such as teamwork and problem solving. Our graduates have gone on to careers in conservation organisations, ecological consultancies, animal care and teaching.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, specialist facilities and news and blogs, with more about the course team and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 194. 196

SUBJECT AREA Biology and ecology UCAS CODE BSc CFC8, MSci C180 DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BSc 104–96 points. MSci 128–112 points. A-levels BSc BCC–CCC. Must include at least one science subject. MSci ABB–BBC. Must include at least two science subjects. BTEC Extended Diploma BSc DMM–MMM MSci DDM–DMM BTECs must be in a sciencebased subject. IB BSc 26 points. MSci 27 points with three subjects at Higher level including biology at grade 5. Access to HE Diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. See website for details. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 of our integrated masters MSci if you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the BSc.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE BSc(Hons)/MSci BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our accredited courses explore human health and the diagnosis and treatment of disease. You will learn with professional biomedical scientists and leading researchers to develop the knowledge you need for a career in biomedical science. Brighton researchers are working on the development of novel biomedical products, and new approaches to regenerative medicine and treating cancer, asthma, diabetes and other chronic diseases. You’ll put your learning into practice through project work, hospital visits and case studies. Visits from clinical and biomedical scientists and placement opportunities help prepare you for work and give you a feel for what it’s really like to be a biomedical scientist. The MSci route offers an extra year of study at masters level, enabling you to develop advanced research skills.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll learn the foundations of biomedical science and be introduced to lab techniques used in professional practice. You will study areas including genetics and molecular biology, biochemistry, human physiology, and infection science. Year 2 You’ll develop your research skills and explore topics including diet and exercise, infection and immunity, molecular cell biology, genetics and genomics, human biochemistry and metabolism. Optional placement year An optional placement year in an accredited NHS training lab allows you to work towards the IBMS Certificate of Competence and the Registration Training Portfolio. Other placement opportunities prepare you for work in a range of scientific areas and postgraduate research. Previous placements include GlaxoSmithKline, Public Health England, and Brighton and Sussex University Hospitals NHS Trust.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Biomedical science UCAS CODE BSc B940, MSci B945

® Optional placement year, visiting lecturers and hospital visits ® Learning informed by innovative research

Final year BSc/Year 3 MSci You’ll focus on clinical aspects of biomedical science including blood sciences, cellular pathology, clinical immunology and microbiology and innovations in bioscience research. You will also undertake a project linked with one of our research groups. Final year MSci You will carry out an in-depth research project and develop techniques in evaluating research in biomedical science. Option modules complement your learning.

Preparing for your career

You’ll develop research skills and learn specialist lab techniques. You’ll build transferable skills as you learn alongside students from other disciplines, working in teams to solve problems and sharing your experience and ideas. Our graduates follow careers as biomedical scientists in NHS biochemistry, pathology and microbiology teams. Others are working in biotechnology, pharmaceutical development and forensic science.

DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BSc 112–96 points. MSci 128–120 points. A-levels BSc BBC–CCC MSci ABB–BBB A-levels must include biology and chemistry. BTEC Extended Diploma BSc DMM–MMM MSci DDM BTECs must be in a sciencerelated subject. IB BSc 26 points. MSci 27 points with three subjects at Higher level including biology and one other science. Access to HE diploma See website for course-specific requirements. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

LOOK ONLINE

Fees and funding page 243

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, specialist facilities and loads more including news and blogs, meet the course leader and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Degree apprenticeship available Find out more on page 239.

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 194.

You can progress to year 3 of our integrated masters MSci if you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the BSc.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 197

CHEMISTRY BSc(Hons)/MChem BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Learning with expert researchers and working with students from other disciplines, you’ll discover how chemistry can solve issues of a global importance. Our chemistry courses focus on core chemistry, analytical chemistry and chemical skills with the option to specialise in biochemistry or geochemistry. You’ll build practical skills in our specialist labs progressing from fundamental concepts to the latest scientific advances. Research informs your learning. You will be involved in real research projects and complete a research project arising from and contributing to the research interests of your lecturers. Our Chemistry MChem course offers an extra year of study at masters level, and fully meets the academic criteria for Chartered Chemist (CChem).

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll study areas including experimental work in chemical and molecular sciences, skills in molecular science, essentials of analytical chemistry and maths skills for scientists. You will also begin to study biochemistry or geochemistry, depending on your chosen specialism. Year 2 You will study intermediate chemistry, computational chemistry, critical skills and analysis. You will be introduced to genetics and molecular biology if you are following the biochemistry theme, or petrology within the geochemistry theme. Optional placement year The placement year is a great opportunity to develop your skills as a chemist and gain valuable work experience. Previous placements include GlaxoSmithKline, BMW and LGC. Final year BSc/Year 3 MChem You will research an area of chemistry indepth for your project and study chemistry to an advanced level, including analytical methodology. You’ll continue to follow either a biochemistry or geochemistry theme.

198

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Chemistry UCAS CODE BSc F100, MChem F101

® Optional placement year and emphasis on lab work ® Build advanced research skills on MChem route

Final year MChem In the final year, specialist chemistry and pharmaceutical modules, and an extended, advanced research project develop your experience and confidence in undertaking scientific research.

Preparing for your career

You will graduate with experience in analytical chemistry techniques such as gas chromatography and mass spectrometry used extensively in industry. You’ll also have scientific research skills, and transferable skills including problem-solving and teamwork. Guest lectures and our links with industry mean you’ll broaden your knowledge and professional network. Our graduates have gone on to careers in areas including analytical chemistry, forensic science, toxicology, teaching, drug discovery and science journalism.

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 194.

DURATION Full-time 3 or 4 years With placement year 4 or 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff BSc 104–96 points MChem 128–112 points A-levels BSc BCC–CCC MChem ABB–BBC A-levels must include chemistry. BTEC Extended Diploma BSc DMM–MMM MChem DDM–DMM BTEC must be applied science with at least four chemistry units. IB BSc 27 points. MChem 32 points with three subjects at Higher level including chemistry at grade 5. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include 12 credits at distinction in level 3 chemistry. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and 30 at merit. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 You can progress to year 3 of our integrated masters MSci if you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the BSc.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

What I’ve found Jamie is a biomedical science graduate. He’s now studying medicine at Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS)

Choosing to study at Brighton was easy

For me the most important thing when choosing a university was whether I’d actually enjoy living in the city where the university was based, Brighton is easily one of the most fun and vibrant places in the country! That combined with the fact that Brighton offered a biomedical science course accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Scientists meant it was an obvious choice.

The transition to university was not as hard as it was from school to college

I actually had a slightly hard time with A-Levels and coming to university was the opportunity for a fresh start. I definitely found the independent approach to studying really refreshing, while the content does get harder in later years of your degree, I feel more supported and perform better academically at university.

There are lots of different ways to learn

The option modules like forensics have been really fun. The opportunity to examine famous criminal cases from a scientific perspective has been really interesting. For my third-year project I had the opportunity to work with Dr Fergus Guppy, investigating the effects of New Zealand Blackcurrant on exercise performance. It was really interesting, and it showed me that research science isn’t all about growing cells in a lab.

It’s a supportive place to learn

I’ve always felt supported in my studies, we often have wellbeing and stress-buster events in the run up to exams and we can contact the student support and guidance counsellors if we’re struggling. I feel quite lucky in that Brighton is one of those universities that recognises that mental health can be an issue among students and is taking measures to combat it.

There is a focus on preparing you for work

The course is accredited which automatically makes it slightly easier to build a biomedical science portfolio compared to other nonaccredited courses. We were offered the opportunity to do a sandwich year working as a biomedical scientist with various companies. And we also got involved with events like tours of local pathology labs and hospital departments to meet people employed in the field and ask them about their daily life. A lot of my fellow students are pursuing masters or PhDs. I’m now studying medicine at BSMS. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

199

HEALTH AND WELLBEING Realistic learning environments, placements in diverse healthcare settings and learning alongside fellow students studying other health courses support our graduates in becoming high-performing, compassionate and patient-focused professionals. Working with our NHS The values of the NHS constitution are at the heart of our health courses: respect, dignity, compassion and patient-focused care, together with the recognition that patients come first at all times. Clinical placements Placements are an integral part of the learning experience for all our health and wellbeing students. As well as providing opportunities to use new skills with patients, placements build relationships and experience of working closely with fellow health professionals. Students benefit from our partnerships with local NHS trusts and private and voluntary organisations. Nursing, paramedic and midwifery students can develop experience of healthcare in international settings through exchange placements. Developing your employability Public health students benefit from two community placements with public health providers in years 2 and 3. We support our public health students in developing a portfolio to aid them in becoming a registered public health practitioner through registration with the UK Public Health Register once they are working in the field.

200

Students on our Nutrition course gain hands on experience with two placements and the course content is mapped against the Association for Nutrition (AfN) criteria. Inter-professional learning Pharmacy students benefit from inter-professional learning opportunities through close links with the Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS). Inter-professional learning between professions benefits all our health and wellbeing students. In their final year, our health and wellbeing students come together for an annual conference with keynote speakers, presentations and plenary sessions looking at how the different professions work together. Where you will learn Medicine is taught at the Brighton and Sussex Medical School â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a partnership between the University of Brighton, the University of Sussex and NHS trusts throughout the south east.

Midwifery, occupational therapy, podiatry and physiotherapy are taught in Eastbourne. Pharmacy, paramedic science, public health, and child and mental health nursing are taught in Brighton. Adult nursing is taught in Brighton and Eastbourne. Professional accreditation Our courses are accredited by professional governing bodies meaning that our graduates are eligible to register with the relevant body, qualified to enter practice and to move on to the next levels of their training. Independent practice Nursing students have access to our skills zones on both our Falmer and Eastbourne campuses. These fully equipped open access areas enable students to practice their skills independently in their own time, or with the guidance of a nursing student PASS (peer-assisted study sessions) leader. New funding As we go to print the government announced that, from September 2020, students studying nursing, midwifery and some allied health subjects will receive annual grants of at least ÂŁ5,000. Weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll publish more information on our website as it becomes available. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Snapshot

04 01

03. Physiotherapy students practice in specialist skills rooms and spend 30 weeks on placement during the course.

Siobhan Melia, Podiatry graduate and Chief Executive of Sussex Community NHS Foundation Trust

I can confidently say that I had no idea all those years ago that this was where my journey was heading. I look back on my time as a student at the University of Brighton as formative and fulfilling. The degree programme was eclectic and challenging. It was the perfect place to start a career that has had quite a few twists and turns.

01. Adult nursing students learn in our clinical skills rooms located on both our Eastbourne (pictured) and Falmer campuses. Realistic learning environments with specialist equipment replicate the professional environment preparing students for placements and professional practice. 02. Paramedic science students learn by practising scenarios in our community flat with microphones and recording equipment for debriefing. Here they are working with midwifery students – interprofessional learning to simulate real-world practice.

04. Midwifery birthing simulation suite with a replica hospital room and home environment. 05. Occupational therapy students use specialist rooms equipped for creative arts and crafts. 06. Located in Eastbourne, our community clinic, Leaf Hospital, is used by podiatry students. They treat NHS patients using the clinic’s consulting rooms, orthotics department, operating theatre and licensed anatomy lab.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ healthsciences.

201

MEDICINE BM BS BRIGHTON: FALMER AND UNIVERSITY OF SUSSEX

Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) is a partnership between the Universities of Brighton and Sussex, and NHS Trusts throughout the south east. Students are full members of both universities. This course has consistently enjoyed high student satisfaction scores in the National Student Survey. The BSMS Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery (BM BS) degree integrates the development of academic knowledge with clinical experience. From the first weeks, students gain experience of working with patients in parallel with their academic study of the biomedical sciences.

Course content

The BM BS degree course at BSMS is designed to help you become a highly competent, strongly motivated doctor, committed to the highest standards of clinical practice, professionalism and patient care. You will study the normal and abnormal functioning of the human body using a systems-based approach, with integrated modules covering the core biomedical and psychosocial sciences. In the first two years, academic and clinical studies are primarily based on both university campuses at Falmer. You will start to develop clinical skills in history taking, physical examination, diagnosis and effective communication with patients in a classroom setting and by gaining experience in primary, secondary and third sector placements. Anatomy study will include a combination of cadaveric dissection, prosection, living anatomy and ultrasound sessions, and 3D printed structures, and student-selected components (SSCs) will allow you to explore selected topics in depth.

202

In year 1, you may spend time with a family looking after a new baby, and in years 2 and 3 with a patient with dementia or a chronic health condition. Years 3 and 4 are primarily based in Brighton at the Audrey Emerton Building and the Royal Sussex County Hospital, and at other sites in East and West Sussex. At the heart of year 3 are ward-based attachments including acute medicine, general medicine and cardiology; elderly medicine and psychiatry; and peri-operative care, A&E, general and vascular surgery, along with weekly teaching sessions. Subject to satisfactory academic performance, you’ll have the opportunity to take an intercalated BSc or Masters degree in a subject of your choice between years 3 and 4. This gives a rigorous training in research methods along with the opportunity to publish your findings and attend scientific conferences, all enhancing your CV. You might choose neuroscience, medical education, global health, cardiology or public health. In year 4, you’ll also undertake a research project, and develop skills in more specialised clinical areas, completing clinical rotations including general practice, infectious diseases, paediatrics, oncology, haematology and palliative care, among others. Year 5 provides intense clinical and professional preparation for your foundation year, through direct patient contact and by using clinical skills laboratories and simulators. You will undertake clinical attachments in regional locations, where you’ll act as part of the medical team. Central to your study will be the assessment, diagnosis and treatment of patients, and you will spend time working closely with junior doctors.

The year also includes a clinical elective period to experience healthcare in another environment in the UK or abroad. Recent destinations have included New Zealand, Malaysia, Nepal, the US and Malawi.

BSMS learning methods

BSMS has an integrated curriculum designed to develop your knowledge, academic and clinical skills. Our emphasis throughout the degree is on small group academic and clinical teaching, which allows you to further develop and apply your learning from lectures. Teaching methods include practical classes in our anatomy and biomedical science laboratories, seminars, guided individual study, clinical skills practice, technology-enhanced learning and clinical symposia. Throughout your training you will use an ePortfolio – this is an important part of continued professional development that all doctors use throughout their careers. Patient educators provide a unique patient-centred focus to clinical training, helping you to gain a broad understanding of patients’ experiences and the implications of a range of health conditions and disabilities.

Professional accreditation

At the end of the undergraduate programme you’ll receive your degree. The General Medical Council (GMC) approves your university’s degree as a primary medical qualification (PMQ). This is important because, provided there are no concerns about your fitness to practise, a PMQ entitles you to provisional registration with the GMC for a licence to practise medicine in the UK. Provisional registration is time limited and provisionally registered doctors can only practise in approved Foundation Year 1 posts. To obtain a Foundation Year 1 post you will need to apply during the final year of your degree though the UK Foundation Programme Office selection scheme, which allocates these posts to graduates on a competitive basis.

Successful completion of the Foundation Year 1 programme is normally achieved within 12 months and is marked by the award of a Certificate of Experience. You will then be eligible to apply for full registration with the General Medical Council.

SUBJECT AREA Medicine

Although this information is currently correct regulations in this area may change from time to time. Check online for the most up-to-date information. • www.foundationprogramme.nhs.uk • www.gmc-uk.org/registration-andlicensing

BSMS expects students to become compassionate practitioners who are really in touch with their patients and committed to the core values of the NHS. Successful applicants must possess the abilities, the commitment and the personal qualities necessary to become an excellent doctor. In assessing applications, the BSMS admissions team will be looking for evidence of: • academic achievement and potential • BMAT score (UK/EU applicants) • a realistic attitude to medical training and clinical practice • an understanding of the NHS values and the ability to reflect upon their importance • a commitment to quality of care, compassion and improving lives • the ability to communicate and work effectively in a team for the benefit of patients • the ability to appreciate other people’s point of view • an appreciation of the need to treat people with respect and dignity • a willingness to accept responsibility • a resilient all-rounder who can demonstrate a number of skills and attributes.

Career opportunities

A degree in medicine will equip students with the knowledge and the clinical and personal skills they will need to progress to the next stage of their training – the first year of foundation training. Wherever their foundation jobs are, they will have close educational supervision and continue with their portfolio.

Course content

Full details on the curriculum, entry requirements, eligibility, and admissions are published in the BSMS prospectus, available from: www.brighton.ac.uk/ prospectus or see bsms.ac.uk.

Medicine UCAS application deadlines To start in 2021, 15 October 2020 To start in 2022, 15 October 2021

UCAS CODE A100 DURATION Full-time 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Biomedical Admissions Test (BMAT) All applicants must sit the BMAT in the year of application in order to be considered for interview. You are required to register with BMAT assessment centres before the test. www.admissionstestingservice.org A-levels AAA to include biology and chemistry. General Studies and Critical Thinking excluded. IB 36 points overall, including biology and chemistry at Higher level, grade 6.

Widening participation BSMS is committed to widening participation into medicine. When assessing your academic profile, we will also be looking to see if you have any contextual data that may enhance your application. Applicants identified as having contextual data will be considered with AAB at A-level (including biology and chemistry), and GCSE grade 5 or C in English and maths. Graduate entry Applicants should hold, or expect to hold, a first or upper second class honours degree and be able to demonstrate an adequate knowledge of biology and chemistry – equivalent to an A grade pass at A-level in both. Applicants should note that the integrated nature of the BSMS degree in medicine does not allow advanced entry to a different year of the course. Applicants with a first or upper second class honours degree, but who do not have the necessary knowledge of biology and chemistry, are invited to consider the Access to Medicine route. EU or Channel Island Applications are considered on the same basis as UK applicants. International BSMS has ten places per year for international students. Applicants should possess academic qualifications equivalent to those required from UK and EU applicants and are required to sit the BMAT. Date of qualifications All above qualifications should have been achieved no earlier than August 2011. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 For further information on admissions, see www.bsms.ac.uk/admissions-process.

GCSE English and mathematics at grade 6 or B or above, or evidence of equivalent literacy and numeracy.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 203

PHARMACY MPharm BRIGHTON: MOULSECOOMB

Our MPharm programme is taught through a series of case studies that bring together the science of pharmacy with the needs of the patient. Placements in either community or hospital settings in each year of the course prepare you for work as a patient-focused professional. You will benefit from inter-professional learning opportunities with Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS), and from learning informed by clinical practice and research. You’ll undertake a research project alongside our researchers, who are leading the development of innovative biomedical products and pioneering new approaches to regenerative medicine and the treatment of cancer, asthma, diabetes and other chronic diseases.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 Your first year consists of 10 cases specifically designed to allow you to gain an understanding of minor ailments and their treatments using medicines that can be bought from a community pharmacy. Cases cover subjects such as digestive ailments, skin conditions and eye conditions. Your learning will be supported by a placement in a community pharmacy. Year 2 You will study 12 cases dealing with more complex conditions such as asthma, hypertension, and ischaemic heart disease. You will also learn how to take a drug history and produce a care plan. Learning is supported by three clinical placements. Year 3 You will continue to build on your learning through 13 more cases including endocrinology, immunology and oncology in considering the treatment of patients with type 1 diabetes, autoimmune diseases and breast cancer. Learning is supported by a week-long hospital placement.

204

WHY US

® Case-based approach shows relevance of science to the practice of pharmacy ® Inter-professional learning opportunities with Brighton and Sussex Medical School ® Accredited by the General Pharmaceutical Council

Final year You will focus on more complex patients, usually involving multiple pathologies and polypharmacy. There will also be smallgroup, inter-professional sessions that simulate real-life clinical scenarios. You will study two special topics and undertake a research project. Our strong links with a local pharmaceutical company give you the option of studying in an industrial environment. Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 194.

Preparing for your career

The MPharm qualification is the only undergraduate UK degree acceptable for registration with the General Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC), the UK’s independent regulator of the pharmacy profession. After a successful pre-registration year and examination, you will be eligible for professional registration with the GPhC and ready to begin your career in pharmacy. Our course will prepare you for all areas of the profession, including community, hospital and industrial pharmacy.

SUBJECT AREA Pharmacy UCAS CODE B230 DURATION Full-time 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 128-120 points A-levels ABB–BBB. A-levels should include chemistry and one further science. BTEC Extended Diploma DDM plus A-level chemistry at grade B. BTEC should be applied science with chemistry units.

BECOMING A FULLY QUALIFIED PHARMACIST The journey towards becoming a qualified pharmacist has several stages. It involves learning, understanding and demonstrating that you can deliver the safe and effective patient-centred care that is expected of pharmacy professionals.

Pre-registration training

The first step is graduating from a GPhCaccredited MPharm course (like the one on this page). After your degree, you’ll complete a year of pre-reg training: paid work in a community or hospital pharmacy where you’ll build a portfolio of evidence and demonstrate your competence whilst being observed at work. Your progress is guided and verified by a tutor. Your pre-reg year is when you work towards becoming a pharmacist. You’ll demonstrate your knowledge by passing the GPhC registration assessment, as well as showing that you have the competencies that are required to be a safe, effective pharmacist.

Help with your assessment

We stay in touch after you’ve graduated from the MPharm and provide help in the form of a mock exam and online support around pharmaceutical calculations. The mock exam is held at the university, six weeks before the actual exam, so that you can assess your learning, identify gaps in your knowledge and gain confidence. It consists of two papers written in the style of the new GPhC exam. Finally, you need to meet the fitness to practice requirements for registration as a pharmacist.

Now you’re a pharmacist!

This whole process takes at least five years. But once you have completed all of these steps successfully you can apply for registration with the GPhC as a pharmacist. After qualification and registration, you’ll be expected to undertake regular continuing professional development ensuring that your knowledge and skills stay up to date and relevant, part of the professions commitment to lifelong learning. You may also be able to focus on specialist areas of pharmacy.

IB 32 points including grade 5 in chemistry and biology at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include 24 credits at distinction in biology and chemistry. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. The admissions process will include discussion of a NHS values-based ethical dilemma in a group exercise or equivalent and a numeracy test. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 205

NUTRITION BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE

Every country in the world is struggling with a nutrition problem of some kind whether from malnutrition, obesity or a combination of these factors. Food is rarely out of the media and we are constantly encouraged to think more about diet and its impact on our health and the wider environment. Our Nutrition degree will help you become part of the solution to these issues. Your studies will centre on the application of current knowledge about human nutrition. You will explore nutrition, physiology and exercise alongside public health, food consumer behaviour and aspects of foodrelated diseases. Optional modules enable you to tailor your learning and the course offers specialist pathways in public health and sport and exercise. Field trips, visiting industry speakers and placements help you to put your learning into action.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 The first year focuses on an introduction to the agri-food sector and consumer behaviour while exploring the basics of human nutrition, physiology and exercise. You will become familiar with key concepts of public health and nutrition while being introduced to research and nutritional project frameworks. Year 2 In the first half of your second year you’ll explore food policy, food handling and hygiene. This is supported by the study of enabling nutrition and aspects of food-related diseases. During the second half of the year you can choose to specialise in sport and exercise, or public health. You will also have a placement opportunity with a not-for-profit organisation. Final year In your final year you will continue to develop your areas of interest through option modules, carry out research for your dissertation and undertake a second placement opportunity with a commercial organisation.

206

WHY US

® Choose to specialise in public health or sport and exercise ® Gain hands-on experience and contacts during two placements ® Benefit from field trips and our programme of visiting industry speakers

SUBJECT AREA Health professions UCAS CODE B400 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points

Preparing for your career

In your career you need a combination of knowledge, skills, personal qualities and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree. Placements with our partnership organisations will give you invaluable first-hand knowledge and skills and help you stand out to potential employers. You could work with: food banks, looking at their impact; health and sport centres who offer holistic approaches to lifestyle interventions, sports teams seeking specific support on nutritional requirements or with individual athletes. Graduates from this course will have the skills to help people and communities make the right eating choices in many different capacities. Your career could take you into roles that include: nutritionist, education officer, food technologist, health promotion specialist, medical sales rep or development scientist.

A-levels BBC–CCC. Must include a science subject or equivalent. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Must include science-based modules. IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3. 18 credits at merit, science-based modules required. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY

BSc(Hons)

EASTBOURNE

Occupational therapists help people to maintain or rebuild their lives physically and psychologically, and to use activity to retain their independence.

WHY US

As an occupational therapist, you will work with people who are unable to lead full lives for various reasons. These might be essential everyday skills such as dressing, eating and cooking, or the aspects of life that define us, such as our jobs, leisure interests and relationships.

® Study part-time with a practical approach to real-world case studies ® Practice placements in each year of the course and learn in facilities that simulate real life

This accredited part-time course gives you everything you need to qualify and practise as an occupational therapist. Our practical approach to learning means that you will apply your knowledge to solve real-world case scenarios in clinical settings. You will develop practical skills in our Daily Living Suite and specialist rooms and facilities equipped for creative skills, for example in arts and crafts, cooking, ceramics and horticulture. Using a problem-based learning approach, you will examine real-life scenarios in small groups with a tutor. This type of education has been found to deepen understanding and promote lifelong learning. A focus on interdisciplinary learning enriches your experience while preparing you for the reality of professional practice. Many students on the course are already working in health and social care, but we also welcome applicants with transferable experience from other backgrounds.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will learn about human occupation and how to assess occupational capacities, as well as undertake your beginning and novice practice placements. Year 2 You will study occupational therapy in teams as you progress to intermediate practice and learn how to maximise occupational participation. Year 3 You will build on your skills and knowledge as you learn how to evaluate therapeutic occupations and work in diverse settings and practice.

® Professional accreditation

SUBJECT AREA Health professions APPLY DIRECT ON OUR WEBSITE

Final year You will undertake your competent placement and learn about person-centred occupational therapy and how to achieve best practice.

Preparing for your career

After professional registration with the HCPC graduates are eligible to take up opportunities in health and social care, in the NHS, social services, the private, and voluntary sector. There are many new and exciting possibilities for occupational therapists nationally and worldwide. Occupational therapists work in an everwidening range of mental health and physical disability settings including acute hospitals, long-term rehabilitation, social care, local communities, schools, factories, residential homes, institutions for older or more profoundly disabled people, voluntary organisations and prisons.

DURATION Part-time 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Academic requirements Applicants are expected to provide evidence of recent* academic achievement equivalent to at least one A-level. You will also need to have level 2 (GCSE or Functional Skills) in both maths and English language at grade C/grade 4, or above. *within five years of the start of the course. If you have an honours degree (minimum second class) this period is extended to 10 years. Non-academic requirements A 500-word report demonstrating your understanding of the diversity of occupational therapy. DBS check All students will need a DBS (Disclosure Barring Service) check. This is paid for by the university. References You are also required to provide two references. More info on these requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 Degree apprenticeship available Find out more on page 239.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 207

PARAMEDIC SCIENCE BSc(Hons) FALMER

As a paramedic you will often be the first healthcare professional at the scene of incidents requiring pre-hospital care. Working in conditions which can be challenging and rapidly changing, you will assess a patient’s condition and make potentially lifesaving decisions about treatment and hospital transfer. Working as a paramedic offers many employment experiences in the UK and further afield. There are opportunities for you to undertake an international placement, and explore practice in a different environment and culture. Accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council and endorsed by the College of Paramedics, this course gives you everything you need to become a paramedic. Successful completion of this course will make you eligible to apply for registration as a paramedic with the HCPC. To ensure you can confidently apply theory to practice, you’ll spend 50% of your year on placement with the South East Coast Ambulance Service NHS Foundation Trust and in other healthcare settings. You will also practise in our state of the art clinical skills and simulation suite and community flat.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 In year 1, you will get weekly experience with ambulance crews alongside classroombased study of the foundations of paramedic practice and introductions to the physical, social and behavioural sciences. You will learn essential clinical skills before and during your practice placement, and across the year. Year 2 Year 2 focuses on physical assessment, care delivery, and the role of evidence and research. You will learn more advanced clinical skills and patient management, particularly in relation to trauma, and have the chance to apply your knowledge in both practice settings and your continued work placements. Final year In the final year, you will further develop your clinical skills and prepare to become a registered paramedic. During your final year you will have the opportunity to undertake a four-week placement in another European country. 208

WHY US

® Professional accreditations

® 50% practice-based learning in ambulance, mental health, A&E and other health settings ® Learn in a modern clinical skills and simulation suite

Preparing for your career

No two days are the same when you work as a paramedic. You’ll operate in different locations and need to think on your feet to deal with the diverse challenges that you will face. Paramedics work with patients, families and communities in primary care, acute and critical care settings. Many of our graduates leave university with a firm offer of employment from their sponsoring trust and there is a wealth of opportunity to progress up the career ladder. Qualified paramedics are increasingly found at the heart of multidisciplinary NHS teams. Career paths include specialist practice, teaching, management and research.

SUBJECT AREA Health professions UCAS CODE B780 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120 points A-levels BBB, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC Extended Diploma DDM in a health or science subject. IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level to include a science at grade 5. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Shortlisted candidates will be interviewed by staff from the university and the South East Coast Ambulance Service Trust. Applicants must pass occupational health and Disclosure and Barring (DBS) checks. More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

What I’ve found Darcy is studying paramedic science at our Brighton: Falmer campus

Application is straightforward I found applying quite simple and straightforward. The communication is great between the university and the students making the whole process less daunting. Especially during my interview, everything was simple and clear, which made it so much easier.

There’s always support

There are student support and guidance tutors and they can support you with so many things, anything from money or missing home. If there’s something they can’t help with, they can send you to someone who can.

You’ll use simulated learning facilities

As healthcare students we can access equipment to practice with even outside of lectures. There is also simulated learning throughout my course, which is important for paramedic science. They have a flat with cameras and microphones so you can simulate an incident, then watch it back which is fun and useful.

The placement is integrated into the course

The placement feature is definitely my favourite! It’s a very big aspect of my course and with the University of Brighton, you get to do it every week alongside university instead of in blocks, which is what some other universities do. We have placement 24 hours a week with SECAmb on an ambulance. It’s a compulsory placement as part of the curriculum. There are also placements within hospitals and mental health services, giving us a broad understanding of other health professionals and their roles.

I have a deeper understanding of the life of a paramedic

Usually twice a week I do a 12hour shift on an ambulance as a ‘third man’. It involves following the day of the crew in that ambulance and working with them, constantly learning and getting involved where I can. It’s the best part of the course in my opinion. Throughout the course you can contribute more and more making it feel like you’re becoming a paramedic.

Until I went on placement I didn’t understand fully the role of a paramedic and all the other staff that work within the ambulance service. It opened my eyes fully to what my role will be when I qualify.

There’s time for fun outside of the course

I am a part of the Student Paramedic Society and I do boxing with the university too. I would really recommend joining a society or a sport as it’s a great way to meet new people and have some time away from your course doing something enjoyable! CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

209

PHYSIOTHERAPY BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE

Physiotherapists work closely with people of all ages who are affected by illness, injury or disability, and a variety of other conditions affecting health and wellbeing. You will devise and provide individualised treatment programmes with compassion, patience and strong interpersonal skills, helping to improve a person’s quality of life through advice, exercise and education. Physiotherapy is a science-based profession and takes a ‘whole person’ approach to health and wellbeing, which includes the individual’s general lifestyle. At the core is the person’s involvement in their own care. This course gives you everything you need to start working as an HCPC-registered physiotherapist in the UK.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll focus on the underpinning theory needed to be a physiotherapist, such as anatomy. You will be introduced to core physiotherapy skills such as exercise prescription and massage. Running through the first year is a professional module which explores what it is to be a physiotherapist. You will gain physiotherapy-relevant work experience and have the option to work with a voluntary organisation. This will develop your interpersonal and professional skills and enable you to start work with service users. Year 2 You will learn to apply skills related to the core areas of physiotherapy: musculoskeletal physiotherapy and rehabilitation (outpatients), physiotherapy management (acute care), rehabilitation and management of long-term conditions, and healthcare across practice settings. You will learn about research methods in healthcare and take your first sixweek clinical practice placement. Final year In your final year, you’ll take four further practice placements. You will learn about professional development for physiotherapists from visiting experts, and conduct research for evidence-based practice.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation

® Specialist facilities and equipment ® 30 weeks (1,000 hours) of clinical experience to fully prepare you for practice

Preparing for your career

The focus on interdisciplinary learning enriches your experience while preparing you for the reality of professional practice. You will learn and practise practical skills in our skills and exercise therapy rooms. You will spend 30 weeks on placement, gaining practical knowledge and skills in practice settings to prepare you fully for your future role as a physiotherapist. This course gives you everything you need to start working as a chartered physiotherapist in the UK, with professional and portfolio development from start to finish. Many graduates secure employment with local placement providers. You might choose to go straight into a specific area of practice such as paediatric or musculoskeletal fields, or take a post that offers rotations through several clinical areas to gain broad experience. Some students stay with us to study at masters level to enhance their knowledge and practice skills or follow a research path.

SUBJECT AREA Health professions UCAS CODE B160 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 128 points A-levels ABB to include biology, human biology or PE. BTEC Extended Diploma DDM, and an A-level in biology or human biology at grade B. IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level to include a science at grade 5. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall, 45 must be at level 3 (at least 30 distinctions and 15 merits), the remaining 15 credits at level 2. Must include biological science. Candidates must also have GCSE maths and English grade C/4, or an equivalent qualification. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. If you have an honours degree in biological sciences, behavioural sciences or other health professional education at minimum grade 2:1 awarded within the last five years, you may be able to apply for our accelerated Physiotherapy (PreRegistration) MSc course. Other qualifications accepted for this course and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

210

What I’ve found Grace is studying physiotherapy at our Eastbourne campus

You can play to your strengths I struggle with essays and I always have, but one of my modules had the option to do either an essay or a presentation for the assessment. I chose to do the presentation and I ended up doing a lot better than I thought I would. I was really appreciative of having the option to choose which I was more comfortable with. I like that with this course, there’s practical assessments as well, so if you don’t feel confident in the written work then you still have the opportunity to shine.

It’s a supportive place to learn

The staff on my course are so supportive and encouraging, I feel confident going to them and asking for help. They’ve helped me become more confident as a student.

You’re never left to struggle on your own and they’ll always find some strategy to help with your learning. The other day in a lecture, they could sense that the group was quiet and that everyone seemed to be a bit stressed out, so they’re doing resilience workshops and teambuilding to get people feeling better, reassuring us that it’s okay and they’re supporting us.

We’re continually preparing for practice

The lecturers and support staff are practitioners too

Eastbourne is a special place to study

One of our lecturers did a talk to the Physiotherapy Society about working with Paralympian athletes and I think it’s awesome that we have lecturers that are still out in practice because what they’re teaching us is relevant. They constantly draw on their experience and practice. It inspires me that a lot of the sport science lecturers are working in elite sport or doing research and they give you opportunities to help with their research, which I really love.

Everything that we learn in class – they call it our toolkit of skills – is preparing us for when we go on placement and when we start working.  We’re put in the best position to feel confident in what we know, and when we’re on placement, staff will come visit to see how we’re doing and reassure us.

Because we’re a smaller campus we have such a closeknit community. I think it’s so lovely that you have a variety of different courses but you don’t feel lost, you feel like you’re more of a smaller community, I think that’s what I love about studying here. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

211

PODIATRY BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE

We developed the UK’s first degree in podiatry and are proud of our track record in teaching and research. Podiatrists are specialist health professionals who care for patients with foot and lower limb complaints, helping them to maintain their health and wellbeing through podiatric treatment, minor surgery, orthotics, exercise and education. Podiatry is a flexible, rewarding and varied profession. This accredited course offers internal placements at our own Leaf Hospital, enabling you to see patients from the outset. Studying podiatry at Brighton offers the opportunity to work in specialist disciplines, with optional modules, including diabetes care, musculoskeletal practice and rheumatology.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will start to develop your clinical skills in assessment, diagnosis and management and develop effective communication with patients during clinical practice. The normal structure and function of the musculoskeletal system of the foot and lower limb, will be integrated into fundamental areas of anatomy, physiology and dermatology. Year 2 Your clinical practice will continue to develop and you will look at Musculoskeletal Disorders. Your clinical development will be underpinned by detailed study of clinical sciences and health psychology. You will also look at research design and ethics, led by research-active staff who will link the latest developments to your studies. Final year You prepare for work as a podiatrist, gaining experience in multidisciplinary settings, including specialist hospital wards, outpatient clinics and orthopaedic operating sessions. You will complete your research project, and study medicine and pharmacology in detail.

WHY US

® Approved by

® Leading provider of education in podiatry with an international reputation for teaching and research ® Excellent facilities including our own podiatry clinic which welcomes NHS patients

Preparing for your career

Our emphasis is on practical experience so you will study in excellent facilities, including our own Leaf Hospital which has two main clinics, consulting rooms, an orthotics department, an operating theatre and a licenced anatomy laboratory. You will share learning and expertise with physiotherapy, occupational therapy and pharmacy students, just like the workplace. You will accumulate 1,000 hours of clinical practice, giving you essential experience of working with NHS patients and managing your own caseload before you qualify. There is an increasing demand for podiatrists, which is in part due to an emphasis on health and fitness, an ageing population, and the role played by the profession in the care of people with chronic diseases such as diabetes. Our graduates enjoy excellent employment prospects, typically securing roles in advanced practice, clinical teaching, research, education and training, and the NHS and private sector.

SUBJECT AREA Health professions UCAS CODE B985 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112 points A-levels BBC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Science or health studies. Must include level 3 units in biology. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Mature students Mature students are assessed on previous work experience, recent and other significant academic study. If you have an honours degree (min 2:2) in biological sciences, behavioural sciences or other health professional education, you may eligible for our Podiatry (Pre-Registration) MSc course. Other professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 Degree apprenticeship available Find out more on page 239.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 212

MIDWIFERY BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE

Midwifery is a career with unique challenges and rewards, where you’ll share people’s most personal experiences. You will provide essential care, advice and support for women and their family during pregnancy, labour and the post-natal period. To thrive in this role you need to be adaptable, compassionate and dependable, with a sound knowledge of everyday midwifery issues and potential complications. Spending 50% of the year on placements, this course enables you to develop core midwifery competencies, equips you to confidently apply theory to practice and leads to eligibility for registration as a midwife.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will be introduced to the art of midwifery, the human body in childbearing, the physiological basis of midwifery assessment, and developing relationships within midwifery practice. Year 2 You’ll continue to develop the art of midwifery and explore research processes. This year will introduce the complexities which can be experienced in health and pregnancy, the management of these conditions, and emergencies and appropriate referral of mother or baby to other health professionals or agencies. Final year This year provides further opportunities to develop your midwifery skills, working closely with other healthcare professionals, and you’ll undertake a research-based project.

Preparing for your career

This course provides an excellent foundation for work in a range of contexts providing midwifery care, and for further professional development in clinical practice, education and research. Many students go on to work for their practice placement provider. You will have the option of applying for a module which includes a self-funded international observational placement of up to three weeks.

WHY US

® Approved by

® Excellent facilities including a hospital and home environment birthing simulation rooms ® 50:50 split of theory and practice throughout the course with placements in varied settings ® Opportunity to go on an observational placement abroad

Throughout the course you will develop core midwifery competencies in areas including human biology and relationships, midwifery practice and its professional framework. As you progress through the course, you will learn about more complex medical, social and obstetric needs, as well as referral of mother or baby. You’ll spend around 50% of the course on placement in varied health settings, working alongside professional midwives and other healthcare professionals. You’ll gain valuable experience in our midwifery care and delivery suite, which provides two birthing simulation rooms – a replica hospital room and home birthing room, allowing you to learn by interacting with our birthing mannequin. You will work and share knowledge and expertise with other health students, for example with paramedics in our flexible learning environment, a community flat with specialist equipment to record and review scenarios.

LOOK ONLINE

There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, amazing facilities and news and blogs, with more about the course team and some of our students or graduates. Midwifery courses are changing in line with new standards from the Nursing and Midwifery Council, which means that our course will change substantially for students beginning their course in 2020 and beyond. You’ll be able to see the changes online from May 2020. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

SUBJECT AREA Midwifery UCAS CODE B720 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBB, must include a science, psychology or sociology at grade B. BTEC Extended Diploma DDM in a health or science subject. IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. UCAS tariff 120 points Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction. Additional requirements GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4). • With Access diploma: maths and English language. • With all other qualifications: at least five subjects including maths, English language and science. More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 213

NURSING (ADULT) BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER OR EASTBOURNE

Studying adult nursing at the University of Brighton enables you to work closely with patients and their families as part of a versatile team of health and social care professionals including doctors, psychologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists. You will learn how to tailor individual care for adults with a range of clinical needs. We will support you in becoming a caring and compassionate professional who delivers skilled, evidence-based care in partnership with patients, families and communities. Interdisciplinary learning enriches your experience while preparing you for professional practice. You will also have the opportunity to experience nursing abroad through our international placements. There are two start dates for this course – September where teaching is based in Brighton, and February which is based at our Eastbourne campus. There are varied placements across Sussex, Surrey and Kent in both hospital and community settings.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You are introduced to the profession of nursing and begin your development of the required knowledge and skills, including during practice learning. You will develop an understanding of the structure and function of the human body. Year 2 You’ll continue to build your skills and knowledge in professional practice. You will start to develop the principles of adult nursing and gain an insight into the clinical settings that nurses work in such as public health, acute services, community and research. Final year You will complete an extended project and develop your professional practice further in the areas of leadership, physical assessment and complex care needs.

WHY US

® Approved by

® Excellent employment prospects ® Learn in facilities that simulate real-life nursing ® 50% practice-based course, meeting NMC standards

Preparing for your career

Graduates will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC). This course provides a solid foundation for working in healthcare settings, and for further development in clinical practice, education, management and research. The majority of our graduates leave university with a firm offer of employment. You’ll spend half of your course on placement in hospital and community settings with local NHS trusts, private and voluntary organisations. Our clinical skills and simulation suites enable you to apply theory to practice in a supported environment. You’ll share some modules with students on our other nursing courses, so that you’ll collaborate and share knowledge and expertise just like in the workplace.

SUBJECT AREA Nursing UCAS CODE B7L0 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112 points A-levels BBC, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in a health or science subject. IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to the grades you have achieved in examinations. More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 Degree apprenticeship available Find out more on page 239.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 214

NURSING (CHILD) BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Studying children’s nursing at Brighton enables you to work closely with children, young people and their families as part of a team of health and social care professionals including doctors, psychologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists. You will learn how to tailor individual care for children and young people with a range of clinical needs. We will support you in becoming a caring and compassionate professional who delivers skilled, evidence-based care in partnership with patients, families and communities. Interdisciplinary learning enriches your experience while also preparing you for professional practice. You will also have the opportunity to experience nursing abroad through our international placements. Your teaching will be based at our Falmer campus in Brighton, and there are varied placements across Sussex, Surrey and Kent in both hospital and community settings. This course starts in September each year.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You are introduced to the profession of nursing and begin your development of the required knowledge and skills. You will develop an understanding of the structure and function of the human body and spend time on placement. Year 2 You continue to build your skills and knowledge in professional practice. You will start to develop the principles of child nursing and gain an insight into the clinical settings that nurses work in such as public health, acute services, community and research. Final year You will complete an extended project and develop your professional practice further in the areas of leadership, physical assessment and more complex care needs.

WHY US

® Approved by

® Excellent employment prospects ® Learn in facilities that simulate real-life nursing ® 50% practice-based course, meeting NMC standards

Preparing for your career

Graduates will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC). This course provides a solid foundation for working in healthcare settings, and for further development in clinical practice, education, management and research. The majority of our children’s nursing graduates leave university with a firm offer of employment. You’ll spend half of your course on placement in hospital and community settings with local NHS trusts, private and voluntary organisations. Our clinical skills and simulation suites enable you to apply theory to practice in a supported environment. You’ll share some modules with our other nursing students, so that you’ll collaborate and share knowledge and expertise just like in the workplace. You will also benefit from patients contributing to your learning through shared stories.

SUBJECT AREA Nursing UCAS CODE B730 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112 points A-levels BBC, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in a health or science subject. IB 27 points with three subjects at Higherlevel. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to the grades you have achieved in examinations. More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 Degree apprenticeship available Find out more on page 239.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 215

NURSING (MENTAL HEALTH) BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Studying mental health nursing at Brighton enables you to work closely with people of all ages and their families who are experiencing mental health problems as part of a versatile team of health and social care professionals including doctors, psychologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists. You will learn how to tailor individual care for people with a range of clinical needs. We will support you in becoming a caring and compassionate professional who delivers skilled, evidence-based care in partnership with patients, families and communities. Our focus on interdisciplinary learning enriches your experience while also preparing you for professional practice. You will also have the opportunity to experience nursing abroad through our international placements. Your teaching will be based at our Falmer campus in Brighton. Half of your course will be spent on placements with local NHS trusts in varied settings. This course starts in September each year.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You are introduced to the profession of nursing and begin your development of the required clinical and communication skills. You will also study the biological and behavioural sciences that inform nursing practice and go on placement. Year 2 You’ll continue to build your skills and knowledge in professional practice. You will start to develop the principles of mental health nursing and gain an insight into the clinical settings that nurses work in such as public health, acute services, community and research. Final year You will complete an extended project and complete your professional practice. You’ll also develop your professional practice further in the areas of leadership, physical assessment and complex care needs.

WHY US

® Approved by

® Excellent employment prospects ® Learn in facilities that simulate real-life nursing ® 50% practice-based course, meeting NMC standards

Preparing for your career

Graduates will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC). This course provides a solid foundation for working in healthcare settings, and for further development in clinical practice, education, management and research. The majority of our graduates leave university with a firm offer of employment. You’ll spend half of your course on placement in hospital and community settings with local NHS trusts, private and voluntary organisations. Our clinical skills and simulation suites enable you to apply theory to practice in a supported environment. You’ll share some modules with our other nursing students, so that you’ll collaborate and share knowledge and expertise just like in the workplace.

SUBJECT AREA Nursing UCAS CODE B760 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112 points A-levels BBC, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC DMM in a health or science subject. IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Mature students Anyone over 21 is considered a mature student. If you already have work or other experience that demonstrates your potential we will take this into account in addition to the grades you have achieved in examinations. More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 Degree apprenticeship available Find out more on page 239.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 216

PUBLIC HEALTH BSc(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Public health professionals can transform the lives of communities, families and individuals by supporting them in making changes to boost their physical and mental wellbeing. This course will provide you with an in-depth understanding of the factors that can support or undermine people’s health. Based at our Falmer campus in Brighton, the course provides a mix of classroom and community-based learning. This provides you with first-hand experience of the challenges of protecting and promoting people’s health. Our team of expert academics are all experienced public health professionals. They will help you gain the vital skills and knowledge which are identified in the UK Public Health Skills and Knowledge framework. We will also support you in developing a portfolio that will aid you in becoming a registered public health practitioner through registration with the UK Public Health Register once you are working in the field.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You are introduced to the key themes that will inform your work in public health. You will explore public health ethics, policy and service delivery, health needs assessment, and anatomy and physiology. You’ll also develop your research and project methods in a public health context. Year 2 You will study subjects such as population surveillance, global health, assessment and research methods, epidemiology and health protection. You’ll learn how to support people with healthier lifestyle choices such as healthy eating, exercise and sleep behaviour. You also undertake a community placement. Final year You will put together a research proposal for your dissertation and take your final community and public health placement. You’ll learn about leadership, management and health promotion for public health improvement. Options include global social policy and health law and ethics.

WHY US

® Work placements provide practical experience with potential employers ® Professionally focused course, developed in consultation with UK Public Health Register Standards and National Occupational Standards for Public Health ® Gain the vital knowledge and experience needed to become a public health practitioner

Preparing for your career

Placements are a distinctive feature giving you the opportunity to put theory into practice, learn from public health practitioners in the field and to build future contacts. The work you observe and participate in will inform and strengthen your studies. Interdisciplinary learning with students on other healthcare courses enriches your experience, while also preparing you for the reality of professional practice. Graduates from this course are confident, articulate and highly skilled. A curriculum devised in consultation with Public Health England and regional public health departments means you’ll be fully equipped to contribute as a professional within the field of public health. Your specialist knowledge and graduate skills will be attractive to a wide range of employers in public health and related fields, for example: public health, drug and alcohol counselling, work with homeless people, housing, education and environmental health, as well as youth and social work.

LOOK ONLINE

SUBJECT AREA Public health UCAS CODE L510 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points. A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall in a social science, health and social care, or science subject. At least 45 level 3 credits, including 15 distinctions and 30 at merit. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 217

SPORT AND EXERCISE Join a network of coaches, Olympians, world champions and world-leading researchers. Sport and exercise students at Brighton explore their subject through learning from leading sports scientists, athletes and policy-makers, guest lectures, events and seminars, and from access to specialist facilities and laboratories. Placements and work experience Placements offer invaluable experience and networking opportunities with organisations that have previously included British Triathlon, RFU Twickenham, Eastbourne Rovers Athletic Club and Source BMX Park. You could also be involved in research projects at Brighton or with the training and assessment of the elite athletes who work with us. Our community projects are another great way to build experience and include Dance Rivals, Chelsea Childrenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Camp, and Peer2Peer International. Our dance companies Kickstart and Fidget enable PE students to gain experience of teaching dance and take up the challenge of performing. Our students also take part in sport coaching placements with Football4Peace, which has been bringing divided societies together through sport since 2001 when Brighton researchers first partnered with the World Sports Peace Project in Israel.

218

Employability We are a Higher Education Partner of the Chartered Institute for the Management of Sport and Physical Activity (CIMSPA). Our students receive student-affiliate status with CIMSPA, and benefit from guest lectures and free e-learning through the CIMSPA Academy as well as access to graduate work placement, volunteering and internship opportunities. Many courses also offer study abroad options and opportunities to gain additional professional qualifications. Facilities Sport and fitness facilities on the Eastbourne campus include a swimming pool, two gyms, an artificial training pitch, two dance studios , a climbing wall, a sports hall, and the strength, conditioning and aerobic suite. Our sport and exercise science and sport coaching students can run experiments and test theories in the biomechanics lab, exercise physiology labs, environment chamber and oxygen-controlled chamber. We have also built a new psychology lab and strength and conditioning research gym.

Olympic record Brighton has been training and coaching Olympic and Paralympic athletes and medal winners since 1952, including para-cyclist David Stone MBE and pentathlete Kate Allenby MBE. Dr Gary Brickley has coached British cyclists to many medals at the last six Paralympics, working with the multiple medal-winning Dame Sarah Storey and triathlete Joe Townsend. Scholarships University of Brighton sports scholarships for elite athletes, elite disabled athletes and talented sports performers enable them to develop their full potential and compete at the highest level whilst studying. Benefits include access to University of Brighton sports coaches and to an extensive partnership network, including Sport England.

Snapshot

04. Tokyo 2020 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Students presented their dissertation findings to practitioners of the English Institute of Sport around optimising performance to the heat expected at the Tokyo 2020 Olympics and Paralympics.

Rob Peters, graduate and Regional Tennis Education Officer

My placement was with Tennis in the Park where I coached both children and adults. Working at a tennis club with a great reputation was a fantastic experience for me and something which helped me get my role with the Lawn Tennis Association after graduation.

01. Our new teaching and research gym has six Olympic lifting platforms with full Eleiko training equipment, three force platforms, Desmotech isoinertial device, Isokinetic dynamometer, Optojump and a wireless EMG. 02. Sport and Exercise Science students can work with people on our cardiac rehab programme, Active Hearts. Opportunities to take part in consultancy projects with real clients like this will improve your employability. 03. Practical activities include learning how sport can be made inclusive for people with special education needs and disabilities.

05. You can get involved with our award-winning Football for Peace programme and have opportunities to work with communities in the UK and internationally. 06. Field trips take your learning out of the classroom. Sport and Exercise Science students have an annual trip to the Brecon Beacons as part of their Expedition Physiology module. 07. Kick-Start, our male dance troupe, rehearsing. They perform in schools and colleges, and gain experience of teaching dance.

Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/sasm.

219

SPORT INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR Foundation year EASTBOURNE

Our integrated foundation year provides an extra year of study at foundation level, opening up opportunities if you do not hold the required A-levels or equivalent qualifications, are changing career or returning to study. The foundation offers a wide perspective on the world of sport and gives you the support, knowledge and skills you need to study at degree level. You’ll benefit from strong academic support and excellent facilities, and be equipped to get the most out of the honours degree that you choose. Successful completion means that you can progress onto one of our sport honours degrees. You can read about them on pages 221–227 of this prospectus. Depending on the subjects that you are most interested in, you’ll pick a specific pathway through The Study of Sport module. Which pathway you choose dictates the degree that you can progress to. Pathway: Science of Sport and Physical Activity • Physical Education BA(Hons) • Sport and Exercise Science BSc(Hons) • Sport Coaching BSc(Hons) • Strength and Conditioning BSc(Hons) Pathway: Sport in Society • Exercise, Health and Rehabilitation (BSc(Hons) • Sport Management BSc(Hons) • Sport Studies BA(Hons)

What you’ll learn

You’ll complete four modules in the foundation year. They will allow you to explore sport and the subjects connected to it, helping you to choose the right degree for you. You’ll be introduced to concepts and problems in sport providing a strong knowledge base and giving you a practical perspective on the subject. You’ll also develop the practical, theoretical and scientific skills that allow you to understand sport and those who take part in it. You’ll link theory with practice wherever possible.

WHY US

® Flexibility to progress to different degree options ® Access to specialist facilities ® Prepare for undergraduate study in a range of sport science and sport-related courses

Preparing for your career

All of our foundation year students study and learn together, working side by side to solve problems and share knowledge and experience. This reflects how people work together in the workplace, and you’ll gain transferable skills that will be useful in your career. A career in the sport sector offers opportunities globally with more than 580,000 people employed in the UK alone. Careers exist with various organisations including professional sport clubs, sport governing bodies, health and leisure clubs, sport public agencies, sport community recreation departments, sporting goods companies, sport marketing agencies, sport events organisers and athletic service organisations. A degree in sport from the University of Brighton will enable you to turn your passion for sport into an exciting career and our employability hub and careers service will be there to offer support and advice.

SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE C611 DURATION Full-time 4 years One-year foundation plus threeyear honours degree ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 72 UCAS tariff points. Level 3 Key Skills and General Studies will count towards the tariff. A-levels DDD BTEC Extended Diploma MMP/DM IB 24 points. We will consider applicants who have completed an Access course or other type of level 3 qualification on an individual basis; relevant experience may also be taken into account. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

As we prepare the prospectus, this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most up-to-date information.

LOOK ONLINE

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 220

EXERCISE, HEALTH AND REHABILITATION SCIENCE BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE This course is designed to respond to the growing public health agenda to promote physical activity along with other healthenhancing lifestyle behaviours. The course examines the science that underpins the causes, prevention and treatment of acute and chronic disease including those with acute sports injuries through to the management of long term conditions. You’ll learn in our specialist facilities which include labs that are accredited by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES), extensive sporting facilities and a new research and teaching gym. Optional modules will help you tailor the degree to your interests and a placement will provide you with professional experience.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll study six core modules, sharing your learning with sport and exercise science, and strength and conditioning students. They will give you a thorough introduction to physiology, psychology, anatomy, biomechanics, and the principles of exercise, health and rehabilitation. Year 2 You’ll continue to explore the core themes of physiology, psychology and exercise referral and rehabilitation. Alongside this you’ll start preparing for your dissertation by studying and applying research methods. You’ll also choose optional modules so you can tailor the course to suit your needs. Final year You will complete your dissertation with a focus on exercise, health and rehabilitation and study injury and rehabilitation. You’ll also put your learning into practice on a work placement where you will gain new skills, build your network and strengthen your CV.

WHY US

® Work placement and additional opportunities to work in rehabilitation programmes ® Learn in our accredited labs and extensive sport and exercise facilities ® Work with our experts throughout your course

SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE C607 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

In your career you’ll need a combination of knowledge, skills, personal qualities and relevant experiences – and you’ll get all of this from your degree. You’ll develop the expertise to work with a broad range of populations including those with long-term conditions, sports injuries and disabilities. The skills you’ll develop will be attractive to employers both in the NHS and with private healthcare providers. You’ll use our specialist facilities throughout your studies to gain hands-on experience and draw on the expertise of our academics. Optional modules will help you to tailor the course to your interests and career aspirations and the placement will broaden your skills and your contacts. You’ll also have opportunities to work with clients on rehabilitation programmes at the university.

UCAS tariff 120–104 points. A-levels BBB–BCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE Diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 27 credits at distinction or above. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

As we prepare the prospectus, this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most up-to-date information.

LOOK ONLINE There is so much more online where we have room to tell you about module information, your career options, developing employability, our links with industry, amazing facilities and news and blogs, with more about the course team and some of our students or graduates. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 220.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 221

PHYSICAL EDUCATION BA(Hons) EASTBOURNE

This course enables you to gain a broad practical understanding of physical education, combined with sport science and social science perspectives of physical education and sport. You’ll be based at our Eastbourne campus which has extensive sport and fitness facilities, and BASES-accredited sports science labs. You will gain experience in practical areas including dance, athletics and swimming, and learn about more alternative sports and activities. You’ll learn with research active teaching staff who are widely published. Placements will enable you to develop practical experience and apply what you have learned in the real world. You also have the option to study abroad at one of our partner universities.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll gain knowledge, skills and understanding of PE through a blend of theory and practical application. You’ll learn what influences engagement with physical activity and learn about human movement. Practical activities include gymnastics, swimming and athletics. Year 2 You’ll study issues such as inclusive, exclusive and ethical practice, and explore the needs of specific target groups. You can also choose option module topics include nutrition, sport for development and peace, and exercise referral. You’ll also go on a work placement linked to your career aspirations. This is a great opportunity to learn new skills, build your professional network and gain experience before you graduate. Final year You will complete a dissertation, look at contemporary issues in physical education and sport, and choose option modules.

WHY US

® BASES-accredited science labs and extensive sport and fitness facilities ® Professional work placements with sports, fitness and physical education providers ® Option to study abroad at a partner university

SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE XC36 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

Facilities are an important element of this course and you’ll use them to develop your professional skills and experience. You’ll keep an e-portfolio to plan and carry out your professional development and engage with research during your course. Your placements will provide valuable work experience. Our graduates have gone on to careers with the military, the emergency services, further and adult education, and the fitness sector. Many continue their studies to gain Qualified Teacher Status through a PGCE.

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 220.

UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements All offers are subject to a Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

You’ll also go on a second placement. Previous placements include schools, professional football clubs, NHS rehabilitation programmes and Sky Sports. GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 222

SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE

This accredited course is one of the longest running sport science degrees in the UK. With BASES-accredited laboratories and small class teaching, you’ll gain expert knowledge of the effects of sport and exercise on the human body and have plenty of hands-on opportunities to improve your lab skills.

WHY US

® Professional accreditation ® Options to focus your degree on physical education ® Learn with high-profile academics and scientists

Preparing for your career

Optional modules will enable you to tailor the course to your interests. You will have the opportunity to specialise in physical education at the end of the first year if you wish to go on to qualify as a teacher.

You’ll gain specialist skills in data analysis and research methods that you can apply in the field of sport and exercise science. You’ll also develop transferable skills in teamwork, and project and time management.

You’ll also benefit from access to staff who are world leaders in sport research, such as Professor Yannis Pitsiladis, one of the scientists for the World Anti-Doping Agency, and Dr Gary Brickley, coach for Great Britain’s Paralympic cycling team.

Throughout your course you’ll work on consultancy projects with clients to solve real problems and learn in our industry-standard BASES-accredited labs. You’ll also use our teaching and research gym and the extensive sports facilities on the Eastbourne campus.

What you’ll learn

Our graduates are working for organisations including the English Institute of Sport, BBC Born to Win and Xtreme Everest Expedition.

Year 2 You’ll deepen your subject knowledge, develop research skills and choose option modules in the areas that interest you most. Subjects include nutrition, performance in environmental extremes, exercise referral and rehabilitation. Final year You’ll complete your dissertation and choose four option modules. Subjects include applied sport psychology, performance analysis and physiological aspects of exercise.

UCAS CODE C600 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

You’ll work on consultancy projects, solving real problems and in your final year you can choose a period of professional experience with one of our partner sports-related organisations.

Year 1 You’ll gain a thorough introduction to sport and exercise science and study topics such as biomechanics, physiology, psychology and anatomy.

SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise

Our Sport and Exercise Science Skills Bronze, Silver and Gold awards will show future employers the practical skills and capabilities you’ve developed during your course

UCAS tariff 128–112 points A-levels ABB–BBC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include level 3 units in science-related subjects. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 220.

You can also choose to go on a professional placement. This is great opportunity to gain new skills, build a network of contacts and gain work experience before you graduate. Previous placements include Brighton & Hove Albion FC’s Cerebral Palsy team, Lawn Tennis Association, and Chailey Heritage Foundation.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 223

SPORT MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE

Our Sport Management BSc(Hons) is for students who are passionate about sport and want to develop the experience, management and leadership skills required for career success in the sector. You will learn to apply business principles to sport, covering areas such as management, leadership, marketing, governance and finance.

WHY US

® Endorsed by the Chartered Institute for the Management of Sport and Physical Activity (CIMSPA) ® Professional work placements with sports clubs, leisure companies and charitable organisations ® Industry guest speakers and field trips

You’ll combine practical experience with academic study, and gain a broad understanding of international and commercial aspects of business in sport.

Preparing for your career

You’ll benefit from industry guest speakers, field trips, placements and opportunities to work on partner projects.

Endorsement against the CIMSPA Professional Standard: General Manager will provide you with the knowledge and skills that employers have identified as most valuable.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll develop commercial awareness and business skills through organising and promoting a sports event. You’ll also study topics such as finance, and media and the global sports industry. Year 2 You’ll study topics within sport such as business management, politics, and leadership. You’ll also spend half the year on a placement. This is great opportunity to gain professional experience, enhance your CV and build a network of industry contacts. Previous placements include Source BMX, West Ham United Football in the Community and Aspire PR and Marketing. Final year You’ll study the strategic implications of sport business management, including the investigation of marketing and strategy. You’ll also conduct research based on your placement experience.

With a focus on blending theory with handson learning, this course focuses on your employability.

You’ll work on challenges and live projects with our partners, gaining new skills and enhancing your CV. Field trips to destinations such as Wimbledon and Urban Jump, and industry guest speakers will add to your learning experience and provide valuable networking opportunities. You’ll gain specialist skills working with our extensive sport and exercise facilities, which you will use during the more practical elements of your course. Our graduates are working for organisations including Chelsea FC and Soccerex, and in roles in sport governing bodies and sport marketing agencies.

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 220.

224

SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE 2G55 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

SPORT COACHING BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE

Our Sport Coaching degree will help you develop the knowledge, practical skills and experience needed for a professional career in sport and fitness coaching. Explore sport coaching theories and their application in areas such as physiology, psychology, biomechanics and sociology. You will also consider how sport coaching is used as a development tool around the world. Learn from staff who teach from their own professional coaching experiences in sports including tennis and cricket, and who continue to engage with national and international sport. Work placements will enable you to gain practical coaching experience in different sports settings and scenarios. Throughout your course, you will have access to the extensive sport and lab facilities at our Eastbourne campus.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll be introduced to the fundamentals of training and its practical application. You’ll also learn how sport is structured, take part in practical activities, study the science behind movement and gain analysis skills. Year 2 You’ll explore areas such as coaching contexts and methodologies, professional coaching practice and research methods. You will also choose from practical activities and sport and exercise science optional modules, and plan and implement elements of a coaching project supported by a mentor. Final year You’ll complete your dissertation, study advanced coaching and choose option modules. You’ll also go on a work placement. This is a great opportunity to get practical coaching experience, enhance your CV and build up your network of industry contacts. Previous placements include Sussex County Cricket, British Cycling and Football 4 Peace International.

WHY US

® Coaching placements in professional sport organisations ® Staff with professional coaching experience ® Extensive sport and fitness facilities, and sport science labs

SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE CX6C DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

You’ll gain hands-on coaching experience throughout the course from your peers in year 1, to coaching children in year 2. You’ll also have opportunities to develop your skills in cardiac rehabilitation, the strength and conditioning of elite athletes and in coaching of specific sports including football, athletics and basketball. Field trips to destinations such as Eastbourne Golfing Park and Source Park, and industry guest speakers will add to your learning experience and provide valuable networking opportunities. The campus has extensive sport and exercise facilities which you will use for the practical elements of your course. Our graduates are working for organisations including England Hockey and the Lawn Tennis Association, and in roles such as professional coach, personal trainer and sport, exercise and health consultancy.

UCAS tariff 112–96 points A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include level 3 units in science-related subjects. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements All offers are subject to a Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 220.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 225

SPORT STUDIES BA(Hons) EASTBOURNE

Sport Studies BA(Hons) explores critical issues in contemporary sport and equips you with a broad set of transferable skills. The course takes an interdisciplinary approach. The course team combine teaching with practice and research, providing you with diverse perspectives on the role sport plays in society. You’ll benefit from field trips, our visiting guest lecturer programme and a placement. You can also take part in the university’s award-winning Football 4 Peace programme and achieve a standalone qualification in Sports and International Development alongside your degree.

® Learn with world-leading researchers ® Work placements and study abroad programme ® Tailor your degree to your career ambitions

Preparing for your career

With a focus on hands-on learning and employability through placements and realworld experiences, you’ll leave us ready to start your career. Guest speakers from industry and field trips to destinations such as Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park add to your learning and provide opportunities to network. The campus has extensive sport and exercise facilities which you will use for the practical elements of your course.

This course offers an optional specialist pathway of Sport Studies with Physical Education BA(Hons) at the end of your first year.

If you are interested in becoming a teacher the with PE route will prepare you to apply for the Physical Education PGCE.

Year 1 You’ll study topics including the role of sport and leisure in people’s lives, the ethics of sport, and questions of governance and media representation. Year 2 You’ll explore areas such as conducting research in sport and sport for development and peace. You’ll also spend time on placement with a sport-related organisation and study option modules. The placement is a great opportunity to put your learning into practice, learn new skills and build your network. Previous placements include West Ham United FC, Eastbourne Boxing Club and Seaside Community Hub in Eastbourne. Final year You’ll complete your dissertation, study theorising critical issues in sport and choose more option modules. Options include areas such as racism in sport and popular culture, and martial arts and combat sports.

SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE C603 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

You can also study abroad for a semester with one of our partner institutions in Belgium, Germany, Poland or Spain.

What you’ll learn

226

WHY US

Our graduates have gone on to successful careers including women’s participation officer at THFC Trust, research officer at Sports Market Analysis, and club and coach development officer, SE London Sport Partnership.

UCAS tariff 104–96 points A-levels BCC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall . Level 3 units in humanities, history or politics preferred. At least 45 credits at Level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 220.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

STRENGTH AND CONDITIONING BSc(Hons) EASTBOURNE

This degree enables you to gain hands-on experience in our specialist facilities which include a new strength and conditioning suite, labs that are accredited by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES) and extensive sporting facilities. Option modules will help you tailor the degree to your interests and a work placement provides you with professional experience. You’ll learn from a course team who are strength and conditioning experts. They have worked, and continue to work, with organisations including the Lawn Tennis Association and the English Institute of Sport, England basketball, England Netball and Great Britain’s Paralympic cycling team. The course is designed to match the requirements of the strength and conditioning professional standards created in partnership with the Chartered Institute for the Management of Sport and Physical Activity (CIMSPA) and the United Kingdom Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA).

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You’ll study topics including physiology, psychology, anatomy, biomechanics and practical strength and conditioning. Year 2 You’ll develop research skills, gain supervised experience working with clients and choose option modules within coaching, nutrition, psychology, physiology and rehabilitation. You’ll also work with clients in a supervised setting to improve your practical skills. Final year You’ll complete your dissertation, study core modules in strength and conditioning and gain professional work experience on a placement. This is a great opportunity to gain new skills, build your network and strengthen your CV. Previous placements on related courses include The Lawn Tennis Association and Sussex County Cricket Club.

WHY US

® Meets the strength and conditioning professional standards ® Work placement opportunities ® Learn with strength and conditioning experts from a range of sports

SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE C630 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

The course aligns to UKSCA and CIMSPA professional standards ensuring you’ll develop the knowledge and skills that are most valuable in the sector. You’ll gain supervised experience working with clients during your course and professional experience on placement. You’ll also develop transferable personal skills in teamwork, and project and time management that will be valued wherever your career takes you. Facilities are an important element of this course and you’ll use them to develop your professional skills and experience. This course also prepares you for nonprofessional sport settings including health care, education, disease management and recreational activity.

UCAS tariff 120–104 points A-levels BBB–BCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 27 credits at distinction or above. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

As we prepare the prospectus, this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most up-to-date information.

Integrated foundation year We also offer an integrated foundation year, an extra year of study to prepare you for your chosen degree. See page 220. GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 227

EDUCATION AND TEACHING A good education is a legacy that is passed from generation to generation, from one person to whole communities. Brighton students become expert education professionals, sharing knowledge and skills and playing their part in changing our society for the better. Outstanding teacher education We are the only university in Sussex and Kent rated Ofsted ‘outstanding’ for primary, secondary and early years Initial Teacher Training. We are in the top 20 universities for education courses in the UK in the Guardian league tables 2020. Our commitment to education is reflected through the University of Brighton Academies Trust. We build relationships with schools in Sussex with the aim of transforming teaching and learning for pupils, academies and their staff. Facilities Most of our teaching and education courses are based on our Brighton: Falmer campus. Physical education students are based in Eastbourne with its excellent sports facilities. Specialist facilities such as our multimedia suites, science labs, English, art and mathematics classrooms help create a great learning environment for our education and teaching students. The Curriculum Centre at Falmer has more than 30,000 resources, providing inspiration and ideas for lessons, assignments, presentations and group work.

228

Placements and school-based training Students from the Education, and Early Childhood Education and Care degrees, undertake placements in organisations such as nurseries, schools, local authorities, charities and community-led organisations in the UK and overseas. Students have secured placements in France, Spain, Austria, Nepal and Shanghai.

We offer a programme for male students who are trainee primary school teachers. The programme matches them up with a mentor who is a current male primary teacher.

Trainee teachers (studying for qualified teacher status – or QTS) put their teaching into practice during school-based training with our 600-plus partner schools across the south east in small, large, urban and rural schools.

Climate change in the classroom Two of our lecturers have gained United Nations accreditation to become official climate change teachers and more are training. Their knowledge will be fed into our curriculum to ensure our trained teachers are fully equipped to make their pupils aware of the impact of climate change and to support their concerns. We will also use the knowledge to inform and influence our community of partnership schools.

You’ll be well prepared for each placement and phase of schoolbased training, and you’ll have all the support and guidance you need to make the most of these opportunities. Support and mentoring Our newly qualified teachers scheme offers support and advice after you qualify, with conferences, workshops, resources and opportunities for individual advice.

The university is also working to address low numbers of Black, Asian and other non-white minority ethnic teachers in Sussex through a mentoring programme.

Snapshot

01 05

03. Primary QTS courses cover many subjects from science to art and design to history and geography.

Tim Coxon, the university’s first eduCCateGlobal™ Climate Change Teacher

We are all affected by climate change but it is children and young people who will suffer the most over the coming century. Teachers have a crucial role to play as children face this issue and we will ensure our trained teachers are ready for this challenge.

01. Dr Marlon Moncrieffe, pictured teaching on the research methods module of Education BA(Hons). Marlon leads the publication Decolonising the Curriculum: Teaching and Learning about Race Equality which feeds into the university’s Race Equality Charter Mark Award. 02. Our partnership with over 600 schools ensures you’ll receive varied school-based experience with opportunities in a range of settings which could include large, small, faith, non-faith, single-sex, co-educational, rural and urban schools.

04. Art facilities include studios, design and technology equipment, a woodwork room, a darkroom and a kiln room. 05. Trainee PE teachers are based at our Eastbourne campus, sharing sport and outdoor learning resources with sports students. 06. James Lewington, Primary Maths Education with QTS student, in the Curriculum Centre. The centre houses resources related to the teaching of National Curriculum subjects. The collection includes books, DVDs, CDs, puppets, story sacks, resource packs, games, maths equipment, artefact boxes and an extensive collection of children’s literature.

You’ll find stories from this page and much more at blogs.brighton.ac.uk/ education.

229

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION AND CARE BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER The foundations for emotional, physical and intellectual development are built during the early years of infancy. On our Early Childhood Education and Care BA(Hons) you’ll gain an in-depth understanding of child development from birth to five years.

WHY US

You will explore topics from theoretical perspectives, including education, sociology, psychology, health and social policy, and examine the roles of the family and wider institutions.

Preparing for your career

You’ll benefit from observational study visits which have included a forest school. Visiting speakers from early childhood fields will encourage and challenge your critical reflection and understanding through lectures and seminars. You will be taught by a highly qualified team of early years education specialists.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will learn how babies and toddlers start to make sense of the world around them, and study key theories surrounding children’s physical, emotional and social health. You also will consider the role of wider systems on a child’s development. Year 2 You will focus on child development, equality and inclusion and develop your research skills. You will also go on placement where you can put your theory of child development in practice, develop new skills and gain handson experience. Previous placements include a children’s community centre, a refugee camp and nurseries. Final year You will explore the complexities of multiagency and interdisciplinary working and how childhood is interpreted across the globe. You can also choose to research areas of early childhood that most interest you.

® Placement in an early childhood setting ® Observational study visits and guest speakers ® Focus on employability skills

With a focus on employability, this course prepares you for a career involving working with children. You’ll leave the course confident, articulate, highly skilled and well equipped for sectors including health, education and social care. You’ll experience early years environments in observational study visits, take your learning into the real world on placement and gain insight from visiting speakers. You’ll gain the qualification required by all early years providers working with children from birth to 5 years old who must follow the regulations on early years foundation stage (EYFS). Our graduates are working in careers in education, teaching, charity work and youth work.

SUBJECT AREA Education studies UCAS CODE X310 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 112–96 points. A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in communication, numeracy and IT required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and the rest at merit. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 230

EDUCATION BA(Hons) BRIGHTON: FALMER

Education changes people’s lives. It is central to our society and a topic of heated debate. Our Education BA(Hons) is flexible and enables you to develop experience and in-depth knowledge. This degree will open doors to a wide range of career and study opportunities in the UK and internationally. You can tailor your learning to your own areas of interest. You will be taught by a highly qualified team who will encourage you to explore new ideas, perspectives and world views. Drawing on psychology, sociology, philosophy, history and social policy, your studies will offer you a solid foundation from which to go on to employment, PGCE or masters level study.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore psychological and sociological theories of human development, and examine the role of the family and wider institutions in education and development. You will have an opportunity to put theory into practice on your first placement. Previous placements include schools, local authorities, community groups and museums. Year 2 You will develop your research skills and look at theories of how culture, aid and globalisation shape today’s education in our society and those of others around the world. You will develop your understanding of issues relating to inclusion. You will also go on an eight-week placement. Final year You will continue to learn the key knowledge, initiatives, policies and ideas around education. You will also undertake a period of individual research and complete a dissertation.

WHY US

® Placements in the UK and overseas ® Tailor the programme to your career aspirations ® Develop in-depth knowledge of education across all ages

SUBJECT AREA Education studies UCAS CODE X300 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Preparing for your career

With a focus on employability, this course prepares you for a career in education. You’ll leave the course confident, articulate and highly skilled, with hands-on experience from your placements. This degree is flexible so you can tailor the programme to your career aspirations. Pathways include primary teaching, SEND and international education. Our graduates are working in areas including teaching, community youth work, special educational needs, research, historic buildings and museum education units, educational welfare and police education liaison.

UCAS tariff 112–96 points. A-levels BBC–CCC BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in communication, numeracy and IT required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and the rest at merit. Additional requirements GCSEs in English language and maths at grade C or 4. Don’t meet these entry requirements? We welcome applicants from a diverse range of backgrounds and experience. If you do not meet the entry requirements stated here but can demonstrate ability, enthusiasm and motivation for your subject, we may invite you for an interview or to submit examples of work and make you an offer following individual assessment. Contact us for advice. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

Placements Placements are a key feature of this course. You will develop key skills, gain experience, and explore possible career paths. Previous placements include primary schools, learning and development in the Police, and the Vallalar Educational Trust in India.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 231

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

BA(Hons) with QTS EASTBOURNE

Physical education and teacher training at Brighton is highly respected, with a tradition of excellence stretching back more than 100 years. We were rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted in our most recent inspection. This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status, enabling you to teach in England and Wales. You will graduate with the all-round experience and knowledge required to teach the National Curriculum for Physical Education (NCPE). We have partnerships with over 600 schools so we can offer you varied school-based training options. You’ll also be able to work with children by taking part in inclusive festivals, team-building days and activity sessions.

WHY US

® Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training ® Excellent sport facilities and resources ® Leads to QTS, the professional qualification for teachers

School-based training During your three school-based training periods you’ll gain supported experience, develop confidence in your teaching ability and make valuable contacts in schools. There are opportunities in large, small, urban and rural settings ensuring you have a wellrounded experience. You’ll be mentored throughout.

Preparing for your career

What you’ll learn

You will graduate as a competent newly qualified teacher with insight into your own professional development.

Year 2 You will discover how to create a positive teaching and learning environment and explore policy and practice. You will also choose an optional module. You will spend 75 days on school-based training in the same secondary school as in year 1. Final year You’ll complete a research project, look at the 14–19 PE curriculum and choose an option module. You will also complete your final phase of school-based training at a contrasting secondary school.

UCAS CODE X1C6 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Based at our Eastbourne campus, you will have access to excellent sport facilities and learn with a course team with many years’ experience of teaching PE in schools. We offer a range of qualifications and extracurricular activities that you can take during your course. Year 1 You’ll focus on developing your knowledge and understanding of PE and PE teaching in a secondary school setting. You’ll also build practical experience in key activity areas of the National Curriculum for PE: adventurous activities, games, athletics, dance, gymnastics and swimming. You’ll also go on a short secondary school placement.

SUBJECT AREA Teacher education

With QTS, professional experience from three school placements and a specialist understanding of physical education, this course prepares you for a career in education and other sectors.

You will gain plenty of practical hands-on experience in physical education and dance during your course. Our graduates go on to careers as PE teachers and to roles including sport and leisure development, the armed forces management and sports coaching.

UCAS tariff 120–104 points A-levels BBB–BCC BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM IB 26 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at Level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Additional requirements GCSEs in at least five subjects, including English language and maths, at grade C or 4. You must have already passed, or be in the process of taking the required GCSEs. No equivalent accepted. Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 242 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 232

PRIMARY EDUCATION (3–7 YEARS) BA(Hons) with QTS BRIGHTON: FALMER

This course is for people who want to qualify as a primary school teacher with a focus on working across the 3–7 age range. This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status, enabling you to teach in England and Wales. We’re one of the UK’s largest university providers of teacher training and have been educating teachers and leaders for over 100 years.

WHY US

® Rated ’outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training ® Partnerships with over 600 schools for schoolbased training ® Leads to QTS, the professional qualification for teachers

We were rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted in our most recent inspection. They identified our approach to training in schools as a key strength. We have extensive school partnerships so you’ll gain practical experience in a range of settings. We also offer a diverse range of subject modules.

There are opportunities in large, small, urban and rural settings ensuring you have a wellrounded experience. You’ll be mentored throughout.

You will learn from our course team who have many years’ experience in schools, and have an individual support tutor throughout. We will continue to support you after you qualify through our NQT support programme.

Preparing for your career

Year 1 You will explore how children learn and study topics including the teaching and learning of science, mathematics and computing, foundation subjects and religious education. You will also spend time training in school. Year 2 You’ll develop your understanding of the curriculum, and study topics such as creating an inclusive learning environment. You’ll also choose specialist option modules. Your school-based training will be in a contrasting school. Final year You’ll study areas such as contemporary curriculum and SEND and complete an individual project. You will also complete your final phase of school-based training.

UCAS CODE X100 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120 points.

School-based training During your placements you’ll gain valuable experience, develop confidence in your teaching ability and make key contacts in schools.

What you’ll learn

SUBJECT AREA Teacher education

You’ll develop a creative and innovative approach to teaching, and graduate with leadership and management skills. Our specialist classrooms replicate those used in schools. And you’ll benefit from the many resources in our curriculum centre. Our trained teachers are highly sought after by our partnership schools, and you can meet them at our annual teaching recruitment fair. Our graduates are working as teachers, in mentoring and leadership roles, and in specialist roles such as SEND.

A-levels BBB BTEC Extended Diploma DDM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and the rest at merit. Additional requirements GCSEs in at least five subjects, including English, maths and science, at grade C or 4. Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 242 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check. Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups underrepresented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 233

PRIMARY EDUCATION (5–11 YEARS) BA(Hons) with QTS BRIGHTON: FALMER

This course is for people looking to qualify as a primary teacher with a focus on working across the 5–11 age range. The course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status, enabling you to teach in England and Wales. We’re one of the UK’s largest university providers of teacher training, educating teachers and leaders for over 100 years.

WHY US

® Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training ® Partnerships with over 600 schools for schoolbased training ® Leads to QTS, the professional qualification for teachers

We were rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted in our most recent inspection. They identified our approach to training in schools as a key strength. We have extensive school partnerships so you’ll gain practical experience in many settings. We also offer a diverse range of subject modules.

There are opportunities in large, small, urban and rural settings ensuring you have a wellrounded experience. You’ll be mentored throughout.

You will learn from our course team who have many years’ experience in schools and have an independent support tutor throughout. We will support you after you qualify through our NQT support programme.

Preparing for your career

What you’ll learn

UCAS CODE X122 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120 points

School-based training During your placements you’ll gain valuable experience, develop confidence in your teaching ability and make key contacts in schools.

If you are interested in teaching a specific subject at primary level, you can specialise in mathematics or English at Brighton.

SUBJECT AREA Teacher education

A-levels BBB BTEC Extended Diploma DDM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level. Access to HE diploma pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and the rest at merit. Additional requirements GCSEs in at least five subjects, including English, maths and science, at grade C or 4. Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 242 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check. Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups underrepresented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 234

What I’ve found Noki is studying primary education at our Brighton: Falmer campus

Group work prepares you for the real world

As much as I love working by myself and love that style of work, working in groups prepares you for the real world. Regardless of how you feel about people, personalities and everything else, having to work in a group is part of the experience in a positive way.

You learn by doing

I love the fact I don’t have exams. We do a foundation where we do a little bit of music, a little bit of PE, a little bit of all the primary subjects, and you can be sitting there playing drums, it takes you back to being 12. I love the fact that one minute, I’m a child in a classroom encouraged to get really active. Then 20 minutes later, within that same lesson, I’m back to being a student at the university.

It’s a supportive place to be

If I had an issue I could speak to every single member of staff and they would support me in dealing with it. They notice things: when you’re off one day you’ll get a little message asking if you’re okay; they’ll spot little things like someone moving from the front of the classroom to the back. Little changes in routine, they notice and will deal with it before it becomes an issue.

I’ve changed as a person

I’ve become a little bit louder, I question things a lot more, I think very critically, and I think that’s a really good skill. I don’t take things at face value anymore, I go: “Well, actually, why is this going on at this time?” And that’s across the board, not necessarily just to do with teaching either. I’m more organised, more confident, more driven.

You’re continually becoming more skilled and employable It’s done so discreetly and so well that one minute you’re presenting in front of the class, next minute you’re teaching a small group and before you know it, you’re just building up all of those skills. It’s all workbased preparation.

Employability to me means have I got the skills, knowledge and ability to go and do whatever I choose in the future? I feel like I could walk into any job, disregard teaching completely, and know that I’ve worked on things like being organised, timekeeping, working to deadlines, which are all essential employability skills. I know that I’ve got a set of skills that an employer is looking for. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS You can chat online, read blogs and find out more about living and studying here through their eyes. www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

235

PRIMARY ENGLISH EDUCATION BA(Hons) with QTS BRIGHTON: FALMER

This course is for people wanting to qualify as a primary school teacher with an English specialism. The course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status, enabling you to teach in England and Wales. We’re one of the UK’s largest university providers of teacher training, educating teachers and leaders for over 100 years. We were rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted in our most recent inspection. We have extensive school partnerships so you’ll gain practical experience in different settings. The course focuses on English as a specialism, giving you a greater depth of English subject knowledge. You will learn from our course team who have many years’ experience in schools and have an independent support tutor throughout. We will continue to support you after you qualify through our NQT support programme.

What you’ll learn

Year 1 You will explore how children learn and study topics including English, the teaching and learning of science, mathematics and computing, foundation subjects and religious education. You will also spend time training in school. Year 2 You’ll develop your understanding of the curriculum, choose option modules and study English specialisms such as challenging texts through drama and writing, and literacy in the twenty-first century. Your school-based training will be in a contrasting school. Final year You’ll complete an individual project focusing on English, and study contemporary developments, theories and practices in primary English. You’ll also cover topics such as contemporary curriculum and SEND, and complete your final phase of school-based training.

WHY US

® Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training ® Partnerships with over 600 schools for schoolbased training ® Leads to QTS, the professional qualification for teachers

SUBJECT AREA Teacher education UCAS CODE XQ13 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120 points.

School-based training During your placements you’ll gain valuable classroom experience, develop confidence in your teaching ability and make key contacts in schools. There are opportunities in large, small, urban and rural settings ensuring you have a wellrounded experience. You’ll be mentored throughout.

Preparing for your career

You’ll develop a creative and innovative approach to teaching, and graduate with leadership and management skills. Our specialist classrooms replicate those used in schools. And you’ll benefit from the many resources in our curriculum centre. Our trained teachers are highly sought after by our partnership schools, and you can meet them at our annual teaching recruitment fair. Our graduates are working as English teachers, in mentoring and leadership roles, and in specialist roles such as SEND.

A-levels BBB. Must include English. BTEC Extended Diploma DDM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level, one to be English. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in English required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and the rest at merit. Additional requirements GCSEs in at least three subjects, including English, maths and science, at grade C or 4. In-house equivalence tests are available for suitable candidates if these requirements have not already been achieved. Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 242 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check. Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups underrepresented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 236

PRIMARY MATHEMATICS EDUCATION BA(Hons) with QTS BRIGHTON: FALMER

This course is for those looking to qualify as a primary teacher and have a particular passion for mathematics. The course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status, enabling you to teach in England and Wales. We’re one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, educating teachers and leaders for over 100 years. We were rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted in our most recent inspection. We have extensive school partnerships so you’ll gain practical experience in different settings. The course focuses on mathematics as a specialism, giving you a greater depth of mathematics subject knowledge. You will learn from our course team who have many years’ experience in schools and have an independent support tutor throughout. We will continue to support you after you qualify through our NQT support programme.

What you’ll learn

WHY US

® Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training ® Partnerships with over 600 schools for schoolbased training ® Leads to QTS, the professional qualification for teachers

UCAS CODE XG1C DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 120 points.

Preparing for your career

You’ll develop a creative and innovative approach to teaching, and graduate with leadership and management skills.

Year 1 You will explore how children learn and study topics including the teaching and learning of English, science and computing, and foundation subjects. You’ll also explore mathematical thinking and spend time training in a school.

Our specialist classrooms replicate those used in schools. And you’ll benefit from the many resources in our curriculum centre.

Year 2 You’ll develop your understanding of the curriculum, choose option modules and study mathematics specialisms including how to enhance and embed the learning and teaching of mathematics, and how to deepen understanding and progression. Your schoolbased training will be in a contrasting school.

Our graduates are working as mathematics teachers, in mentoring and leadership roles, and in specialist roles such as SEND.

Final year You’ll complete an individual project focusing on mathematics, and study contemporary issues in the teaching and learning of primary mathematics. You’ll also cover topics such as contemporary curriculum and SEND, and complete your final phase of school-based training.

SUBJECT AREA Teacher education

Our trained teachers are highly sought after by our partnership schools, and you can meet them at our annual teaching recruitment fair.

A-levels BBB BTEC Extended Diploma DDM IB 27 points with three subjects at Higher level, one to be maths. Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and the rest at merit. Additional requirements GCSEs with at least maths at grade B or 5, and English and science at grade C or 4. In-house equivalence tests are available for suitable candidates if these requirements have not already been achieved. Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 242 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check. Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups underrepresented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries 237

SECONDARY MATHEMATICS BA(Hons) with QTS BRIGHTON: FALMER

By training to teach mathematics you will help young people acquire fundamental life and career skills. This two-year course is for those who want to teach maths and have completed a foundation degree, HND or HNC, or successfully completed at least one year of degree-level study in mathematics or a related subject such as engineering or computer science.

WHY US

It could also be that you are already working in a similar area and are now looking to switch to a career where you can inspire young people on a daily basis.

School-based training During your placements you’ll gain valuable classroom experience, develop confidence in your teaching ability and make key contacts in schools.

The course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status, enabling you to teach in England and Wales. We’re one of the UK’s largest university providers of teacher training and have been educating teachers and leaders for over 100 years. We were rated Outstanding by Ofsted in our most recent inspection. Benefitting from our school partnerships, you’ll gain practical experience in a wide range of settings and gain a strong grounding in mathematics enabling you to teach the subject to a high standard in a secondary setting. You will learn from our course team who have many years’ experience in secondary schools and in educational research. You’ll also benefit from having an individual support tutor who will help guide you through your academic and professional development. We will continue to support you after you qualify through our NQT support programme.

What you’ll learn

238

® Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training ® Partnerships with over 600 schools for schoolbased training ® Leads to QTS, the professional qualification for teachers

There are opportunities in large, small, urban and rural settings ensuring you have a well rounded experience. You’ll be mentored throughout.

Preparing for your career

Mathematics teachers are always in high demand. You’ll develop a creative and innovative approach to teaching, and graduate with leadership and management skills. Our specialist classrooms replicate those used in schools. And you’ll benefit from the many resources in our curriculum centre. Our trained teachers are highly sought after by our partnership schools, and you can meet them at our annual teaching recruitment fair. Our graduates are working as mathematics teachers, in mentoring and leadership roles, and in specialist roles such as SEND.

Year 1 Year 1 focuses on mathematics itself. You’ll carry out a mathematics subject study audit and study topics including mathematics in a digital age, applying mathematics, its history, and utilising tools and resources.

As we prepare the prospectus, this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for the most up-to-date information.

Year 2 Two thirds of your second year is spent in school-based training in two contrasting secondary schools. At university you’ll continue your mathematics subject study and look at mathematics education in the wider sense.

LOOK ONLINE

SUBJECT AREA Teacher education UCAS CODE XG11 DURATION Full-time 2 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This is a two-year course which awards Qualified Teacher Status. Entry is directly into level 5 and you’ll already have 120 credits at level 4 in a relevant subject. Foundation degree HND/HNC minimum one year full-time study at HE level OR 120 CATS points at level 4 in a relevant subject area. Additional requirements GCSE – at least maths at grade B or 5, and English and science at grade C or 4. In-house equivalence tests are available for suitable candidates if these requirements have not already been achieved. Applicants are expected to have achieved their level 3 qualification (A-level, BTEC, IB, Access to HE) and this will be taken into consideration alongside their 120 level 4 credits. Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 242 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check. Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups underrepresented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome. English language requirements Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Fees and funding page 243 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team can help. 01273 644644 www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries

TOP-UP DEGREES AND APPRENTICESHIPS

Top-up degrees are the way to convert your existing qualifications and experience into an honours degree. They generally take one year of full-time study to complete. Qualifications that count towards a top-up degree include the higher national diploma (HND), foundation degrees and equivalent overseas qualifications.

Business and management Business Management BSc(Hons)

Look online

Hospitality and retail International Hospitality Management BA(Hons)

There is more information on our website for all of the courses listed here, plus you’ll be able to chat with our students and enquiries team. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses Campus key Brighton: Falmer

Brighton: City Brighton: Moulsecoomb Eastbourne

Engineering Aeronautical Engineering BSc(Hons) Automotive Engineering BSc(Hons) Electronic Engineering BSc(Hons) Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering BSc(Hons)

Health and wellbeing Available for registered nurses, midwives and healthcare practitioners. Clinical Practice BSc(Hons) Health Studies BSc(Hons) Professional Practice BSc(Hons) (part-time) Sport and exercise Sport and Fitness BSc(Hons) Sport Coaching and Development BA(Hons) Tourism and events International Event Management BA(Hons) International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) International Tourism Management BA(Hons)

Apprenticeships

We are developing and delivering higher and degree apprenticeship programmes to meet the needs of businesses and public-sector employers. They combine work with part-time university study, and develop learning on the job through work-based projects.

We offer higher and degree apprenticeship programmes in the following subjects, and more are being added all the time: • Civil Engineering • Nursing Associate • Assistant Practitioner (Health) • Biomedical Science • Occupational Therapist • Podiatrist • Social Worker Apprenticeships are normally accessed through an employer, but if you think this might be the solution for you, head over to our website or email the team at apprenticeships@brighton.ac.uk, they’ll be happy to help. www.brighton.ac.uk/apprenticeships

239

ALL

240

How to apply

We’ll support your application with advice on our website and in person during school visits and open days. We also have a special area of our website, where you can ask us questions and track your application. Applying through UCAS

Elliott, English with creative writing Just be honest about what your passions are, what you’re interested in and who you are as a person – that is what makes people stand out. Focus on the fact that university is a way to explore your options. CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

Applications are made online at the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). Use UCAS (www.ucas.com) to apply for fulltime undergraduate degree courses, foundation degrees and integrated foundation courses. Our UCAS institution codes are: • University of Brighton (BRITN) B72 • Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) B74. Deadlines for UCAS application • Brighton and Sussex Medical School 15 October 2020 • University of Brighton 15 January 2021 We will consider applications received after 15 January 2021 where we still have places on a course.

Tracking your application online

You’ll be able to track your application to the University of Brighton on the applicant area of our website.

Application costs

The application fee is £20 if you’re applying to just one course, or £25 for multiple courses and for late applications sent after 30 June. These are the fees for 2020 entry, UCAS will publish fees for 2021 during 2020. Applying direct to the university Applications for part-time degree courses and preparatory English language courses should be made direct to the university. Visit www.brighton.ac.uk/applydirect and www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish for more information. Applying to Brighton and Sussex Medical School UCAS allows you to specify up to four choices for courses that lead to a professional qualification in medicine and you may also add one alternative course. Medical school applications must reach UCAS by 15 October 2020.

Your application timeline

PREPARE YOUR PERSONAL STATEMENT

Check our advice at www.brighton.ac.uk/ personalstatement.

APPLY FROM SEPTEMBER

Apply at www.ucas.com/apply – you can choose up to five unis/courses. Remember to double check your application and provide all the info asked for before you submit.

TRACK YOUR APPLICATION

Track your Brighton application and ask us questions online. We’ll give you access when you apply.

241

Entry requirements Your grades are important, but other things count too. Our admissions tutors look at lots of factors and we treat everyone who applies as an individual; If we feel you have the right qualities and commitment to excel with us and to become a valued member of our university community, we will be keen to offer you a place. Flexible admissions

Our admissions tutors will consider your educational and personal circumstances, which may include being from a disadvantaged background. Our standard entry requirements are listed here and online, and should be used as a guide.

The UCAS tariff

UCAS (Universities and Colleges Admissions Service) processes applications for full-time undergraduate courses. The UCAS tariff is a points system that translates your achievements across different types of qualifications into points. Find out more, here www.ucas.com/tariff-calculator

A-levels, BTEC and combined qualifications

We welcome applications from students with BTEC diploma qualifications in relevant subject areas, as well as students with BTEC diploma qualifications held in combination with A-levels and other qualifications. We know that students with BTEC qualifications are prepared for an applied approach to learning, which is relevant in many of our courses.

GCSE requirements

For many courses, though not all, you are expected to have GCSEs. All applicants must have English language and maths at a minimum of grade C or grade 4 (or above for some courses).

242

Access courses

We welcome applicants studying Access to HE diploma courses approved by the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA). Our Access entry requirements vary depending on the course, but the minimum requirement is to pass with 60 credits (at least 45 credits at level 3). Please check the specific entry requirements on the course pages (pages 34–238) and for more information visit: www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

International Baccalaureate (IB) diploma

The university is happy to receive applications from students studying the IB diploma. Entry requirements vary but IB students can expect to receive conditional offers for between 24 and 32 IB points. Relevant professional, commercial or Open University credits may be acknowledged as equivalent to sections of a course. You’ll still have to provide evidence of some A-level equivalent study – and may still be advised to take a preparatory course.

Other qualifications

Admissions tutors accept many other qualifications including work-based qualifications, such as NVQs. While individual course requirements vary, all qualifications – UK and international – are considered.

Credits

Relevant professional, commercial or Open University credits may be acknowledged as equivalent to sections of a course. You’ll still have to provide evidence of some A-level equivalent study – and may still be advised to take a preparatory course.

International students English language proficiency

Our degree courses are delivered and assessed in English. UK Visas and Immigration (UKVI) and the university will need you to meet their English language requirements for your chosen course through a secure English language test (SELT) – this can be completed at the university. Once completed you’ll be issued a Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) number.

For details about UKVI requirements, take a look at www.gov.uk/ukvi For specific requirements for your course www.brighton.ac.uk/courses For information about English language tuition go to www.brighton.ac.uk/ learnenglish

English language requirements for applicants who have not previously been taught or examined in English

Most of our undergraduate courses require an IELTS score of 6.0 overall, 6.0 in writing with a minimum of 5.5 in the other elements. Some courses require a higher score. Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Entry requirements for healthcare professions, nursing, midwifery and medicine courses There are specific requirements for these courses and some require professional experience.

Entry requirements for initial teacher education courses

These are currently determined by the government and currently include GCSE minimum grade C in maths, English language and sometimes a science. The selection procedures for all initial teacher education courses include an interview. It’s important you check individual course pages on our website. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Education placements

The university will seek placements for students on initial teacher training courses with partners in the south-east region of England. The university is not liable for failure of placement providers, but in such circumstances will make alternative arrangements for you. It is the responsibility and obligation of the student to arrange travel to and from the placement; most students will be able to claim travel expenses.

International students tuition fees table

Fees and funding

For students starting their course in 2020–21

Fees per year

Undergraduate

Classroom-based

From £13,416

Laboratory/studio-based

From £14,604

Industrial placement year

£2,076

Brighton and Sussex Medical School

£35,517

The fees listed above here are for students starting their course in 2020.

Fees and costs The fee you pay depends on several factors that are outlined here. Look online for more details and the latest information. The tuition fees on this page are for students starting a university course for the first time in 2020–21. Fees for 2021– 22 will be published on our website as soon as they are available. www.brighton.ac.uk/money

Tuition fees for UK and EU students

You will pay fees for each year that you study with us. Fees are subject to an increase each year of no more than 5% or inflation (whichever is greater). Regulated fees* will not increase more than the statutory maximum fee. If you are eligible for a tuition fee loan, you will not need to pay tuition fees up front. See more information about the student loan for tuition fees below. Check www.brighton.ac.uk/money for the most up-to-date information. University of Brighton tuition fees 2020–21

Fees per year

Undergraduate course

£9,250

Placement year

£1,290

Brighton and Sussex Medical School

£9,250

Part-time students For most courses in this prospectus, charges for part-time students will depend on how many modules you study per year, and their credit value. For some courses the fee is set. Government student loans may be available to parttime students. Fee information can be found at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses, or contact our team at fees@brighton. ac.uk for specific advice. International students tuition fees The fees that international students pay are determined by the type of course.

Check the fee for your course at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses. More information on international fees can be found at www.brighton.ac.uk/ money. Paying your fees if you are a fully self-funded student You are liable to pay tuition fees from the first day of your course following enrolment and there are a number of ways you can pay them, including in installments. Find out more at www.brighton.ac.uk/howtopayfees.

University of Brighton funding Depending on your circumstances you could be eligible for financial support from the university. This could be a bursary or a scholarship. Bursaries can be money or other support, like discounts on university services. They do not need to be paid back when you finish your course. www.brighton.ac.uk/bursaries. Undergradute scholarships recognise academic and sporting merit. There are also dedicated scholarships for international students. Details of scholarships available in 2021 will be published on our website in 2020.

Help and advice from us

Our student advice service can provide personal financial advice, as well as information on money management. They can also advise on issues that might arise with student loan applications. Visit www.brighton.ac.uk/money for the latest advice and further details on university fees and funding. And check our advice about living on a student budget. www.brighton.ac.uk/budgeting

What’s included in our tuition fee?

To help you budget, you’ll find information on what’s included, and any additional costs, on each course web page. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Government funding Depending on your circumstances you could be eligible for financial support from the government or other organisations. The UK government’s funding package includes student loans for tuitions fees and living costs. How do I apply for student funding?

The quickest and safest way to apply is online and it’s always important to apply early. Check the processing times for applications; if you haven’t heard anything back, phone your student funding body regularly for updates.

Students from the Channel Islands and Isle of Man

Island students pay fees at the same rate as UK and other EU students (except Brighton and Sussex Medical School). Contact the educational authority on your island for advice about financial help with tuition fees.

Student funding bodies If you normally live in England Student Finance England www.gov.uk/student-finance 0300 100 0607 If you normally live in Scotland Student Awards Agency for Scotland www.saas.gov.uk 0300 555 0505 If you normally live in Wales Student Finance Wales www.studentfinancewales.co.uk 0300 200 4050 If you normally live in Northern Ireland Student Finance Northern Ireland www.studentfinanceni.co.uk 0300 100 0077 If you are from a country of the EU Student Finance Services www.gov.uk/student-finance/ eu-students +44 (0)141 243 3570

243

Timeline MAR

APR

MAY

This timeline is an overview of the key things you need to do and by when, on your way to becoming a full-time undergraduate student here.

2020 JUN

JUL

AUG

SEP

Open days

OCT

NOV

DEC

Open days

If you can’t make it to one of our open days, don’t worry, you’ll have more opportunities to visit us at applicant days or at your interview after you’ve applied.

Look out for our emails which guide you through more of the detail.

Begin your research

Make your application

Shortlist universities that offer the subjects you are interested in.

You can start your application with UCAS in May and submit it from mid-September. There is a mid-January deadline for most courses. Your school or college may have a different internal deadline.

There are lots of ways to research your subject and university. • Meet our team at UCAS and HE fairs or at your school or college. • Come to an open day or book onto a campus tour. www.brighton.ac.uk/visitus • Sign up for our emails and keep in touch with subject news, applying to Brighton and our live online events www.brighton.ac.uk/keepintouch • Chat to our students online www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

Offers

Campus tours

We make offers from September, but most are made in the spring term. If you have any concerns contact us at www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries.

Get a feel for the campus where your course is based, have a good look around and chat with a student. www.brighton.ac.uk/ campustours

MAR 244

APR

MAY

Interviews and portfolios

Depending on your course you may be asked to submit a portfolio or come for an interview. Look out for our emails.

JUN

JUL

AUG

SEP

OCT

NOV

DEC

Applying to enrolling – things you need to do Dates to be aware of

2021 JAN

FEB

MAR

Campus tours

APR

MAY

JUN

Campus tours

JUL

AUG

Exam results

BTEC, IB and A-level results available.

UCAS Extra

Applicants who are not holding offers can apply to courses that still have vacancies.

Accept your offer

If you received all your decisions by 31 March, you must confirm your choices with UCAS at the start of May. If you apply to university after 15 January, you may have a different deadline by which to accept your offer.

Applying for funding

Clearing

Clearing gives late applicants, people without offers and people who didn’t meet the conditions of their offers, opportunities to apply for courses with vacancies.

SEP

Confirm your place

If you have a conditional offer we will confirm your place via UCAS Track once we have received your results and reviewed your application. If you are holding an unconditional offer then your place on the course is confirmed as soon as you accept our offer.

Finalising accommodation

You don’t need to wait for offers to apply for funding. UK students should apply as early as possible and EU students can apply from April. www.brighton.ac.uk/money.

All eligible students will receive an offer of university accommodation. Offers of accommodation are made by email. To secure your place you need to respond before the deadline we give you at the time.

Accommodation choices

Get ready for uni

If you make us your firm choice and you are eligible, we will invite you by email to apply for university accommodation from March onwards. We’ll let you know the deadline when you apply for your course.

You can start to get ready for uni from July onwards. We’ll send you everything you need to make your best start here from arranging your accommodation and online enrolment to course preparation and our Freshers’ festival.

Starting university

Applicant days

Many courses hold these events to give you the opportunity to get a feel for the university, meet the students and staff from the course that you have applied to, and see the facilities that you will be using every day. Our applicant days run during the spring term, we’ll send you an invite by email with a link to book your place.

JAN

FEB

MAR

APR

MAY

You’ve made it! Start university, enrol in person, join your course induction and make the most of the welcome events.

Open days

If you haven’t visited yet, and couldn’t make it to an applicant day, there is still time to visit in the summer.

JUN

JUL

AUG

SEP 245

Course finder COURSE

CAMPUS

3D Design and Craft BA(Hons) Accounting and Finance BSc(Hons) Accounting, finance and economics integrated foundation year Aeronautical Engineering BEng(Hons)/MEng Animation BA(Hons) Apprenticeships Architectural Technology BSc(Hons) Architecture and design integrated foundation year Architecture BA(Hons) Automotive Engineering BEng(Hons)/MEng Biological Sciences BSc(Hons)/MSci Biomedical Science BSc(Hons)/Msci Building Surveying BSc(Hons) Business Computing BSc(Hons) Business Computing with Cyber Security BSc(Hons) Business Management BSc(Hons) Business management integrated foundation year Business Management with Economics and Placement Year BSc(Hons) Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons)

Business Management with Finance and Placement Year BSc(Hons) Business Management with Finance BSc(Hons) Business Management with Human Resource Management and Placement Year BSc(Hons) Business Management with Human Resource Management BSc(Hons)

Business Management with Marketing and Placement Year BSc(Hons) Business Management with Marketing BSc(Hons)

Business Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons) Chemistry BSc(Hons)/MChem Civil Engineering BEng(Hons)/MEng Civil Engineering with Construction Management BEng(Hons)/MEng

Civil with Environmental Engineering BEng(Hons)/MEng Computer Science BSc(Hons) Computer Science for Games BSc(Hons) Computer Science with Artificial Intelligence BSc(Hons) Computer Science with Cyber Security BSc(Hons) Construction Management BSc(Hons) Creative Writing BA(Hons) Criminology and Sociology BA(Hons) Criminology BA(Hons) Critical History BA(Hons) Design for Digital Media BA(Hons) Digital Games Development BSc(Hons) Digital Music and Sound Arts BA(Hons)

246

PAGE 38 125

COURSE Early Childhood Education and Care BA(Hons) Earth and Ocean Science BSc(Hons)

124

Ecology and Conservation BSc(Hons)/MSci

167

Education BA(Hons)

58 239 175 54 50â&#x20AC;&#x201C;51 168 195 197 178 146 148 130 128

CAMPUS

Economics BSc(Hons) Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng(Hons)/MEng Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng(Hons)/MEng Engineering integrated foundation year English Language and Creative Writing BA(Hons) English Language and English Literature BA(Hons) English Language and Linguistics BA(Hons) English Language and Media BA(Hons) English Language BA(Hons) English Literature and Creative Writing BA(Hons) English Literature and Linguistics BA(Hons) English Literature BA(Hons) Entrepreneurship (Team Enterprise and Innovation) BSc(Hons)

132

Environmental Management BSc(Hons)

130

Exercise, Health and Rehabilitation Science BSc(Hons)

132 130 132

Environmental Sciences BSc(Hons) Fashion and Dress History BA(Hons) Fashion Communication with Business Studies BA(Hons) Fashion Design with Business Studies BA(Hons) Film and Screen Studies BA(Hons)

130

Film BA(Hons)

132

Fine Art BA(Hons)

130

Games Art and Design BA(Hons)

132 198 172 173 174 150 149 151 152 176 94 109 108 86 60 154 61

Finance and Investment BSc(Hons) Fine Art Painting BA(Hons) Geography BA(Hons) Geography BSc(Hons) Geography with Archaeology BSc(Hons) Geography with Remote Sensing and GIS BSc(Hons) Geology BSc(Hons) Globalisation: History, Politics, Culture BA(Hons) Graphic Design BA(Hons) History of Art and Design BA(Hons) History, Literature and Culture BA(Hons) Humanities BA(Hons) Illustration BA(Hons) Interior Architecture BA(Hons) International Business Management BSc(Hons) International Event Management BSc(Hons) International Event Management with Marketing BSc(Hons) International Tourism Management BSc(Hons)

PAGE 230 182 196 126 231 165 166 164 96 97 98 99 95 100 101 102 134 183 184 221 80 39 40 63 62 127 43 44 64 185 186 187 188 189 87 46 81 88 89 47 52 135 139 140 141

Campus key Brighton: City campus Brighton: Falmer

Brighton: Moulsecoomb Eastbourne

* Medicine BM BS is taught on the University of Brighton Falmer campus and University of Sussex campus.

COURSE

CAMPUS

PAGE

International Tourism Management with Marketing BSc(Hons)

142

Law integrated with foundation year

120

Journalism BA(Hons)

Law LLB(Hons)

120

Law with Business LLB(Hons)

120

Law with Criminology LLB(Hons)

120

Linguistics BA(Hons)

103

Marketing Management BSc(Hons)

138

Marketing Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons)

138

Mathematics BSc(Hons)/MMath

157

Mathematics for Data Science MMath

161

Mathematics with integrated foundation year

156

Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons)

158

Mathematics with Economics BSc(Hons)

159

Mathematics with Finance BSc(Hons)

160

Mechanical Engineering BEng(Hons)/MEng

169

Media and English Literature BA(Hons)

104

Media and Environmental Communication BA(Hons)

Media Production BA(Hons)

Media Studies BA(Hons) Media, Industry and Innovation BA(Hons) Medicine BM BS Midwifery BSc(Hons) Moving Image BA(Hons) Music Business and Media BA(Hons) Natural sciences integrated foundation year Nursing (Adult) BSc(Hons) Nursing (Child) BSc(Hons) Nursing (Mental Health) BSc(Hons) Nutrition BSc(Hons) Occupational Therapy BSc(Hons) Paramedic Science BSc(Hons) Pharmacy MPharm Philosophy, Politics, Art BA(Hons) Philosophy, Politics, Ethics BA(Hons) Photography BA(Hons) Physical Education BA(Hons) Physical Education BA(Hons) with QTS Physical Geography and Geology BSc(Hons) Physiotherapy BSc(Hons) Podiatry BSc(Hons) Primary Education (3–7 years) BA(Hons) with QTS Primary Education (5–11 years) BA(Hons) with QTS Primary English Education BA(Hons) with QTS Primary Mathematics Education BA(Hons) with QTS Printmaking BA(Hons)

72 *

73 202–203 213 65

COURSE

CAMPUS

Product Design with Professional Experience BSc(Hons) Project Management for Construction BSc(Hons) Psychology BSc(Hons) Psychology and Criminology BA(Hons) Psychology and Sociology BA(Hons) Psychology with Counselling Studies BSc(Hons) Public Health BSc(Hons) Quantity Surveying BSc(Hons) Secondary Mathematics BA(Hons) with QTS Social Science BA(Hons) Social Work BSc(Hons) Sociology BA(Hons) Software Engineering BSc(Hons) Sport and Exercise Science BSc(Hons) Sport Coaching BSc(Hons) Sport integrated foundation year Sport Journalism BA(Hons) Sport Management BSc(Hons) Sport Studies BA(Hons) Strength and Conditioning BSc(Hons) Textiles Design with Business Studies BA(Hons) Top–up degrees Visual Culture BA(Hons) War and Conflict BA(Hons)

PAGE 53 177 110 111 112 113 217 179 238 114 115 116 155 223 225 220 76 224 226 227 42 239 83 91

74 194 214 215 216 206 207 208 204–205 82 90 66 222 232 190 210 212 233 234 236 237 45

SUBJECT FINDER Arts and visual communication

34–47

Architecture and design

48–55

Photography, screen and sound

56–67

Media and journalism

68–77

History of art and design

78–83

Humanities, philosophy, history, culture and politics Literature, language, linguistics

84–91 92–105

Psychology, criminology and society

106–117

Law

118–121

Business, finance and economics

122–135

Marketing, events, tourism

136–143

Computing and mathematics

144–161

Engineering

162–169

Civil engineering and construction

170–179

Geography, geology, environment

180–191

Natural sciences

192–199

Health and wellbeing

200–217

Sport and exercise

218–227

Education and teaching

228–238

247

M11 A1(M) M25

M25 M25 M40

N LONDO W HEATHRO AIRPORT

M4 M26 M3

M20

M25

DOVER

M23

K GATWICRT AIRPO

ONE FOLKSTEL TUNNEL) (CHANN

A22

A23

GS HASTIN

ON BRIGHT OUTH PORTSM

BRIGHTON CAM PU SE

URNE EASTBO

A23 London A27

Stanmer

Falmer train station

VARLEY PARK

248

A27

Coldean Lane

ea – by the s y it c t n an n less tha a brillia ’s is It n . o o t t Brigh o get just y easy t in, and ll a r a t e r y b ’s don and it tral Lon n e c ort. m o ick airp w t hour fr a G m hour fro half an We have three campuses in Brighton and one in Eastbourne. For more about our campuses see pages 06–07, and check the A–Z course list (pages 246–247) or the course page to see where your course is based.

AMERICAN EXPRES COMMUNITY STAD S IUM

FALMER CAMPUS London Road

MOULSECOOMB PLACE

Moulsecoomb train station

A270 Lewes Road

i360

Brighton train station

PADDOCK FIELDS AND GREAT WILK INS

MOULSECOOMB CAMPUS

PHOENIX BREWERY CITY CAMPUS

A259

Brighton Palace Pier Brighton Marina

ns tio nce a oc e s l sid pu f re m o Ca alls H

Next steps

Planes

Trains

Automobiles

TALK TO OUR ADVISERS For help and advice get in touch at www.brighton.ac.uk/enquiries telephone (01273) 644644 international code (+441273)

UniofBrighton @UniofBrighton University of Brighton www.brighton.ac.uk/blogs

249

UNIVERSITY OF BRIGHTON

www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays

CHAT TO OUR STUDENTS

www.brighton.ac.uk/chat

UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2021

OPEN DAYS